
mass ^\ X 057 
Rnok M\ 7j 
(iopyiight N" 



copyRiGiiT DEPOsrr. 



REMCO'S MANUAL 



REMCO'S MANUAL 



OF 



APARTMENT HOUSE 
SERVICE 



^ 



a>. - c.'^ 



ov.^O- 




ILLUSTRATED 



NEW YORK 

THE McCLURE COMPANY 

MCMVII 



UDRARY of CONGRESS 
Iwu Cooie; Received 

OCT 88 »»0^ 

Convn«t»f Entiv 

CLASS i!| XXc, No. 

' OOPY B. 



,lv\\Z. 



Copyrighted, 1907, by the 
REAL ESTATE MANAGEMENT COMPANY 



CONTENTS 



Instructions to Janitor 

General Instructions 

To Prevent Accidents . 

Accident Insurance 

Inspections .... 

Janitor's Help 

Tools and Supplies 

Renting 

Tenants Moving In 

Tenants Moving Out 

Vacant Apartments 

Repairs and Complaints 

Heating 

Water 

Light 

Cleaning 

Janitor's Records and Reports 

Janitor's Record Book . 

Janitor's Order Book 

Janitor's Complaint Book 

Janitor's Weekly Reports 

Janitor's Accounting . 

Telephone Records 

Telegraph, Mail, Newspapers, and Parcel 

Keys 

Janitor's House Notices 

Storerooms .... 

Refuse 

Vermin 

Tenant's Fuel 

Janitor's Whitewashing Work 
Apartment House Rules 

House Rules . 

Main Hall Rules 

Back Hall Rules 

Basement Rules 

Roof Rules 



Page 



Del 



ivenes 



VI 



CONTENTS 



Apartmf.nt House Rules — Continued 

Outside Rules 

Rules for Employees .... 

Instructions for Hall Boys . 

Instructions to Elevator Operators 

Instructions to Telephone Operators 



Page 



Care of Plant and Property 



Dumbwaiters 

Elevators 

Boile 



lers 



Directions for High-pressure Boilers .... 

Directions for Low-pressure Boilers .... 

Directions for the Care and Use of the Ideal Steam 
Boilers 

Directions for the Use and Care of the Royal Sectional 
Steam Heater 

Directions for the Care and Use of the Abendroth Sec- 
tional Heaters 

Directions for the Use of the Boynton Steam Boiler 

Directions for the Use of the Gurney Steam Boilers 

Directions for the Use of the Mercer Steam Boiler . 

Directions for the Use of the "Thatcher" Sectional Steam 
Boiler 

Directions for the Use of the "Comfort" and "Ross- 
more " Steam Boilers 

Directions for the Use and Care of the Abendroth Sec- 
tional Hot-water Heaters 

Directions for the Care and Use of the Ideal Water 
Boilers 

Directions for the Care and Use of the Royal Hot-water 
Heater 

Directions for the Use of the "Thatcher" Sectional Hot- 
water Boiler 173 

Directions for the Use of the " Empire" Hot-water Heater 1 75 

Directions for the Care and Use of the Mercer Hot-water 
Boiler 177 



CONTENTS vii 



Page 

Flues 

Things Worth Knowing about Flues , . . .180 

Electrical Machinery 

Instructions for the Care and Operation of Electrical 
Machinery 188 

Furnaces 

General Directions for Care and Operation . . .211 
Directions for the Care and Use of the Harvey Furnace, 212 
Directions for the Use of Mott's "Comet" 1889 Fur- 
nace 214 

Directions for the Use of the Richardson & Boynton 

Company's Furnaces 215 

Directions for the Use of the "Thatcher" Tubular Fur- 
nace 217 

Directions for the Use of the Thatcher Furnaces . .219 
Directions for the Use of the Boynton Heating Furnaces, 221 
Directions for the Care and Use of the " York' Furnaces, 223 
Furnace Repair Supplies 224 

Pumps 

General Instructions for their Use 227 

Directions for the Care of Worthington Steam Pumps . 227 
Directions for the Operation of Rider Compression Hot- 
air Pumps 230 

Directions for the Care and Use of Ericsson Hot-air 

Pumps 240 

Directions for the Care of the Quimby Electric Pump . 246 

Hot-water System Heaters 248 

Plumbing Fixtures 

Basins 249 

Bath Tubs 249 

Toilets 249 

Wash Tubs 250 

Ranges 

Repair Supplies 251 

Outline of a Range Showing Parts 253 

General Directions for the Care and Operation of Coal 
Ranges 254 



Vill 



CONTENTS 



Ranges — Continued 

General Directions for the Care and Operation of Gas 
Ranges 

Directions for the Use of Mott's Defiance Ranges 

Directions for Baking or Roasting by Gas in Mott's Clair 
mont Combination Gas and Coal Range 

Directions for the Care and Use of the Beebe Ranges 

Nos. 0-1-2-3-4 

Refrigerators 

Glass, Glasswarh, and Globes 
Roofs 

Directions for the Care of Roofs 

Roof Tanks 

Roof Drying Racks 

Hardware 

Doors, Trim, and Moldings .... 
Hardwood Floors 

Directions for the Care of Hardwood Floors 

Directions for Refinishing Hardwood Floors 

Brasswork 

Awnings and Shades 

Awnings 

Shades 

Furnishings — Wall Paper 

Directions for the Care of Furnishings 

Wall Paper 
Metal Work 
Mason Work 
Leaders and Drains 

Leaders 

Drains 
Recipes and Formulae 

Whitewash 

Roof Paint 

To Remove Stains from Marble .... 275 

To Remove Grease Spots from Marble 

To Remove Ink Stains from Marble . 
Index 



Page 



AUTHOR'S NOTE 

In the preparation of this work, assistance has been 
received from many sources, and grateful acknowledg- 
ment is made for all contributions, and in particular to the 
following: 

Department of Agriculture. 

Record & Guide. 

Hendrick's Register of the U. S., for Buyers and Sellers. 

American Radiator Company. 

Otis Elevator Company. 

Warner Elevator Manufacturing Company. 

H. R. Worthington Pump Company. 

Hartford Steam Boiler Inspection & Insurance Co. 

Rider-Ericsson Engine Company. 

Henry Floy, A.I.E.E. 

Thomas Meehan. 

William E. Quimby, Inc. 

J. L. Mott Iron Works. 

Stove Manufacturers' Repair Association. 

Buttle Parquet Floor Company. 

Abendroth Bros. 

Boynton Furnace Company. 

Gurney Heater Manufacturing Company. 

Harvey Furnace Company. 

Janes & Kirkland. 

ix 



AUTHOR'S NOTE 



H. B. Smith Company. 

Thatcher Furnace Company. 

Richardson & Boynton Company. 

E. N. Botsford. 

Thomas O'Callaghan. 

John Howe. 

C. C. Denike. 

Carl Jansen. 

Paul Thorns. 

William Havens. 



INTRODUCTION 

During the last fifteen years while building up an organi- 
zation and perfecting a system for the care of improved 
real estate we have had many problems to meet and have 
had frequent occasion to issue circular letters of instruc- 
tions to our employees. 

Some of these have dealt with the service, some with 
the care of the machinery in use, others with the main- 
tenance of the property, all of them important to the 
comfort of tenants and vital to the income of the property. 

With time this material has become very voluminous 
and of increasing value, it has been necessary to classify, 
index and arrange it for ready reference and finally to 
complete it by covering the whole subject of apartment 
house management. In its final form it practically provides 
for a management service extending over the entire twenty- 
four hours, and assembles in a convenient form for daily 
use the instructions prepared by the greatest experts in 
the country for the operation and preservation of the 
expensive machinery in common use in buildings. 

The purpose of the Manual is to bring about a better 
understanding of the responsibilities of employees of 

xi 



xii INTRODUCTION 

apartment house properties — to acquaint them with the 
most approved methods of operating and maintaining 
the machinery they use, and to equip them with the 
experience obtained by practical men who have made 
the subjects in which they are interested a life study, to 
the end that their work may meet with more appreciation 
and that the doing of it may be made less laborious. 

We believe that its use will stop waste, improve incomes, 
increase wages and add something to the comfort of every 
resident of apartment house property. 



GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS 



INSTRUCTIONS TO JANITOR 

GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS 

1 You report to the management, and should know 
where and how to reach your owner, agent, or superin- 
tendent quickly at any hour of the day or night. Enter 
in your Record Book his house address and telephone 
number for use after his office closes. 

2 Enter the house address of all your help in your 
Record Book. 

3 You represent the management on the premises 
and are responsible to it for: 

4 The house service. 

5 The conduct and work of employees. 

6 The condition of the plant. 

7 The care of the property. 

8 The renting of the apartments. 

9 Waste of steam, electricity, water, gas or of any- 
thing else. Waste hurts you with your employer and does 
not help you with your tenants. 

10 Systematize your work. 

1 1 Insist on having proper tools to work with. 

12 Have a place for everything. 

13 Fix a time for each part of the day's regular work. 

3 



REMCO'S MANUAL 



14 I lang in your basement a schedule of service hours 
for each {position. Require every employee to report for 
duty on time. 

15 Make each of your help responsible for his part 
of the work. 

16 Do not leave the premises unless it is necessary. 

17 Before you leave, notify your superintendent or 
agent and your first assistant where to fmd you in case of 
fire or of an ernergency. 

18 Appoint one of your help your first assistant. Have 
him take charge whenever you are absent. 

19 Have him study your work in the manual. 

20 Notify each of the other employees who is in charge 
when you are away. 

21 Study the whole manual carefully, as you must see 
that every employee does his duty. 

22 Complete house service should be given from 8 
A.M. to 7 P.M. Open front basement doors at 6 A.M. 
Open rear basement doors at 6 A.M. Open main entrance 
doors at 8 A.M. Open roof doors and sky-lights at 8 A.M., 
and ventilate the hall thoroughly by opening front doors 
before closing the roof doors. 

23 Close rear basement doors and lower your lights 
at 8 P.M., except on Saturdays and days before holi- 
days. 

24 Close front basement doors and put out basement 
lights at 10 P.M., except gn Saturdays and days before 
holidays. 



INSTRUCTIONS TO JANITOR 5 

25 On Saturdays and days before holidays close front 
and rear basement doors at 1 1 P.M. 

26 After the hour for closing the basement doors 
deliveries are to be made through the main entrance. 

27 Turn off all outside and vestibule lights at 10 P.M. 

28 Close main entrance vestibule doors and roof doors 
and sky-lights at 10 P.M. 

29 In houses having hall-boy service only, close main 
entrance vestibule doors and roof doors and sky-lights at 
the hour fixed for the hall-men to go off duty. 

30 Supply hot water at all hours. 

31 Bank hot water heater fires at 10 P.M. 

32 Before banking fire see that the hot water tank is 
full of hot water. 

33 Supply steam heat from 6:30 A.M to 10:30 P.M. 
daily during the term fixed by your lease; it is usually 
from October 15th to May 15th. 

34 Bank your fire at 10 P.M. See that all tanks are 
full before you bank your fire. 

35 Insure your effects. In case of fire you must give 
your whole time to the care of your tenants and your 
house. 

36 Your employers and the public will judge you by 
the character of the service you maintain. Set an ex- 
ample for the other employees in every way. 

37 Always be polite, obliging and prompt. 

38 Keep yourself, the other employees and your prop- 
erty as neat and clean as possible. 



REMCO'S MANUAL 



39 Have your uniforms cleaned every month. Get 
new uniforms twice a year, in March and September. 

40 Never allow uniforms to be worn away from the 
building. 

41 A breakdown in your elevator or dumbwaiter 
service, except as the result of an accident, is inexcusable 
and can only be due to your neglect to make inspections 
regularly or to your failure to order repairs in time. 

42 Elevator and dumbwaiter and house-bell repairs 
must always be made quickly. The service must not be 
interrupted for a moment longer than is necessary. Night 
and day and Sunday work must be done to keep these in 
service. 

43 Lack of heat, or of hot or cold water is bad man- 
agement. See that you are not to blame for it. 

44 Fill your coal bins before September ist. Always 
have a month's supply of coal on hand. 

45 You must be able to work fast in any emergency. 
Therefore enter in your Record Book and keep in your 
pocket-book a list of the names and addresses and 'phone 
numbers of the makers of all the machinery you use. 
Also record the numbers of all your machinery in both 
lists. 

46 Enter in your Record Book and keep in your 
pocket-book the names of the mechanics usually employed 
by the office to make repairs to the plumbing, the steam- 
plant, the hydraulic elevators, the electric elevators, the 
bells, the pumps, and the roof, and their night address 



INSTRUCTIONS TO JANITOR 7 

and telephone numbers as well as their day addresses and 
telephone numbers, 

47 Never promise tenants repairs that you cannot 
make yourself without cost to the owner; say that you will 
report the request to the office. 

48 Make the tenants your friends. If they see that 
you are doing everything you can to make them comfort- 
able and to perfect the house service they will be your 
friends. 

49 Don't give information about your tenants to 
people who have no right to know about them. 

50 Discourage gossip — the less you and your help 
know about the tenants' affairs the better. 

51 Never talk back to tenants; if they don't treat 
you right, report the facts to the office. 

52 Remember always that your house is a place of 
residence, therefore permit no unnecessary noise. 

53 It is much better to keep an old tenant than to 
get a new one, and it is less work for you and less expense 
to the owner. 

54 Tenants frequently move because they do not like 
the house service. Give them the best house service that 
you can. 

55 Before your tenants leave town for the summer, 
get their mail, telegraph and telephone addresses. Enter 
them in your Record Book and supply them to the office. 

56 Get the names of tenants' guests and notify your 
help to receive mail for them. 



8 REMCO'S MANUAL 

57 Do not allow tenants to make alterations in the 
property unless you have orders to permit it. 

Report to the office immediately : 

58 If you have a fire, 

59 All accidents causing damage to persons or prop- 
erty, with name and address of witnesses. 

60 When there is a loss by theft. 

61 When workmen or tradesmen have damaged the 
property in any way. Get the name of the man or wagon 
number and the name and address of his employer. 

62 When there is a disturbance you cannot control. 

63 When anything is causing the tenants dissatis- 
faction. 

64 When you hear a tenant is going to move, 

65 When you hear a tenant is trying to sub-let. 

66 When a tenant damages the property in any way. 

67 When the street and crossings are not cleaned 
promptly by the City. 

68 When there is contagious disease in your house. 

69 If you have objectionable tenants or neighbors. 

70 If your renting sign needs painting. 

71 When there are dead animals in the street or on 
the premises; the office will get the Board of Health to 
remove them. 

72 When smoke odors or excessive noise from neigh- 
boring buildings make your tenants uncomfortable. 

73 Prevent disturbances whenever you can If 



INSTRUCTIONS TO JANITOR 



caused by a tenant, never call a policeman unless it is 
absolutely necessary. 

74 The inspectors of the Board of Health, the Tene- 
ment House Commission and the Building Department 
have the right to go through your premises. Facilitate 
their work and treat them courteously. 

75 Do not permit inspections to be made by private 
individuals without authority of the office. 

76 Do not give information about the owner or prop- 
erty; refer inquiries to the office. 

77 As far as you can, prevent tradesmen, and delivery 
men from smoking on the premises. 

78 Keep solicitors and peddlers out of the building. 

79 Have a telegraph messenger call in your main 
hall. 

80 Allow no signs on the premises unless you have 
authority for doing so from the office. 

81 Keep the renting sign clean. 

82 Place a bell in the janitor's apartment and con- 
nect it with the front entrance door bell; provide a 
switch on the line, so that after the house closes the 
front door bell may be switched to ring in the janitor's 
apartment. 

83 It is your duty to make the deliveries from the 
storerooms to apartments and from the apartments to the 
storerooms. 

84 Van deliveries are to be made to or from the store- 
room by the van men. 



lo REMCO'S MANUAL 

85 To prevent your main hall help having to leave 
the main hall to get you connect the hall by an electric bell 
with the basement. Place the bell where you or your 
family will always hear it. 

86 Wrap up, label and store in your storeroom all 
left-over wall paper; you will need it for repairs. 

87 Keep the basement air sweet by proper ventila- 
tion. Use wire screens on storerooms and openings to keep 
cats and other animals out. 

88 Before you retire for the night see that all roof and 
basement openings are closed. 

89 Unless the premises especially require attention, 
the only work, aside from the garbage and ashes, to be 
done on Sunday is the cleaning of sidewalks and of the 
vestibules and first floor of the main hall. 

90 Before you cut the water off to make repairs notify 
all the tenants and give them time to draw a supply. After 
they have done so fill all your tanks before you shut the 
water off. 

91 When the City notifies you that it will cut off the 
water to make repairs, notify all your tenants and have 
them draw a supply, and after they have done so fill all 
your tanks before it is cut off. 

92 If your elevator is to be shut down for repairs, 
notify the tenants the day before, in order that they may 
not be more inconvenienced than necessary. 

93 When you need an ambulance always call Police 
Headquarters: "3100 Spring." 



INSTRUCTIONS TO JANITOR ii 

94 When not in use, oil machinery all over, then cover 
it carefully with cloth to keep dirt and dust off it. 

95 Never allow water to be used on hardwood floors. 

96 Study the instructions for the "Care of the Plant 
and Property" very carefully. The directions given in it 
are the work of experts. 

97 You may not find in the "Directions for the Care 
of the Plant and Property" instructions for the care of the 
particular make of machine you use, but you will probably 
find the information you want in the instructions for some 
make of the same kind of machine. The principles govern- 
ing operation are practically the same for every make of a 
machine. 

98 Keys are to be provided for the elevator doors. If 
there are no locks, have them put on. 

99 Where the service requires more than one man in 
the same position, no employee is permitted to go off duty 
until the relief man reports, and overtime is to be paid. 

100 When an apartment is closed and the tenant out-of- 
town, you should permit no one to have access to it except 
some member of the family or one of their employees. 
Do not allow employees to have access to an apartment 
in the tenants' absence unless they present a written re- 
quest. If you do not know the signature of the tenant do 
not recognize the request, but report to the office at once. 

1 01 Under no circumstances enter an occupied apart- 
ment during the absence of the tenant. In case of leaks 
in them causing damage, report to the office immediately. 



12 REMCO'S MANUAL 

102 When more than one tenant is to move on the 
same day, try to arrange for them to use different hours 
for their moving; it will prevent blocking your service. 

103 Try your safety valve monthly, lifting it to see if 
it is working properly. 

104 Have your main hall rugs taken up and use a 
carpet runner in rough weather or when moving is being 
done. 

TO PREVENT ACCIDENTS 

105 Inspect elevators daily. 

106 Inspect dumbwaiters monthly, 

107 Insure elevators to secure inspections. 

108 Never use an elevator that is out of order in any 
particular. 

109 Never attempt to leave an elevator car while it is 
in motion. 

1 10 Remove snowand ice from walks and steps quickly. 

1 1 1 Use sand or sawdust on slippery walks and steps. 

1 12 Repair all holes in your basement floor at once. 

113 Repair all loose or defective stair work quickly; 
until you can repair them, close the stairway. 

1 14 Put rubber treads on your basement stair and on 
the stairway from the top floor to the roof. 

115 Never allow stair carpets to get loose. Tack 
down all loose edges. 

1 16 Never allow excelsior, hay, straw or light packing 
material to be stored or to remain on the premises. 



INSTRUCTIONS TO JANITOR 13 

1 17 Keep the line of travel to your dumbwaiters free 
from refuse that burns readily. Keep paper and light 
refuse as far from the dumbwaiter as possible 

1 18 When you are doing work in a dark place keep it 
lighted, and do not leave tools or materials where any one 
could fall over them. 

119 See that coal-hole covers are fast and chained 
from below. 

1 20 Require window sills kept clear of pots, plants and 
storage of all kinds. 

121 Require the fire escapes kept clear as provided by 
law. 

122 Keep drying racks sound and in good repair, 

123 Remove immediately all loose material hanging 
from the building or lying on the roof. 

124 When you first put a new elevator operator to 
work, remain in the car with him at least an hour and have 
him operate it continuously under your directions. 

125 Before shutting down an elevator for repairs, 
lower it as far as it will go and close the valve or shut off 
the power to prevent it starting when you put the power 
on again. A full stop will close the valve. 

126 Put a permanent guard around all moving ma- 
chinery. 

127 See that there are no pipes that can be gotten out 
of the way which project above the level of the basement 
floor; if any are above the floor make a runway over them. 

128 See that all stair rails are secure. 



14 REMCO'S MANUAL 



12Q See that there is a guard to prevent any one from 
standing under the dumbwaiter while using it — the car 
might slip or fall. 

130 Keep the doors to all elevator pits locked. 

132 Try the safety valve on boiler every month by 
lifting it to see if it is working properly. 

133 Never permit signs or other projections from or 
on the building to become loose. 

134 If your gas freezes and goes out, notify every ten- 
ant and see that all fixtures in the apartments are closed 
before you turn it on again. 

135 ACCIDENT INSURANCE 

136 Some Elevator, Boiler and Liability Insurance 
policies cover property damage as well as personal in- 
juries. 

137 The companies require immediate notice of all 
accidents. Therefore report at once to the office accidents 
causing damage to persons or to property. 

138 Enter the facts about accidents in your Record 
Book with the names and addresses of all witnesses and 
the date and time of the accident. 

139 INSPECTIONS , 

DAILY 

140 Inspect vacant apartments — nothing should be 
stored in them. 

141 Inspect the water tank telltale. 



INSTRUCTIONS TO JANITOR 15 

142 Inspect sidewalks, areas, halls, basement, pumps, 
elevator machinery, dumbwaiter and elevator shafts and 
all inside shafts. 

143 Inspect all cesspool and area drains. 

144 Remove all inflammable refuse at once. 

145 WEEKLY 

146 Inspect all servants' toilets which are not in the 
apartments. 

147 Inspect basement toilets. 

148 Inspect laundries. 

149 Inspect roofs and drying racks. Remove all 
refuse and see that drying racks are sound and safe. 

150 Inspect dumbwaiter bells and speaking tubes. 
These must be kept in order if you would give good service. 

151 MONTHLY 

152 Inspect the safety valve — try it by hand. 

153 Inspect elevator and dumbwaiter, guides, cars and 
cables. 

154 Inspect ropes: the wear on hemp ropes is on 
the inside. Untwist them up to determine the wear. 

155 See that there is no chafing of the elevator cables 
at bearings, and that all is clear and fast at the bottom 
and top of your shaft and at the car. 

156 ANNUALLY 

157 In June of every year: 

158 Have Police Department Boiler Inspections made. 



i6 REMCO'S MANUAL 

159 Have Insurance Boiler Inspections made. 

160 Inspect, clean and repair: 

161 Boilers, Firebox and Grate-bars. 

162 Water and heating line valves and governors. 

163 Furnaces, heaters and pumps. 

164 Flues. 

165 Elevator plant in every part. 

166 Dumbwaiter plant. 

167 Repair and paint roofs, roof doors and drying 
racks. 

168 Repair and paint all sky-light metal work. 

169 Clean and repair roof tanks. See that the ball 
cock, the overfiov/, and the telltale are right. 

170 Carefully inspect' and repair the roof beneath all 
tanks. 

171 See that water lines and tank are properly packed 
to prevent freezing. 

172 Inspect storerooms and outside basement white- 
washing. 

173 Inspect and kalsomine shafts. 

174 Inspect, repair and clean sky-lights glass. 

175 JANITOR'S HELP 

176 Require every employee to report on time. 

177 For all high pressure steam plants a Police De- 
partment engineers' license is required. This is obtained 
by making application to Police Headquarters and will be 
granted to competent men on a request from the agent or 



INSTRUCTIONS TO JANITOR 17 

landlord. Low pressure boilers (under 10 pounds) may 
be operated without such license. 

178 The age required by the Building Department for 
persons operating elevators is eighteen years. Do not 
employ any one under that age for this work. (See Sec- 
tion 5, Elevator Regulations, Bureau of Buildings.) 

179 If you are in charge and employ your own help 
you should supply the office with at least three references 
for each of your assistants, including that of their last 
employer. You should have your appointment confirmed 
before putting an employee on duty, unless filling the 
position immediately is very urgent. 

180 Enter the name and address of every employee in 
your Record Book. 

181 Make each of your help responsible for his or her 
part of the work. 

182 Arrange meal and relief hours and fix the change 
time for each employee who relieves another. 

183 help's dressing-room 

184 In a convenient part of the basement construct a 
dressing-room for the male, and one for the female help, 
and equip them with a private locker for each employee. 

185 If possible put in a wash-basin. Supply a mirror, 
a clothes brush, hair brush and comb, blacking brush and 
blacking, soap and towel. 

186 Give each of the help a key to the dressing-room 



i8 



REMCO'S MANUAL 



and also to the locker they are to use. Require them to 
keep both the locker and the room locked. 



187 



TOOLS & SUPPLIES 



188 Get your cleaning supplies on the 5th of each 
month. Always keep the following tools and supplies on 
hand: 



189 

One 8 ft. step ladder 
One 3 ft. step ladder 
Shovel 
Snow shovel 
Wheelbarrow 
Whitewash brush 



TOOLS 

Monkey wrench 

Gas plyers 

Rule 

Force cup 

Hatchet 

Claw hammer 

Tinsmiths-shears 



Saw 
Chisel 

Screw driver 
Tack lifter 
Stilson wrench 
Wire cutter 



190 



CLEANING AND HOUSE SUPPLIES 



Washing soap 

Bon-Ami 

Sapolio 

Pearline 

Solarine 

Pumice stone 

^ pound Petermans' 

Roach Food 
Disinfectant 
Sponge 



Cotton waste 
Chamois 
Tapers 
Candles 
Scrub brush 
Mop 
Broom 

Whisk broom 
Long handle scrub 
brush 



Floor broom 
Feather duster 
5 ft. duster handle 
Iron hoop pail 
Dust pan 
Cheese cloth 
Gas lighter 
Matches 
Canton flannel 



191 



REPAIR SUPPLIES 

Oil. 

Washers of each kind in use. 



192 



INSTRUCTIONS TO JANITOR 19 

Pump packing. 

Radiator valve packing. 

Lubricant for elevator and dumbwaiter guides. 

Electrician's tape (try it on leaking pipes). 



50 feet small copper wire. 

Bell wire and push buttons. 

Speaking tubes, whistles, and mouth pieces. 

100 feet of white wood, half inch picture molding. 

100 feet white wood, half-inch quarter-round molding. 

100 feet of felt weather strip. 

100 feet of rubber weather strip. 

25 feet of meeting rail weather strip. 

10 pounds of oakum. 

Barrel of sand for slippery walks 

Bag of cement. 

Box of plaster of Paris. 

Nails, screws, tacks. 

Gas tips, gas pillars, globe holders, white lead. 

Door stops, sash fasteners, padlocks, hoops and staples. 

12 sheets of tin. 

Key rings, key tags, shipping tags. 

193 RENTING 

194 If your house does not pay, the owner will be hard 
to satisfy. 

195 Your most important duty is to keep your house 
fully rented. 

196 Get all the help you can in your renting work. 

197 If you are permitted to do so, give a list of your 
vacant apartments to the prominent real estate agents 
near you, and to the Illustrated Apartment House Direc- 
tory office, Broadway and 98th street. This institution 



20 REMCO'S MANUAL 

will advertise you very widely and without charge if it 
gets you no tenants. It is popular with the public because 
it saves so much time and because its service costs the 
public nothing. It receives a very large number of appli- 
cations for apartments of all kinds. 

198 Be courteous to all applicants. 

199 Keep your vacant apartments very clean. 

200 Keep the light on so you may show them at night. 

201 Always be able to show everything you have to 
rent quickly. Have your keys tagged and where you can 
find them. 

202 Never wait until you have an inquiry to arrange 
for showing an occupied apartment. If the tenant is out- 
of-town or refuses to show it, notify the management at 
once. You should be able to show all occupied apart- 
ments from 9 A.M. to 6 P.M., daily, for three months before 
the lease expires. 

203 Keep the agents' cards and the printed matter 
describing your property where you and your help can get 
them quickly. 

204 Educate your help to assist in renting; have them 
do it when you are absent. 

205 Back doors of vacant apartments should be kept 
locked. The front doors should be kept closed but not 
locked. 

206 Have a complete list of what you have to offer 
where you can get it quickly. Give your assistant and 
each of your hall help a copy. 



INSTRUCTIONS TO JANITOR 21 

207 Telephone the office to send some one to meet your 
appHcant, if it can help you in renting; try to hold the 
applicant until he arrives. 

208 Always try to get the applicant's name and address 
and forward it to the management so that the office may 
follow up the applicant. 

209 Short forms of "agreement to lease" will be sup- 
plied you by the management. Always have them on 
hand. Get them signed if you can and put on them the 
applicant's address. 

210 In every case require three references — two per- 
sonal references and one financial reference. 

211 In giving a receipt for a deposit on an apartment, 
always write across the receipt the words "subject to 
acceptance," in order to allow the office to return the de- 
posit if the references are not satisfactory. 

212 TENANTS MOVING IN 

213 Enter in your Record Book the date of a ten- 
ant's arrival, and the name and address of the expressman 
who does the moving. 

214 Do not allow a tenant to move in until you know 
the office approves the tenant. 

215 Do not permit expressmen to block your sidewalk 
or halls. Require them to deliver goods from the van 
directly into the apartment. 

216 If work is being done in the apartment rented to 



22 REM GO'S MANUAL 

the tenant, ask the management to allow arriving goods to 
be put in some vacant apartment until it is ready for 
occupancy. 

217 See that every part of the apartment rented is 
clean, including the windows; polish the range and clean 
it inside and outside; clean the sinks, tubs and ice-box 
and the plumbing fixtures. See that all window shades, 
locks, and window catches are in order. 

218 Do all you can to assist an incoming tenant in 
getting settled. Show them every possible courtesy. 

219 Notify the tenant immediately on arrival that the 
gas is turned off, and where and with what company a 
supply should be arranged for. 

220 Give the tenant two keys for the main en- 
trance door and two keys for the front door of the 
apartment, also, if asked for, one key for each of the 
other doors. 

221 Take a receipt for the keys you deliver to the in- 
coming tenant. 

223 Whitewash the basement, store or trunk-room 
which goes with the apartment before the tenant moves in. 

224 If there is only a general storeroom, tag and date 
every article turned over to you for storage. 

225 Notify tenants of your hour for calling for garbage. 

226 Notify tenants of their laundry or drying day. 

227 Give them a copy of the House Rules at once. 

228 Test all the faucets and the toilet tank — try them 
to see that they are working properly. 



INSTRUCTIONS TO JANITOR 23 

229 TENANTS MOVING OUT 

230 Be especially careful to show departing tenants 
every courtesy, and to assist them as much as your duties 
will permit. 

231 Enter in your Record Book the date of departure, 
their new address and the name and address of the express- 
man who moves them. 

232 Do not allow a departing tenant to leave any goods 
on storage in your care without the authority of the office. 

233 As soon as a tenant moves out, remove all trash 
from the apartment. Sweep it out the day the tenant 
moves. 

234 When a tenant has moved out, notify the manage- 
ment to have the gas or electric light turned off, or if the 
apartment has not been rented notify the management to 
have the meter read. 

235 When tenants move out, surrender the receipt they 
gave you for the keys delivered to them when they moved 
in. Get all keys for the apartment. Tag them and put 
them away at once. 

236 Collect all telephone money due you. 

237 VACANT APARTMENTS 

238 Are not to be used for eating-rooms or as dress- 
ing-rooms for the help. 

239 Are not to be used for storage of any kind. 

240 Must be broom cleaned the day the tenant 
leaves. 



24 REMCO'S MANUAL 

241 Must be kept as clean at all times and in every 
particular as it would be if occupied. 

242 Must be cleaned daily while repair work is being 
done in them. 

243 Rear doors are to be kept locked. 

• 244 Front doors are to be kept closed but not locked. 

245 Badly torn and soiled shades should be removed. 

246 All shades should be drawn down to the top of the 
lower sash. 

247 Every trap should be kept closed by flushing the 
toilets and by running water into each basin, bath, sink or 
tub frequently. If this is not done water which seals the 
trap dries out and sewer gas gets into the apartment. 
After a tenant leaves, it is a good idea to pour some oil in 
each trap: it will prevent evaporation. 

248 Light is to be kept turned on so that apartments 
may be shown at night. 

249 Keys are to be tagged and kept on the janitor's 
keyboard. 

250 Keep toilet covers down. 

251 REPAIRS AND COMPLAINTS 

252 All repair work is done to satisfy tenants; see that 
it does so. See that workmen who come to your house are 
polite to tenants and show them proper consideration. 

253 The management cannot advise tenants when its 
men will do work. You should explain this to your ten- 
ants and persuade them to allow the workmen to go ahead 



INSTRUCTIONS TO JANITOR 25 

whenever they come to do any work. If sent away the 
time lost is charged to your property. 

254 AH workmen are supposed to report to you before 
going to work; if they fail to do so notify the office. 

256 Never delay in attending to tenant's complaints 
and requests. Enter them at once on your Complaint 
Book or on your Order Book, and send the order to the 
management promptly if you cannot do the work yourself. 

257 Always date the entries and state plainly what is 
wanted, where it is wanted and when it is wanted. 

258 Send orders to the office by mail daily. If the 
matter is urgent, telephone the order, or send it by a 
messenger, then repeat it by mail. To avoid mistakes all 
orders and complaints should reach the management in 
writing. Push the office if your work is delayed. Don't 
allow it to be delayed. 

259 Plan to have no repairs to make during the rent- 
ing season, get all your work done before the renting season 
begins. Avoid having repair work to do in March, April, 
July, August, September or October. In these months 
your most important duty is to rent your house. 

260 Give all your orders to the office. Don't order 
supplies or repairs yourself. Take no unnecessary re- 
sponsibility on yourself. 

261 EMERGENCY REPAIRS 

262 Avoid giving even emergency orders, hut when 

ABSOLUTELY NECESSARY TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE 



26 REMCO'S MANUAL 

BUILDING OR A BREAKDOWN IN THE PLANT, Order repair 
work from the nearest mechanic or supply house and report 
the facts as soon as you can to the management. When 
you have to do this, keep an account of the time put in by 
the mechanic, and of the material used. 

263 When you must give an order, try first to get the 
repair men who are regularly employed by the office. 

264 You must be able to work fast in an emergency 
and should have the names, business telephone number 
and business address, and the residence telephone and the 
residence address of the mechanics employed by the office 
to make repairs. Therefore carry in your pocket-book and 
also enter in your Record Book, the following infor- 
mation : 

265 The night and day telephone numbers and ad- 
dresses of your owner, superintendent or agent, of the 
plumber, steamfitter, elevator repair firm (both hydraulic 
and electric), the roofer, and all the other repair men 
who usually do work for you, or who manufacture the 
machinery you use. Also enter in your Record Book the 
number and make of each machine you use. 

266 Electric or hydraulic elevator repairs must be 
made by night and Sunday work. The car must not re- 
main out of service an hour longer than necessary. Re- 
port any serious trouble or breakdown instantly. 

267 If supplies are sent you that are not satisfactory, 
do not receive them. Report unsatisfactory work to the 
management immediately. 



INSTRUCTIONS TO JANITOR 27 

268 CONTRACT SERVICE-REPAIRS 

269 Some of the house work may be done under annual 
contract. Learn from the management what work is done 
under contract and enter in your Record Book the name, 
address and telephone number of the contractors. 

270 See that all contractors do their work promptly 
and well. 

The following work is frequently let to contractors: 

271 Elevator repairs. 

272 Electric bell repairs. 

273 Roof repairs. 

274 Removing ashes and garbage. 

275 Exterminating vermin. 

276 Rented gas ranges are repaired by the gas com- 
pany, but orders for repairs to them should go through the 
management office. 

277 The gas companies' rent ranges at $3.00 a year. 

278 Keep on hand a supply of^the addressed postals 
that contract repair men supply. Use them in making 
requests for work. If contract men do not give you 
prompt and good service, notify the management. 

279 HEATING 

280 Supply heat from 6:30 A.M. to 10:30 P.M. 

281 Bank your fires at 10 P.M. 

282 Stop all waste from any cause. 

283 Leases usually provide that heat shall be supplied 
from October 15th to May 15th, between the hours fixed 



28 REMCO'S MANUAL 

by the lease. Do not turn the steam on the house or off 
of the house permanently without orders from the manage- 
ment. 

284 Early in the fall put your heating plant on for one 
day. Test it for leaks and breaks, and repair them before 
the plant is to go into service. 

285 Bear in mind that a warm spell usually succeeds 
the first few cold days in the fall. Do not be too quick 
about turning on heat in the fall, because after you have 
heated up your house it is difficult to cool it. Your tenants 
will be made uncomfortable by turning on the heat too 
soon. 

286 Also keep in mind that cold days usually succeed 
the first few warm days in the early spring and do not turn 
off the heat at the first complaint; wait until a number of 
tenants demand it. 

287 See if your riser lines are run properly; if there are 
any traps you will not get a proper circulation and will not 
be able to heat your house. 

288 If a radiator does not give good service, see if it is 
trapped, and if so, block it up so it will drain properly, or 
remove the trap. Let the air out. 

289 Radiator valves should be inspected and packed 
as soon as the heat is turned on in the fall. Leaking valves 
waste steam, stain ceilings and occasion expensive repairs. 

290 It is good management and real economy to supply 
heat whenever it is really necessary to the comfort of the 
tenants. 



INSTRUCTIONS TO JANITOR 29 



291 

292 



HEATING 



Copyrighted by American Radiator Company, 
104-108 West 42 J Street, New York. 



In order to get eflFective, noiseless results, steam should 
be sent through the radiators quite dry — that is, not 
much water in the vapor. 

When water is boiling in a single test tube (see Figure 
A), over a lamp, with no chance for circulation, a con- 
vulsive or fountain-like action is produced — the rising 
steam lifts so much water in the form of foam that the 
vessel boils over. But when heat is applied to one leg of 
a "U "-shaped tube (as shown by Figure B), a circuit is 
brought about — up one side and down the othef — and 
thus violent action at the surface of the water ceases, re- 
sulting in a much larger supply of steam delivered to the 
space above in quite a dry state. 





Fig. B. 



30 REMCO'S MANUAL 

The foaming and lifting of water into mains, piping 
and radiators, which has been a source of trouble in 
boilers, is thus overcome. Erected with ordinary care, 
there can be no uncouth noises of "gurgling" or "hammer- 
ing" in a heating plant. 

As water is heated it rises to the highest point — to 
its level. Any one who has watched the boiling of water 
in an open kettle has noted the little globules or "bubbles" 
of heat rising straight up to the top-level of the water. 
Bulk for bulk, water when heated is lighter in weight than 
when cold. Thus a cubic foot of water at 39 degrees weighs 
about 62^ pounds, while a cubic foot of water at 212 de- 
grees (the boiling point) weighs about 59J pounds. This 
difference of about three pounds per cubic foot (or less) in 
weight brings about a circulation of the water throughout 
a hot water heating apparatus. 

As the heat globules rise to the top of the heating plant 
they come in contact with the colder surfaces of the radiat- 
ors, which absorb the heat from the water or steam and 
impart it to the atmosphere of the rooms. This cooled 
water, on account of its greater density and therefore 
greater weight, then drops to the lowest point in the sys- 
tem to be reheated — again and again. 

It takes four principal things to make effective, economi- 
cal heating — air, fuel, boiler, chimney. Air has as much 
to do with results, economical results, as has any other 
feature. 

293 A certain part of air, the "oxygen," must be sup- 



INSTRUCTIONS TO JANITOR 31 



plied or no fire. To "smother" a fire is to cut off its 
supply of oxygen; that kills the flame. Too much air 
makes too great a draft; that chills the flame. 

Air must be supplied under the grate to the fuel in addi- 
tion to a proper amount through the fire-door of the fire to 
mix with the flame and free gases, and thus to cause good, 
sharp, complete combustion. In proportion as the right 
amount of air is supplied, at right points, the right economy 
in fuel is secured. Those who are familiar with the modern 
improved forms of gas and oil burners, in which gas and air 
are thoroughly mixed and produce far greater illuminating 
effect, will appreciate this point as applied to boilers. 

294 A deposit of one-quarter inch of soot, which is a 
non-conductor of heat, requires fifty per cent more fuel 
than would be necessary if the surfaces were clean. 

To get rapid, noiseless results, the steam should be sent 
through the radiators quite dry. 

In the boiler designed for hot water heating, a perfectly 
free, continuous upward movement of water is maintained. 

The low, slow, deep fire is vastly more economical in the 
burning of fuel. 

Experience has taught that no heating apparatus should 
be without a check draft to smoke pipe. 

These devices are as sensitively balanced as a pair of 
fine scales, and when they are connected by chain to the 
regulator rod, they materially assist in the automatic con- 
trol of the fire, and bring about marked fuel economy. 

It is not altogether infrequent that many buildings 



32 REMCO'S MANUAL 

require the services of the mason and of the carpenter as 
much as the services of the heating contractor to make 
them comfortably snug. 

The same water is used over and over and over again. 
It is not necessary that a hot water or steam plant should 
be supplied direct from the street water main, as the sys- 
tem when once filled requires but a small amount of 
water to replace the loss due to evaporation. A few gal- 
lons only of water need be added once or twice during 
the heating season. 

Let the water remain in the system during the summer 
months. No bad results will follow if the system is not 
refilled more often than once in two or three years. But 
generally, it is thought that best results are secured by 
emptying the system once a year (after fire is out) and 
immediately refilling with fresh water. 

295 THINGS WORTH KNOWING ABOUT FLUES 

2q6 By i^^ Boynton Furnace Company, 

207 Water Street, New York, 

A range, a stove or heating apparatus has no more 
draft than a square box. 

It is the chimney that creates the draft. 

The taller the chimney the better the draft. 

It should be higher than any other part of the building. 

It should not be less than 8 by 8 inches inside and 
smooth. 

It will carry but one smoke-pipe. 



INSTRUCTIONS TO JANITOR 33 

Every other flue or opening in this chimney must be 
closed. 

The space below where the pipe enters should be cut oflf. 

New flues are often left half filled with brick and mortar. 

Old flues are often cracked outside and full of soot. 

Such conditions obstruct the draft. 

The pipe entering chimney must be the same size as the 
collar on the range. 

The fire-box should not be filled above the top of linings. 

297 THE CAUSE OF UNSATISFACTORY RESULTS 

IN HEATING PLANTS 

298 ^y ih^ Giirney Heater Manufacturing Company, 

1 1 1 Fifth Avenue. New York. 

Unsatis factory Results in Hot Water or Steam Heating 
can be traced to one or more of the following causes, 
namely: 

Insufficient quantity of radiating surface. 

Improper location of radiating surface. 

Improper position of main pipes. 

Insufficient rise in main pipes. 

Obstructions in pipes caused by air or dirt. 

Dip in the pipes, causing air pockets. 

Air valves improperly fixed on radiators. 

Insufficient size of heater. 

Improper location of heater. 

Deposit of soot and clinkers in heater. 

Defective construction of chimney. 



34 REMCO'S MANUAL 

Improper firing. 

Imperfect draft to chimney. 

Deposit of soot in chimney. 

Improper size and quality of coal. 

Faulty venti ation. 

Adjustable ventilators neglected. 

Expansion tank improperly connected. 

Neglect to clean heater. 

Want of attention. 

300 A warm basement usually means a warm house. 
See that basement doors are supplied with automatic clos- 
ing devices, and are as nearly air tight as possible. 

301 Replace all broken basement glass and make base- 
ment windows tight before October 15th. 

302 Dumbwaiter, basement and roof doors should be 
made to fit tight to prevent drafts in the kitchen. 

303 WATER 

304 Supply hot water at all hours. 

305 Bank hot water heaters at 10 P. M. but leave tank 
filled with hot water. 

306 Clean your roof water tanks every month, 

307 Stop all waste of water wherever you find it. 
Keep a supply of each kind of washer you need on hand at 
all times. Dripping faucets and running toilets are not a 
credit to you. 

308 The City pressure may not raise water to your 
tank at all hours. If it does not, see that a check valve is 



INSTRUCTIONS TO JANITOR 35 

provided above the outlets on the highest floor that al- 
ways get a water supply from the street pressure; you 
will then get a supply from the street beJow the check 
valve, and from the tank above the valve. 

309 Locate all your cut-off valves as soon as you take 
charge of a property. There should be one in each apart- 
ment. You may have to use these valves at any moment. 
Know where they are. 

310 Run a telltale from your tank to some point in 
your basement where you will see it very frequently. 

31 1 On the first of each month read the water meter, 
if you have one, and enter the reading in your Re- 
cord Book. Compare this with your bill before you 
O Kit. 

3 1 2 Protect all exposed lines from freezing. If you can- 
not do it yourself, request the office to have it done. 

LIGHT 

313 Stop all waste of gas or electricity. 

314 Always have the light turned on in your vacant 
apartments, so that you may show them after dark. 

315 Turn the house gas down at the meter. 

316 Cut off every useless light. 

317 Put on smaller tips when those in use are larger 
than necessary. 

318 Put on pull gas switches like those used in bath- 
rooms where they will save gas. 

319 If you get electric light from the street, the Com- 



36 REMCO'S MANUAL 

pany replaces your burned out lamps without charge, but 
you must surrender the old lamps to get the new ones. 

320 Electric light is not to be used in vacant apart- 
ments — use gas. 

32 1 The lighting of the house is under your care — see 
that it is not wasteful. 

322 CLEANING 

323 Clean windows with Bon Ami. 

324 Polish ranges with Enameline. 

325 Scour marble with washing soap and warm water, 
or with pumice stone. 

326 Scour sinks with potash or lye. 

327 Clean refrigerators with hot water and soda; leave 
the doors open when not in use. 

328 Scour dumbwaiter cars with hot water and wash- 
ing soda. 

329 Clean brass with solarine. 

330 Cleaa nickel with solarine or whiting powder and 
wood alcohol. 

331 Clean gas fixtures with cheese cloth and crude 
oil. 

332 Clean tiling and porcelain tubs with hot water and 
washing soap. 

333 KITCHEN 

334 Scour floors with pearline. 

335 Never use water on hardwood floors. 



INSTRUCTIONS TO JANITOR 37 

336 DAILY CLEANING 

All vacant apartments; allow nothing stored in them. 
Sidewalks. If your water supply is metered you can 
use a hose. 
Areas. 
Basement. 

Main and rear halls from top to bottom. 
Elevator cars and shaft pits. 
Dumbwaiter shaft pits. 

337 WEEKLY CLEANING 

Roof. 

All basement and servants' toilets; also disinfect them. 

All shafts. 

Tops of elevator cars. 

Dumbwaiter cars. Scour with hot water and soda. 

Laundries. 

Gas and electric globes. 

Wipe off all gas fixtures. 

338 MONTHLY CLEANING 

The water tanks. 

Elevator guides — also grease them. 
Dumbwaiter guides — also grease them. 
Sky-light glass. 

339 ANNUAL CLEANING 

In June, whitewash basements and storerooms. 
Clean all basement windows. 



38 REMCO'S MANUAL 



Paint machinery. Paint fences. Paint outside iron- 
work. 

Have carpets, furniture and furnishings cleaned and 
repaired. 

Do all cleaning of plant provided for by the regulations 
for your annual inspections. (See Annual Inspections.) 

340 JANITOR'S RECORDS AND REPORTS 

RECORD BOOK 

341 The janitor should keep a Record Book. This 
book is his diary. In it should be kept a record of every- 
thing of importance relating to the property. 

342 Complaints and requests from tenants are not to 
be entered in it. They should be entered on the stubs in 
the Order Book, or in the Complaint Book. 

The Record Book should contain: 

343 An inventory of all tools, implements, and furni- 
ture belonging to the building. 

344 A chart showing the location of all valves and 
cut-off cocks. 

345 A copy of all forms for the direction of the service, 
and of all house rules, and of the lease used by the house. 

346 The names, and night and day addresses and tele- 
phones, if any, of all employees of the building and of the 
owner, agent or superintendent. 

347 The names, and night and day addresses and tele- 
phone numbers of the makers of the elevators, pumps. 



INSTRUCTIONS TO JANITOR 39 

furnaces, engines, dynamos and of all the other machinery 
or equipment in the house; also the number of each ma- 
chine used. 

348 The names, and night and day addresses and tele- 
phone numbers of the men who usually make the repairs 
to the elevators, heating plant, pumps, plumbing or mach- 
inery. 

349 All instructions received from the office. 

350 The date of the arrival of each new tenant and the 
name and address of the expressman moving them in. 

351 The date of departure of tenants, their new ad- 
dress, and the name and address of the expressman moving 
them out. 

352 The out-of-town addresses of all absent tenants. 

353 The date and character of extensive repairs to the 
plant. 

354 The date and particulars of any new plant installed. 

355 The date and name of any workman or person who 
damages the property and the name and address of his 
employer; also names and addresses of any witnesses. 

356 The time consumed by workmen doing time work 
on the property. 

357 ORDER BOOK 

358 The janitor should have an Order Book with num- 
bered stubs and numbered and perforated order blanks. 

359 Requests involving work which the janitor cannot 
do should be entered in this book as soon as received. 



40 REMCO'S MANUAL 

360 All requests for supplies and outside work should 
also be entered on the stubs in this book. The orders 
themselves should be made out and sent to the manage- 
ment daily. 

361 Date every stub and every order. 

362 Make all your orders describe clearly vv^hat you 
want and where it is to be used. 

363 COMPLAINT BOOK 

364 The janitor should keep a Complaint Book and 
should enter in it immediately all complaints from tenants 
to which he will himself attend. 

365 Date these entries and mark them "O K" when 
the work is done. 

366 Look this book over every morning. 

367 WEEKLY REPORTS 

368 Make a regular weekly report to the management 
every Saturday night. 

369 In this report inform the management of every- 
thing relating to the property that it should know, or of 
which you are expected to advise it. 

370 In it report the date a tenant moves in or out. 

371 In it report if a tenant will move or is sub-letting. 

372 Report the facts and the reasons for any emer- 
gency orders you have given. 

373 In it suggest improvements in vacant apartments, 
to the building generally, or in the service, when you think 



INSTRUCTIONS TO JANITOR 41 

of any that would be desirable; also report anything that 
is causing tenants dissatisfaction. 

374 Forward cancelled fuel tickets with the weekly 
report. 

375 JANITOR'S ACCOUNTING 

376 Remit to the management the day you receive 
them, or report by that day's mail, particulars of any rent 
deposits given to you, or of any rent paid to you. Take a 
receipt for all moneys you pay to the management or the 
collector. 

377 You are not allowed to use any money paid to you 
for any purpose whatever. When you require funds for 
any purpose, apply to the management. Under no cir- 
cumstances use money received for telephone or rents to 
pay any of the house expenses. 

378 TELEPHONE 

379 The janitor is responsible for the telephone records 
and should be able to locate any carelessness or negligence 
in keeping them. 

380 He should require each operator to keep a separate 
sheet for each day's business; to turn over to him before 
going oflF duty the sheet, the tickets and the cash receipts 
for that day. He should never permit the same sheet to 
be used for two days' business, or by two operators — he 
should receipt to the operator, after he has checked up the 
cash and tickets with the sheet, by placing his initials on 
the sheet. 



42 REMCO'S MANUAL 

381 The janitor makes his telephone accounting to 
the management each month by turning over to the 
collector the telephone sheets, the tickets and the cash 
received for the month. The collector should receipt 
for them. 

382 Each telephone sheet should have the operator's 
signature and should show the date and 

a. The time he came on duty and the time he went off 
duty. 

h. The time of the call, the number called, by whom the 
call was made, and to whom the call is to be charged for 
each message. 

c. The messages paid for in cash. 

d. The amount to be charged for each message. 

The tickets belonging to each sheet should be pinned to 
the sheet. 

383 Cash payments must be required of all patrons of 
the telephone who are not employees of the house or office, 
or tenants of the building. 

384 The janitor is expected to see that all telephone 
charges have been paid before a tenant moves out. 

385 Telephone accounts are payable on demand. 

386 Bills are usually rendered with the rent bill on the 
first of each month. 

387 For all messages charged to the house or to the 
office the person using the telephone must sign a charge 
ticket and should state on the ticket the reason for the 
message. 



INSTRUCTIONS TO JANITOR 43 

388 JANITOR'S BILLS 

389 If you make small supply purchases, always get a 
receipted bill. 

390 In approving bills, if the place where the work is 
done is not shown on the bill, state it on the bill yourself. 

391 Refuse to approve a bill for supplies or work done 
if anything has been damaged by workmen or delivery 
men, until the damage has been made good. 

392 You should refuse to O K a bill when you regard 
the price as excessive or the work unsatisfactory. 

393 You should not O K bills from memory. 

394 TELEGRAPH, MAIL, NEWSPAPERS AND PARCEL 

DELIVERIES 

395 You shouldknow the names of all tenants' guests. 

396 Telegrams, registered and special delivery mail 
must be delivered directly to tenants' apartments by the 
postman or messenger. Employees of the house must not 
receive them. If there is no one in the apartments, have 
postmen and messengers leave a notice with you and you 
deliver the notice to the apartment by slipping it under 
the door. 

397 Mail must be delivered immediately. If the tenant 
is away, readdress and forward it. If you have no for- 
warding address, slip a notice that you have it under 
tenant's door and keep it in a mail box in your own apart- 
ment until the tenant returns. 



44 REMCO'S MANUAL 



398 Newspapers should be delivered promptly to the 
front or rear door of apartments. 

399 Parcels must be delivered by the delivery men to 
the apartments. Employees are not allowed to receive 
them except when the tenant's written request that they 
be received for them is on file with the janitor. 

400 KEYS 

401 Supply a key for every lock in* the apartment, if 
the tenant asks for them. Give the tenant two keys for 
the front door of the apartment and two keys for the main 
entrance door. 

402 Get a receipt for the keys you turn over to the 
tenant when moving in. 

403 Return the receipt and get the keys when the 
tenant moves out. 

404 Put all the keys for an apartment on a ring, tag 
and label them and hang them on the key-board in your 
work room. 

405 Keep a supply of key blanks, rings and linen key 
tags on hand. 

406 Make a key-board and provide a hook for the keys 
of each apartment. Keep your key-board in your work 
room. 

407 While an apartment is for rent supply the hall 
boy with a front door key and require him to keep it on a 
hook in the main hall where he can get it quickly. 



INSTRUCTIONS TO JANITOR 45 

408 JANITOR'S HOUSE NOTICES 

409 In a proper frame in the main hall post the follow- 
ing information: 

410 Telephone number of the Police Headquarters: 
"3100 Spring." (Always call Police Headquarters when 
you want an ambulance.) 

41 1 The location of the nearest fire-alarm box, engine 
house, pay station telephone, post office, telegraph office. 

412 Telephone, number, name and location of the 
nearest hospital, 'physician, drug store, city express 
office. 

413 Keep if) main hall: 

414 A register of tenants and their guests. 

415 A copy of the main hall rules. 

416 On the inside of the bath room doors post a copy of 
the house rules. 

417 On the kitchen side of the back hall doors post the 
garbage and ashes call hours, and the laundry or drying 
day for the apartment. 

418 In the dumbwaiter cars post the car and shaft rules. 

419 Near the basement doors of all dumbwaiters post 
a notice of the location of the toilet that delivery men 
may use. 

420 In all vacant apartmentspostthecleaningschedule. 

421 In the back hall a copy of the back hall rules. 

422 In the basement post the general cleaning schedule, 
the hours of service schedule and the outside rules and the 
basement rules. 



46 REMCO'S MANUAL 

423 In the basement at the dumbwaiter a register of 
the tenants arranged by location. 

424 Near the roof doors of both front and back halls a 
copy of the roof rules. 

425 STOREROOMS 
Keep storerooms locked at all times. 
Screen with wire to keep animals out. 
Whitewash them before delivering to a new tenant. 
Keep room clean when vacant. 

Do not use cheap padlocks. 
Tag and lock up keys of vacant storerooms. 
Fasten staples so that they cannot be drawn out. 
Allow no excelsior, hay, straw, or other inflammable 
packing material stored in the storerooms. 

434 Where individual storerooms are provided the 
tenant is entitled to the use of the room for any kind of 
storage except excelsior and other inflammable material. 

435 Where there is only a general storeroom, furniture 
is not to be taken, only trunks and baggage are to be 
accepted for storage. 

436 REFUSE 

437 Never allow any refuse to remain on the roof or 
under the roof racks. 

438 The storage of excelsior, hay, straw, paper and 
other light packing material in the storerooms, yards, 
areas, basement or elsewhere on the premises is absolutely 
prohibited. 



INSTRUCTIONS TO JANITOR 47 

439 Never burn garbage on the premises. 

440 Burn all excelsior, paper and light refuse daily in 
the ash pit of the furnace; do not burn it in the fire-box. 

441 Paper and other refuse from the apartment that 
will readily burn must not be allowed to remain or to be 
stored near the dumbwaiter shaft or on the line of trades- 
men's travel to the dumbwaiter. 

442 All refuse must be removed and the apartment 
swept out the day the tenant moves. 

443 Refuse resulting from alterations must be removed- 
to the basement daily. Plaster, brick and building refuse 
will not be taken away by the City carts. When you have 
it all down in the basement request the management to 
have it carted away. 

444 Garbage and ashes should be removed from the 
premises daily. If the department carts fail to call for it 
notify the management. 

446 VERMIN ' 

447 Vermin contractors usually supply patrons with 

* 

postal cards addressed to themselves. Keep a supply on 
hand. 

448 Vermin contractors should include rats and mice, 
ants, roaches and bugs in their work. 

449 If these contractors are slow about answering your 
calls notify the office. 

450 For water-bugs and roaches "Peterman's Roach 
Food " is very satisfactory if used properly. Sift it around 



48 REMCO'S MANUAL 

the baseboard of the pantry and kitchens and all shelves of 
closets, cupboards and around the back of washtubs and 
sinks, also throw it up on the pipes under the sinks and 
washtubs. Let it remain for a week, then sweep it off and 
apply it a second time. The second application should 
also be allowed to remain for a week. 

451 Trap mice and rats. 

452 Most of the usual remedies for bedbugs are good. 

453 CROTON BUGS AND ROACHES 

From 

Circular No. 5 1 , Second Series. 

United States Department of Agriculture, 

Division of Entomology. 

L. O. Howard, Entomologist. 



454 



Cockroaches 

By C. L. Marlatt, 
First Ass't Entomologist. 



Roaches are among the commonest and most offensive 
of the insects which frequent human habitations. They 
were well known to the ancients, who called them luci- 
fuga, from their habit of always shunning the light. 

The little German Roach, however, is very generally 
known as the Croton bug, or water-bug, from its early 
association with the Croton water-works system in New 
York City. 

455 Habits 

They conceal themselves during the day behind base- 



INSTRUCTIONS TO JANITOR 49 

boards, furniture, or wherever security and partial protec- 
tion from the hght are afforded. In districts where the 
large American roach occurs they sometimes swarm in this 
way at night in such numbers that upon entering a small 
room one will be repeatedly struck and scratched on the 
face and hands by the insects in their frantic flight to 
gain concealment. 

The domestic roaches are practically omnivorous, feed- 
ing on almost any dead animal matter, cereal products, 
and food material of all sorts. They will also eat or gnaw 
woolens, leather (as of shoes or furniture), and frequently 
are the cause of extensive damage to the cloth and leather 
bindings of books in libraries and publishing houses. The 
sizing or paste used on the cloth covers and in the binding 
is to them very attractive. The surface of the covers of 
cloth-bound books is often much scraped and disfigured, 
particularly by the German cockroach, and the gold letter- 
ing is sometimes eaten off to get at the albumen paste. 

They leave, wherever they occur in any numbers, a 
fetid, nauseous odor, well-known as the "roachy" odor, 
which is persistent and cannot be removed from shelves 
and dishes without washing with soap and boiling water. 
It frequently happens that shelves on which dishes are 
placed become impregnated with this roachy odor, and 
this is imparted to and retained by dishes to such an extent 
that everything served in them, particularly liquids, as 
coffee or tea, will be noticed to have a peculiar, disgusting, 
foreign taste and odor, the source of which may be a puzzle, 



50 REMCO'S MANUAL 

and will naturally be supposed to come from the food 
rather than from the dish. 

The roaches are normally scavengers in habit and may 
at times be of actual service in this direction by eating up 
and removing any dead animal material. 

One other redeeming trait has been recorded of them, 
namely, that they will prey upon that other grievous pest 
of houses which are not subjected to careful supervision, 
the bedbug. 

The dampness of water pipes is favorable to it, and it 
may be carried by the pressure of the water long distances 
through the pipes without injury. 

456 Natural Enemies and Parasites 

Among other natural enemies of the roach are tree frogs; 
and a correspondent informs us that if these animals are 
enclosed in a room over night they will effectively clear it of 
roaches. 

457 Remedies 

458 A common remedy suggested for roaches consists 
of the liberal use of pyrethrum powder or buhach, and 
when this is persisted in, considerable relief will be gained. 
It is not a perfect remedy, however, and is at best but a 
temporary expedient, while it has the additional disad- 
vantage of oiling the shelves or other objects over which it 
is dusted. 

459 Flowers of sulphur, dusted about where roaches 



INSTRUCTIONS TO JANITOR 51 

abound, has proved, on the authority of Mr. A. I.Mudd, of 
this Department, very effective as a repellent. 

460 There are many proprietary substances which 
claim to be fairly effective roach poisons. The only one of 
these that has given very satisfactory results is a phos- 
phorous paste, also sold in the form of pills. It consists 
of sweetened flour paste, containing i to 2 per cent of 
phosphorous, and is spread on bits of paper or cardboard 
and placed in the runways of the roaches. It has been 
used very successfully in the Department to free desks 
from Croton bugs, numbers of the dead insects being found 
in dra.wers every day during the time the poison was kept 
about. It is also a repellent. 

A safe remedy consists in burning pyrethrum in the in- 
fested apartment. The smoke and vapors generated by 
the burning of this insecticide are often more effective in 
destroying roaches than the application of the substance 
in the ordinary way as a powder. There is no attendant 
danger of explosion, and the only precaution necessary is 
to see that the room is kept tightly closed for from six to 
twelve hours. 

461 Trapping 

Various forms of traps have been very successfully em- 
ployed as a means of collecting and destroying roaches. 
These devices are all so constructed that the roaches may 
easily get into them and cannot afterwards escape. The 
destruction of the roaches is effected either by the liquid 



52 " REMCO'S MANUAL 

into which they fall or by dousing them with hot water. 
A few of the common forms of traps and the methods of 
using them are here described. 

A simple form of trap which, Mr. F. C. Pratt informs the 
writer, is very successfully used in London, England, con- 
sists of any deep vessel or jar, against which a number of 
sticks are placed, and bent over so that they project into 
the interior of the vessel for a few inches. The vessel is 
partially filled with stale beer or ale, a liquid for which 
roaches seem to have a special fondness. In the morning 
these vessels are found charged with great quantities of 
dead and dying roaches, which have climbed up the in- 
clined sticks and slipped off into the vessel. We have had 
fair success with this last method against the Oriental 
roach in Washington, but against the more wary and active 
Croton bug it is comparatively worthless. 

Mr. Tepper, who has been quoted in relation to the hab- 
its of roaches in Australia, gives a simple remedy which he 
says has proved very efficacious wherever employed. He 
mixes plaster of Paris, one part, and flour, three or four 
parts, in a saucer, and places it where the roaches abound, 
with another flat plate nearby containing pure water, 
both supplied with several bridges to give easy access, and 
one or two thin boards floating on the water touching the 
margin. The insects readily eat the mixture, become 
thirsty and drink, when the plaster sets and clogs the in- 
testines. The insects disappear in a few weeks, the bodies 
no doubt being eaten by the survivors. 



INSTRUCTIONS TO JANITOR 53 



Traps of the sort described above, placed in pantries and 
bakeries, will unquestionably destroy great quantities of 
roaches, and keep them, perhaps, more effectually in check 
than the use of the troublesome insect powders or the 
distribution of poisoned bait, especially as the latter are 
so often ineffective. 

462 BEDBUGS 

From Circular No. 47, Second Series of the 

United States Department of Agriculture. 

Division of Entomology. 

By L. 0. Howard, Entomologist. 

The presence of this insect in a house is not necessarily 
an indication of neglect or carelessness; for, little as the 
idea may be relished, it may often gain access in spite of the 
best of care and the adoption of all reasonable precautions. 
It is very apt to get into the trunks and satchels of travel- 
ers, and may thus be introduced into homes. Unfortu- 
nately, also, it is quite capable of migrating from one house 
to another, and will often continue to come from an adjoin- 
ing house, sometimes for a period of several months, gain- 
ing entrance daily. Such migration is especially apt to take 
place if the human inhabitants of an infested house leave 
it. With the failure of their usual source of food, the 
migratory instinct is developed, and, escaping through 
windows, they pass along walls, water pipes, or gutters and 
thus gain entrance into adjoining houses. In these or 
other ways, it may be any one's misfortune to have his 
premises temporarily invaded. 



54 REMCO'S MANUAL 

As with nearly all the insects associated with man, the 
bedbug has had the habits now characteristic of it as far 
back as the records run. It was undoubtedly of common 
occurrence in the dwellings of the ancient people of Asia. 
The Romans were well acquainted with it, giving it the 
name of Cimex. 

The bedbug has accompanied man wherever he has gone. 
Vessels are almost sure to be infested with it. It is not 
especially limited by cold, and is known to occur well 
North. It probably came to this country with the earliest 
colonists; at least Kalm, writing in 1748-9, stated that it 
was plentiful in the English colonies and in Canada, though 
unknown among the Indians. 

The most characteristic feature of this insect is the very 
distinct and disagreeable odor which it exhales. 

The odor comes from glands, situated in various parts of 
the body, which secrete a clear, oily, volatile liquid. 

The roach, which sometimes feeds on bedbugs, is evi- 
dently not deterred by the odor; while the common house 
ant, which will also attack the bedbug, seems not to find 
this odor disagreeable. 

The bedbug is thoroughly nocturnal in habits and dis- 
plays a certain degree of wariness and caution, or intelli- 
gence, in its efforts at concealment during the day. It 
usually leaves the bed at the approach of daylight to go 
into concealment, either in cracks in the bedstead, if it be 
one of the old wooden variety, or behind wainscoting, or 
under loose wall paper, where it manifests its gregarious 



INSTRUCRIONS TO JANITOR 55 

habit by collecting in masses. They are not apt to be very 
active in winter, especially in cold rooms, and ordinarily 
hibernate in their places of concealment. 

463 The bedbug, on account of its habits of conceal- 
ment, is usually beyond the reach of powders, and the 
ordinary insect powders, such as pyrethrum, are of prac- 
tically no avail against it. If iron and brass bedsteads are 
used the eradication of the insect is comparatively easy. 
With large wooden bedsteads, furnishing many cracks and 
crevices into which the bugs can force their flat, thin 
bodies, their extermination becomes a matter of consider- 
able difficulty. The most practicable way to effect this end 
is by very liberal applications of benzine or kerosene or any 
other of the petroleum oils. These must be introduced into 
all crevices with small brushes or feathers, or by injecting 
with small syringes. Corrosive sublimate is also of value, 
and oil of turpentine may be used in the same way. The 
liberal use of hot water, wherever it may be employed 
without danger to furniture, etc., is also an effectual 
method of destroying both eggs and bugs. 

The great desideratum, however, in a case of this kind, 
is a daily inspection of beds and bedding and of all crevices 
and locations about the premises where these vermin may 
have gone for concealment. A vigorous campaign should, 
in the course of a week or so at the outside, result in the 
extermination of this very obnoxious and embarrassing 
pest. 

464 In the case of rooms containing books, or where 



56 REMCO'S MANUAL 

liquid applications are inadvisable, a thorough fumigation 
with brimstone is, on the authority of the late Dr. J. A. 
Lintner, then New York State entomologist, an effective 
means of destruction. He says: 

" Place in the center of the room a dish containing about 
4 ounces of brimstone, within a larger vessel, so that the 
possible overflowing of the burning mass may not injure 
the carpet or set fire to the floor. After removing from the 
room all such metallic surfaces as might be affected by the 
fumes, close every aperture, even the keyholes, and set fire 
to the brimstone. When four or five hours have elapsed, 
the room may be entered and the windows opened for a 
thorough airing." 

465 The fact that the bedbug has a very active enemy 
in the common house cockroach has already been alluded 
to, and the proof seems to be fairly conclusive. Another 
common visitor in houses, and a very annoying one also to 
the careful housekeeper, the little red ant, is also known 
to be a very active and effective enemy of the bedbug. 
Mr. Theo. Pergande of this office, informs me that during 
the Civil War, he occupied at one time barracks at Meridian , 
Mississippi, which had been abandoned some time before. 
The premises proved to be swarming with bedbugs, but 
very shortly afterwards the little red house ant discovered 
the presence of the bedbugs and came in enormous num- 
bers, and Mr. Pergande witnessed the very interesting and 
pleasing sight of the bedbugs being dismembered or carried 
away bodily by these very minute ants. The result was 



INSTRUCTIONS TO JANITOR 57 

that in a single day the bedbug nuisance was completely 
abated. The liking of red ants for bedbugs is confirmed 
also by a correspondent writing from Florida (F. C. M. 
Boggess), who goes so far as to heartily recommend the 
artificial introduction of the ants to abate this bug nuisance. 

Note on Sulphur Remedy 

466 The sulphur or brimstone remedy has been used 
very successfully by Dr. S. Wardell Stiles, of the Bureau of 
Public Health and Marine Hospital Service, for the disin- 
fection of frame cottages, such as those at seaside resorts, 
where, from neglect, infestation with bedbugs may often 
occur. The treatment is inexpensive compared with the 
use of hydrocyanic-acid gas, and offers much less risk of 
danger to human beings. Two pounds of sulphur are 
recommended for each thousand cubic feet of space, and 
the buildings should be closed for treatment at least twenty- 
four hours. Sulphur candles may be used where available. 
The precautions indicated in the quotation from Dr. 
Lintner should be observed. 

467 CLOTHES MOTHS 

From Circular No. 36, Second Series. 
United States Department of Agriculture. 

Division of Entomology. 
By C. L. Marlatt, \st Ass't Entomologist. 

The True Cloth Moths 

The destructive work of the larve of the small moths 

commonly known as clothes moths, and also as carpet 



58 REMCO'S MANUAL 

moths, fur moths, etc., in woolen fabrics, fur, and similar 
material, during the warm months of summer in the North, 
and in the South at any season, is an altogether too com- 
mon experience. 

468 Remedies 

There is no easy method of preventing the damage 
done by clothes moths, and to maintain the integrity of 
woolens or other materials which they are likely to attack 
demands constant vigilance, with frequent inspection and 
treatment. In general, they are liable to effect injuriously 
only articles which are put away and left undisturbed for 
some little time. Articles in daily or weekly use, and 
apartments frequently aired and swept or used as living- 
rooms are not apt to be seriously affected. Carpets under 
these conditions are rarely attacked, except sometimes 
around the borders where the insects are not so much 
disturbed by walking and sweeping. Agitation, such as 
beating, shaking, or brushing, and exposure to air and sun- 
light are old remedies, and still among the best at com- 
mand. Various repellents, such as tobacco, camphor, 
naphthalene cones or balls, and cedar chips or sprigs, have 
a certain value if the garments are not already stocked 
with eggs or larvae. The odor of these repellents is so 
disagreeable to the parent moths that they are not apt to 
come to deposit their eggs as long as the odor is strong. 
As it weakens the protection decreases, and if the eggs or 
larve are already present, these odors have no effect on 



INSTRUCTIONS TO JANITOR 59 

their development; while if the moths are enclosed with 
the stored material to be protected by these repellents, so 
that they cannot escape, they will of necessity deposit their 
eggs, and the destructive work of the larve will be little, 
if at all, restricted. After woolens have been given a 
vigorous and thorough treatment and aired and exposed 
to sunlight, however, it is of some advantage in packing 
them away to enclose with them any of the repellents 
mentioned: Cedar chests and wardrobes are of value in 
proportion to the freedom of the material from infestation 
when stored away; but, as the odor of the wood is largely 
lost with age, in the course of a few years the protection 
greatly decreases. 

470 Furs and such garments may also he stored in boxes 
or trunks which have been lined with the heavy tar paper 
used in buildings. New papering should be given to such 
receptacles every year or two. Similarly, the tarred paper 
moth bags are of some value ; always, however, first subject 
the materials to the treatment outlined above. 

475 To protect carpets, clothes, and cloth-covered fur- 
niture, furs, etc., they should be thoroughly beaten, shaken, 
brushed, and exposed as long as practicable to the sunlight 
in early spring, either in April, May or June, depending on 
the latitude. The brushing of garments is a very important 
consideration, to remove the eggs or young larve which might 
escape notice. Such material can then be hung away in 
clothes closets which have been thoroughly cleaned, and, 
if necessary, sprayed with benzine about the cracks of the 



6o REMCO'S MANUAL 

floor and the baseboards. If no other protection be given, 
they should be examined at least once a month during sum- 
mer, brushed, and, if necessary, exposed to the sunlight. 

It would be more convenient, however, to so enclose or 
wrap up such material as to prevent the access of the 
moths to it, after it once has been thoroughly treated and 
aired. 

This can be easily effected in the case of clothing and furs 
by wrapping them up tightly in stout paper, or enclosing 
.in well made bags of cotton or linen cloth or strong paper. 

Dr. Howard has adopted a plan which is inexpensive 
and which he has found eminently satisfactory. For a 
small sum he secured a number of the large pasteboard 
boxes, such as tailors use, and in these he packs away all 
winter clothing, gumming a strip of wrapping paper round 
the edge, so as to seal up the box completely and leave no 
cracks. These boxes, with care, will last many years. 
With thorough preliminary treatment it will not be neces- 
sary to use the tar-impregnated paper sacks sold as moth 
protectors, which may be objectionable on account of the 
odor. 

480 In the case of cloth covered furniture and cloth lined 
carriages, which are stored or left unused for considerable 
periods in summer, it will probably be necessary to spray 
them twice or three times, vi{., in April, June and August, 
with benzine or naphtha, to protect them from moths. These 
substances can be applied very readily with any small 
spraying device, and will not harm the material, but cau- 



INSTRUCTIONS TO JANITOR 6i 



tion must be exercised on account of inflammability. 
Another means of protecting such articles is to sponge 
them very carefully with a dilute solution of corrosive 
sublimate. in alcohol, made just strong enough not to leave 
a white stain. 

485 The method of protection adopted by one of the 
leading furriers of Washington, who also has a large busi- 
ness and experience in storing costly furs, etc., is practically 
the course already outlined. 

Furs when received are first most thoroughly and vig- 
orously beaten with small sticks to dislodge all loosened 
hair and the larve or moths. They are then gone over 
carefully with a steel comb and packed away in large boxes 
lined with heavy tar roofing paper, or in closets similarly 
lined with this paper. An examination is made every 
two to four weeks, and if necessary at any time, any gar- 
ment requiring it is rebeaten and combed. During many 
years of experience in this climate, which is especially 
favorable to moth damage, this merchant has prevented 
any serious injury by moths. 

490 THE DESTRUCTION OF HOUSE ANTS 

From Circular Mo. 34, Second Series. 
ByC. L. Marlatt, istAss't Entomologist 

of the 

United States Department of Agriculture 

Division of Entomology. 

There are a number of species of ants often occurring 
in houses, the more important of which are common to 



62 REMCO'S MANUAL 

both hemispheres, and are probably of Old World origin. 
One of these, the little red ant, has become thoroughly 
domesticated and passes its entire existence in houses, 
having its nests in the walls or beneath the flooring, and 
usually forming its new colonies in similar favorable situa- 
tions. Two other ants are very common nuisances in 
houses, namely: the little black ant and the pavement ant 
of the Atlantic seaboard. None of these ants are so de- 
structive to household effects or supplies as they are annoy- 
ing from the mere fact of their presence and their faculty 
of "getting into" articles of food. 

491 Habits and Life History 

In habits and life history these ants are all much 
alike. The specimens ordinarily seen in houses are all 
neuters, or workers. In the colony itself, if it be discov- 
ered and opened, will be found also the larger wingless 
females and, at the proper season, the winged males and 
females. 

492 The Red Ant 

As a house species the red ant is the common one. This 
species, nesting habitually in the walls of houses or beneath 
flooring, is often difficult to eradicate. There is no means 
of doing this except to locate the nest by following the 
workers back to their point of disappearance. If in a wall, 
the inmates of the nest may sometimes be reached by in- 



INSTRUCTIONS TO JANITOR 63 

jecting bisulphide of carbon or a little kerosene. If under 
flooring, it may sometimes be possible to get at them by 
taking up a section. Unless the colony can he reached and 
destroyed, all other measures will he of only temporary 
avail. 

493 The Little Black Ant 

The little black ant is not strictly a house species, al- 
though frequently occurring indoors, and becoming at 
times quite as troublesome as the red ant. Its colonies 
usually occur under stones in yards, but are frequently 
found in the fields, and will be recognized from the little 
pyramids of fine grains of soil which surround the entrances 
to the excavation. This species, when occurring in houses, 
can often be traced to its outdoor colony, and the destruc- 
tion of this will prevent further trouble. 

494 The Pavement Ant 

The pavement ant of our Eastern cities is two or three 
times larger than either of the other species. It com- 
monly has its colonies under pavements or beneath flag- 
ging or stones in yards. It is often a more persistent and 
pestilent house nuisance than the true house ant. Often 
with little difficulty this ant may be traced to its nest, 
which, if accessible, or not thoroughly protected by un- 
broken pavement, as of asphalt, can be rather easily exter- 
minated. So well established is the species, however. 



64 REMCO'S MANUAL 

that new colonies will usually soon take the place of those 
destroyed. 

Drenching the nests with boiling water or saturating 
them with coal oil, which latter also may be introduced 
into cracks in pavements or walls, are effective means of 
abating the nuisance of this ant. 

495 Means of Eradicating Ants 

In the foregoing account, the important remedies for 
each species of ant discussed have been briefly indicated. 
A more detailed description of some of the methods of con- 
trol or extermination follows: 

Whenever the nests of any of these ants cannot be 
located, there is no other resource than the temporary 
expedient of destroying them wherever they occur in the 
house. The best means of effecting this end is to attract 
them to small bits of sponge moistened with sweetened 
water and placed in the situations where they are most 
numerous. These sponges may be collected several times 
daily, and the ants swarming in them destroyed by im- 
mersion in hot water. It is reported also that a sirup 
made by dissolving borax and sugar in boiling water will 
effect the destruction of the ants readily and in numbers. 
The removal of the attracting substances, wherever prac- 
ticable, should always be the first step. 

That it is possible to drive ants away from household 
supplies by the use of repellents is asserted by a Washing- 
ton lady, who has been much troubled in the past with 



INSTRUCTIONS TO JANITOR 65 

these pests. Her practice, which she says has always 
given complete satisfaction, consists in placing gum cam- 
phor, either free or wrapped loosely in paper, in pantry, 
sugar barrel, or other situation infested with ants. The 
odor of the camphor seems to be very distasteful to them 
and they promptly leave the premises. 

500 • TENANTS' FUEL 

501 Where fuel is sold by the management, tickets or 
books of tickets calling for a fixed quantity are sold by the 
office or janitor. 

502 When you deliver fuel get the number of tickets 
you are entitled, to. You are not allowed to accept cash 
for fuel (unused tickets will be redeemed by the office at 
any time). 

503 At the end of each week, and with your weekly 
report, turn into the office all the fuel tickets received. 

504 JANITOR'S WHITEWASHING WORK 

505 All inside shafts, the cellars, and the outside areas 
to the height of the first floor, should be kept whitewashed 
by the janitor. 

506 In whitewashing the basement, use paint on the 
walls for a foot above the floor so that scouring the base- 
ment floor may be done without damage to the walls. 

507 The following is an United States Government 
recepe for making whitewash. It does not rub or wash 
off: 



66 REMCO'S MANUAL 

"Take half a bushel of unslaked lime, slake it with 
boiling water, cover during process to keep in steam, strain 
the liquid through a fme sieve and add to it a peck of salt, 
previously dissolved in warm water, three pounds of 
ground rice boiled to a thin paste and stirred in while hot, 
half pound of Spanish whiting and one pound of clean glue 
dissolved. Add five gallons hot water to the mixture, 
stir well and let stand a few days covered from dust. It 
should be applied hot. The east end of the President's 
house at Washington is done with this mixture. It is used 
on all government lighthouses." 

508 One pint of whitewash will cover one square yard 
and is almost as serviceable as paint and is much cheaper 
than the cheapest paint. 

For cream, add yellow ochre. 

509 For pearl or lead, add lamp or ivory black. 

For fawn, add four pounds umber to one pound Indian 
lead. 

For stone color, add four pounds raw umber to two 
pounds lamp black. 



APARTMENT HOUSE RULES 

510 HOUSE RULES 

5 1 1 Complete house service is to be given from 8 A. M, 
to 7 P. M. 

512 Children are not allowed on the roof or in the base- 
ment, and are not permitted to play in the halls or about 
the entrance. 

513 Velocipedes or bicycles are not allowed in pas- 
senger elevators, or in the halls, passageways, areas, or 
courts. 

514 Dogs, cats, parrots, mocking birds, or wild or do- 
mestic animals are not allowed, under penalty of forfeiture 
of the lease at the option of the management. 

515 Where practicable, furniture and baggage is to be 
received and delivered through the basement doors. 

516 Servants, messengers, and tradespeople are not 
allowed to enter or leave the building by the mam entrance 
or to use the main elevators, excepting nurses accompany- 
ing children. 

517 No male servant is allowed to room on the ser- 
vants'-room floor. 

518 Tenants desiring telegraphic or telephonic connec- 
tions should advise the management. It will direct the 

67 



68 REMCO'S MANUAL 

electricians as to where and how the wires are to be intro- 
duced; without such directions no boring or cutting for 
such wires will be permitted. 

519 Each tenant must keep the premises leased by him 
in a good state of preservation and cleanliness. 

520 Tenants must not sweep, or throw, or permit to 
be swept or thrown from the premises leased by them, any 
dirt or other substance into any of the corridors or halls, 
elevators or stairways of said building, or into any of the 
light shafts or ventilators thereof. 

521 Garbage and refuse must be sent down to the 
basement during the day when necessary, and at the hours 
fixed by the management. 

522 Ashes must be sent down every morning between 
seven and eight o'clock. 

523 Throwing refuse, garbage or paper down the dumb- 
waiter shaft and the placing of paper or garbage in papers 
or packages on top of or in the dumbwaiter car is pro- 
hibited. 

524 The placing of ash-cans, ashes or refuse of any 
kind in the dumbwaiter, except at the hour fixed for de- 
liveries by the janitor, is prohibited. 

525 The storing of ash-cans in the dumbwaiter is dan- 
gerous, and is prohibited by the Fire Department. 

526 The obstruction of the fire escapes is a menace to 
life, is against the laws, and is prohibited by the Fire 
Department, and also by the management. 

^27 No ash-can, garbage-can, coal-holder, wood-box. 



APARTMENT HOUSE RULES 69 

kitchen supplies, ice, or other article shall be placed in the 
halls or on the staircase landings; nor shall anything be 
hung from the windows or balconies, or placed upon the 
window sills; neither shall any table-cloths, clothing, cur- 
tains or rugs be shaken or hung from any of the windows or 
doors. 

528 The'placing of packages, pots, or plants on window 
ledges is very dangerous and is expressly prohibited. 

529 The storage in the basement or storerooms, or in 
any trunk, package or receptacle placed in the storeroom, 
of any excelsior, shavings or other inflammable material is 
expressly prohibited. 

530 The storing of trunks, furniture or other effects 
in the hallways or vacant portions of the building 
is prohibited. The management assumes no respon- 
sibility for trunks, furniture or packages stored in the 
basement. 

531 Visitors to the help of tenants are expected to 
leave at 10:30 P.M.: tenants' help are expected to return 
by 1 1 :30 P.M. 

532 All outside shades must be of a color approved by 
the management. 

533 Employees are not permitted to receive registered 
mail or telegrams for tenants; they are required to deliver 
to the apartment a notice of the tender of registered mail 
or telegrams in the absence of the tenant. 

534 Employees are not allowed to receive parcels, 
packages or tradesmen's deliveries except where the ten- 



70 REMCO'S MANUAL 

ant has made a signed request for and has assumed all 
risks of such service. 

535 Where fuel is sold by the management, deliveries 
are made by its employees. Employees must require fuel 
tickets against these deliveries; they are not allowed to 
accept cash for fuel. Unused fuel tickets will be redeemed 
at cost on demand. 

536 Sub-letting without the authority of the manage- 
ment is prohibited. 

MAIN HALL RULES 

537 The main hall equipment which, in addition to its 
furnishings, is to be maintained at all times, is: 

A register of tenants, their guests and servants. 

A mail box. 

A messenger call. 

An umbrella stand. 

A large umbrella. 

Blank cards for the use of visitors. 

Paper and envelopes. 

Ink and pen, a pencil and a blotter. 

A Telephone Book. 

538 Forms for : 

Undelivered telegrams for tenants. 
Undelivered packages for tenants. 
Messages for t nants. 
Undelivered mail held by janitor. 



APARTMENT HOUSE RULES 71 

Undelivered Special Delivery and Registered Mail. 

Mail forwarding addresses. 

Telephone tickets. 

Business cards of the management. 

Literature describing the property. 

Applications for apartments. 
539 And a card, giving: 

The location of the nearest fire-alarm box. 

The number of Police Headquarters ("3100 
Spring"), for use in calling an ambu- 
lance. Always call Police Headquar- 
ters when you want an ambulance. 

The location and telephone number and name 
of the nearest: Hospital — physician — 
drug store — city express office. 

The name and location of the nearest: Post 
Office — telegraph office — pay station 
telephone. 

550 No deliveries of any kind are to be received through 
the main entrance except drugs. 

551 Servants are not permitted to use the main en- 
trance except when accompanying a tenant. 

552 Book and tradesmen's deliveries must be made 
through the basement doors until the hour for closing 
them (10 P.M.). 

553 In case of fire, notify the janitor at once. 

554 Unnecessary noise is prohibited. The building is 
a place of residence — keep it quiet. 



72 REMCO'S MANUAL 

555 Book agents, canvassers and peddlers are not 
allowed in the building. 

556 Children are not allowed to play in the halls. 

557 Complete house service must be given from 8 
A.M to 7 P.M. 

558 Don't waste light. In houses having no hall 
service: at 10 P.M. turn off outside and vestibule lights, 
lower the main hall lights and close the main entrance, 
vestibule and roof doors. 

559 In houses having hall service: The main entrance 
vestibule and roof doors should be closed at the hour the 
attendants go off duty. 

560 Employees must be neat, obliging, polite and 
prompt. 

561 All cleaning on the main floor should be completed 
by 8:30 A.M. 

562 The main hall must be kept clean at all times. 

563 The brass work must be kept polished — the glass 
and mirrors kept clean, and all rugs, mats and carpets 
shaken and swept daily. 

564 All furniture and wood-work should be dusted 
daily and the entire main floor swept daily and scoured 
weekly. 

565 Eating or dressing in the halls or vacant apart- 
ments is prohibited. 

566 The front doors of vacant apartments are to be kept 
closed at all times, the back doors should be kept locked. 



APARTMENT HOUSE RULES 73 

567 The use of a vacant apartment for storage of any 
kind is prohibited. 

568 It is the purpose of the management to make 
residence in the property as pleasant as possible for the 
employees and help of its tenants. Every consideration 
must be shown them by the house force. 

569 Tenants' employees and help must be given eleva- 
tor service whenever and during such hours as it is supplied 
for tenants, and every reasonable assistance in their work. 

570 BACK HALL RULES 

571 It is the purpose of the management to make 
residence in the property as pleasant as possible for the 
employees and help of its tenants. Every consideration 
must be shown them by the house force. 

572 Tenants' employees and help must be given eleva- 
tor service whenever and during such hours as it is supplied 
for tenants. 

573 Employees must be polite, obliging and prompt. 

574 Employees are not permitted to receive mail, 
parcels, or supplies for tenants. 

575 The building is a place of residence — unnecessary 
noise is prohibited. 

576 It is the janitor's duty to deliver and return store- 
room effects to and from the apartments. 

577 Van and wagon deliveries are to be made by the 
men accompanying the wagon and must be made directly 



74 REMCO'S MANUAL 

to and from the apartments to the wagon. Obstructing 
the passageways or sidewalks is prohibited. 

578 The back hall must be swept daily and scoured 
weekly. All windows must be kept clean. 

579 All toilets must be cleaned and scoured daily and 
disinfected weekly. 

580 Using the halls for storage of any kind is prohibited. 

581 Tenants' help are to be given elevator service dur- 
ing the same hours and whenever it is supplied for tenants. 

582 Visitors to tenants' help should leave the premises 
at 10:30 P.M. 

583 Tenants' help must be shown every courtesy, and 
should be given all reasonable assistance by the house force. 

584 At 10 P.M. lower all lights. 

585 BASEMENT RULES 

586 In the dressing-room for the house help the follow- 
ing equipment is to be maintained at all times: 

Mirror, soap, towel, hair-brush, comb, blacking brush, 
blacking, whisk-broom. 

587 The storage of excelsior, paper, straw, hay or other 
inflammable material in or about the premises is prohibited 
— it must be sent away or burned daily. 

588 Paper and refuse that will burn which is sent down 
from apartments must be kept away from the dumbwaiter 
shaft and must not be stored on the line of travel to the 
dumbwaiter. 

589 All trash must be removed from the elevator and 



APARTMENT HOUSE RULES 75 

dumbwaiter pits and from the outside and inside areas 
and courts daily. 

590 Garbage, ashes, and refuse must be removed from 
the premises every day. 

591 Nothing that will burn must be stored on top of or 
near the furnace, boiler, smoke pipes or flues. 

592 Children are not allowed in the basement. 

593 In the laundry, post a register of the apartments 
showing the laundry day for each apartment. 

594 All storerooms must be whitewashed before being, 
delivered to a new tenant. 

595 The house does not store furniture in its general 
storeroom. Only trunks and other forms of baggage are 
to be stored in it. 

596 Storerooms and coal-bins must be kept locked and 
broom clean when vacant and should be wire screened to 
keep animals out. 

597 Basement toilets must be cleaned daily and disin- 
fected weekly. 

598 The basement must be disinfected monthly in 
winter and weekly in summer, and must be ventilated 
often enough to keep the air good. 

599 All basement windows and doors should have 
proper fastenings. 

600 Basement entrance doors should be equipped with 
automatic closing devices. 

60 1 Broken basement glass must be replaced promptly. 

602 A warm basement means a warm house. 



76 REMCO'S MANUAL 

603 The burning of garbage on the premises is pro- 
hibited. 

604 Excelsior, hay, straw, etc., are to be burned in the 
furnace ash-pit, not in the fire-box. 

605 Complete house service is to be given from 8 A.M. 
to 7 P.M. daily. 

606 Front basement doors are to be opened at 6 A.M. 
and closed at 8 P.M., except on Saturdays and on days 
before holidays. On these days all basement doors are to 
be closed at 1 1 P.M. 

607 Rear basement doors are to be opened at 6 A.M. 
and closed at 8 P.M., except on Saturdays and days before 
holidays. 

608 Tradesmen's delivery men should be allowed to 
have access to a basement toilet. (Post a notice of its 
location above each dumbwaiter door.) 

609 ROOF RULES 

610 Children are not allowed on the roof. 

61 1 Drying racks and floors must be kept in good repair. 

612 A register of the apartments, fixing the drying 
day for each apartment, should be posted in the front and 
back hall near the roof doors. 

613 A register of the apartments, fixing the laundry 
day for each apartment, should be posted in the laundry. 

614 All parts of the roof should be kept clean of refuse 
at all times and must be swept every week, especially under 
the drying racks. 



APARTMENT HOUSE RULES 77 

615 Roof doors should be kept closed at all times and 
should fit tight to prevent drafts. 

616 The house water-tank should be equipped with an 
overflow and a clean-out valve; discharges from both 
should be piped to the open roof, 

617 The house water-tank must be emptied and scour- 
ed every month. 

618 A telltale should be carried from the tank to some 
location in the basement where it will be seen frequently. 

619 Theroof and roof bulk-heads and all sky -light metal 
should be painted in June of each year. 

620 Broken glass must be replaced at once. 

621 The roof must be kept clear of everything which 
could cause injury if blown off. 

622 Stacks and pipes must be kept in good condition, 
secure and properly guyed. 

623 OUTSIDE RULES 

624 Chute and coal-hole covers must be kept securely 
fastened from below. 

625 All outside shades must be of color approved by 
the management. 

626 All sidewalks, outside areas, and yards must be 
cleaned daily. 

627 Ice and snow must be removed from sidewalks and 
steps promptly. 

628 Slippery walks and steps must be kept sanded or 
sprinkled with sawdust. 



78 REMCO'S MANUAL 

629 Express and van men must not be permitted to 
block the sidewalks or entrances. All deliveries must be 
made directly from the wagon into the apartment or store- 
room. 

630 Children are not allowed to use the sidewalk near 
main entrance or the main hall for a playground. 

631 A failure of the City to promptly clean the street 
crossings or streets should be reported to the office. 

632 Failure of the City to remove garbage and ashes 
daily must be reported to the office promptly. 

633 Garbage and ash cans must be removed from 
the sidewalk and stored inside the building as soon as 
emptied. 

634 Outside areas must not be used for storage pur- 
poses. 

635 Fire escapes must be kept clear. 

636 The placing of flower pots, bottles or boxes on 
window sills is prohibiten. 

637 The placing of signs is prohibited except when 
approved by the management. 

638 The house sign must be kept clean and fresh at all 
times. 

639 The hanging of rugs, bed clothing or other articles 
out of windows is prohibited. 

640 Sidewalks must be swept and washed promptly 
after coal is delivered. 

641 Cesspool and house drains must be kept clear. 



APARTMENT HOUSE RULES 79 

RULES FOR EMPLOYEES 

700 Every employee is expected to know all the rules 
for the house service. 

701 No employee is permitted to leave his position 
during his working hours without giving notice to the 
management. When he must leave he should report to 
the janitor or superintendent, who will provideasubstitute. 

702 Where there is a double shift, no employee is per- 
mitted to go off duty until his relief arrives and is in uni- 
form. 

703 While on duty the uniform must be worn at all 
times. 

704 Uniforms are never to be worn away from the 
building. 

705 Uniforms should be scoured and cleaned every 
month. 

706 Employees must be very neat in their personal 
appearance. Cuffs, collars and linen should be kept clean, 
shoes blacked, and uniforms clean and in perfect order 
and repair at all times. 

707 For employees doing house work frequent bathing 
is absolutely necessary. 

708 Never fail to get a bath at least once a week. 
Very often the cause of a discharge is the failure of an 
employee to keep his person fresh and clean. No matter 
how good the man, if he is not pleasant to have about he 
will be discharged, 



8o REMCO'S MANUAL 

709 All employees are expected to be polite, prompt, 
and obliging and to keep in mind that unnecessary noise 
is to be prevented. 

710 There is no objection to reading, but books, papers, 
and magazines should never be allowed to lie around the 
reception rooms, halls or elevators. 

711 Employees are not permitted to run errands for 
tenants or to work for them during working hours. 

712 Employees are not permitted to receive parcels 
for the tenants. 

713 Never give information about tenants; refer all 
such inquiries to the management. 

714 Do not talk with tenants except to reply to 
them. 

715 Never talk back to tenants; if you are not properly 
treated notify the management, 

716 Do not gossip — the less you know of the private 
affairs of your tenants the better for you. 

717 Never remain seated when tenants' visitors or 
guests pass you. 

718 Always open and close the main hall doors for 
visitors or tenants. 

719 Hall, elevator, and telephone men and all main hall 
help are expected to know the price, size and location of all 
apartments which are for rent and the date ©n which they 
can be delivered. They must also be able to show the apart- 
ment at all times without having to look up the janitor. 

720 Wherever possible get the name and address of the. 



APARTMENT HOUSE RULES 8i 

applicant and the particulars of price and size apartment 
desired. 

721 Mail must not be kept in the reception-room, cars, 
or hall. Undelivered mail should be turned over to- the 
janitor and a notice that he has it should be slipped under 
the front door of the apartment. 

722 The air in the halls should be kept sweet and they 
should be properly ventilated at all times. 

723 Visitors should be announced by 'phone, speaking 
tube, or elevator. 

724 Deliver cards left by visitors for the absent tenants 
as you do the mail — slip them under the front door of the 
apartment. 

725 Write down at once all messages for tenants and 
deliver them as you do the mail. 

725A When you first report, get a complete list of 
the tenants, of their guests, and of their employees. 



INSTRUCTIONS FOR HALL BOYS 

726 In case of fire notify the janitor immediately. 

727 In houses having one hall boy the working hours 
are 7 A.M. to 7 P.M. 

728 In houses having two hall boys and which provide 
service from 7 A.M. to midnight, hall boy No. i works 
from 7 A.M. to 3 P.M., daily except Sundays, and from 
7 A.M. to noon on Sundays; hall boy No. 2 works from 
3 P.M. to midnight daily and from noon to midnight on 
Sundays. Nos. i and 2 change places weekly. 

729 Where the hall service is continuous the change 
hours are 7 A.M. and 7 P.M. 

730 It is the hall boy's duty -to keep steps, vestibule 
and main hall and stairs up to the second floor clean. The 
brass should be polished; glass cleaned, wood-work dusted, 
and main floor carpets, rugs and furniture cleaned before 
8:30 A.M. daily. 

731 When sidewalks or steps become slippery, notify 
the janitor to sand them. 

732 When the sidewalk needs sweeping, notify the 
janitor or superintendent. 

733 As soon as garbage or ash cans are emptied, notify 
the janitor to get them off the sidewalk. 

82 



INSTRUCTIONS FOR HALL BOYS 83 

734 Book agents, peddlers and canvassers are not 
allowed in the building. 

735 You should be thoroughly familiar with the work 
of the elevator operator and telephone attendant, but 
should never operate the car except on the written order 
of the management. 

736 You are responsible for the vestibule and main 
hall lights. Have plenty of light, but do not waste it. If 
it is not needed turn it off. 

737 At 1 1 P.M., or when the door man goes off duty, 
lock the outside doors and lower all lights. 

738 Close all roof doors, sky-lights or windows before 
you go off duty. 

739 Make mail deliveries promptly. 

740 Never accept parcel deliveries for tenants. 

741 Never accept telegrams for tenants. Slip the 
telegraph notice under the front door of the apartment. 

742 Keep clean. 

743 Learn all the rules for the government of the house. 

744 Notify the superintendent or janitor when you 
have a call for an apartment. If they are absent show the 
apartment yourself. 

745 Main hall help should keep on hand a supply of 
printed matter describing the property, and the business 
cards of the management office. 

746 Always be able to show what you have to rent. 
The front doors of vacant apartments should be kept un- 
locked or you should have keys for each vacant one. 



84 REMCO'S MANUAL 

Never allow any one to find you unable to show something 
that is for rent. Do not depend on the janitor or superin- 
tendent to open apartments; keep them open or keep 
keys to them. 

747 Keep a complete Hst of tenants' guests and em- 
ployees. 

748 Learn where tenants want newspapers and mail 
delivered — whether at front or back door. 



INSTRUCTIONS TO ELEVATOR 
OPERATORS 

749 In houses providing Elevator Service from 7 A.M. 
to midnight, operator No. i works from 7 A.M. to 3 P.M. 
daily, and from 7 A.M. to noon on Sundays; operator No. 
2 works from 3 P.M. to midnight daily, and from noon to 
midnight on Sundays. 

750 The operators change places every week. 

75 1 Where the service is continuous, the change hours 
are 7 A.M. and 7 P.M. 

752 In New York State operators must be 18 years of 
age. 

753 When you first report get a complete list of the 
tenants, of their guests and of their employees. 

754 Never carry servants on the same trip with tenants 
or with tenants' guests, unless they accompany children or 
a member of a tenant's family. 

755 Get into your car before you allow any one else to 
do so. 

756 Leave your car last; let every one get out before 
you get out. 

757 Allow no one except the regular operators, the 
engineers or the janitor to run your car. 

85 



86 REMCO'S MANUAL 



758 Never start your car until the shaft door and all 
of the car doors are closed. 

759 1 f the elevator gets out of order shut it down at once. 

760 Never leave the car door open unless you are in the 
car. Keep it locked; if there is no lock or key notify the 
management. 

761 Stop the car before you open the door. See that 
the car floor is level v/ith the house floor before you open 
gate. 

762 Read and study the instructions in the manual for 
the care of elevator cars and machinery. 

763 Servants are to have elevator service whenever it 
is provided for the tenants; after the service elevator 
operator leaves, the passenger car operator is to run both 
the service and passenger cars. 

764 Drug deliveries may be made by the front entrance 
and car — all other deHveries must be made through the 
basement or rear entrance. 

765 Peddlers, book agents and canvassers are not 
allowed in the building. 

766 Set an example to the other main hall employees — 
keep the hall in attractive condition and yourself neatly 
dressed. Be very polite and obliging — you can do a great 
deal to make the management popular. 

767 When the sidewalk or steps get slippery, notify the 
janitor to sand them. 

768 When the sidewalk needs sweeping, notify the 
superintendent or janitor.. 



ELEVATOR OPERATORS 87 

769 As soon as the garbage or ash-cans are emptied, 
notify the janitor to take them off the sidewalk. 

770 You should thoroughly understand the work of 
the hall boy and 'phone attendant and should know all 
the rules for the government of the house. 

SERVICE ELEVATOR OPERATORS 

771 In case of fire, notify the janitor at once. 

772 Service elevator men work from 7 A.M. to 7 P.M. 

773 Service cars should be kept on the basement floor 
when not in use. 

774 Allow no unnecessary noise. 

775 Don't overload the car. 

776 Don't lose time on landings or in kitchens. 

777 Answer bells promptly. 

778 Be prompt and obliging. 

779 You make deliveries between storerooms and 
apartments, but have nothing to do with outside or van 
deliveries. 

780 Canvassers, peddlers and book agents are not 
allowed in the building. 

781 Tradesmen's, express, and parcel deliveries are to 
be made directly to the apartment. Employees are for- 
bidden to receive such deliveries. 

782 In making ice deliveries, use a pan in the car. 

783 The best hour for coal and wood deliveries is 5 P.M. 

784 Notify new tenants of the hour for removing ashes 
and garbage. 



88 REMCO'S MANUAL 

785 When you first report get a complete list of the 
tenants, of their guests, and of their employees. 

786 Report unclean toilets or odors from them to the 
janitor or superintendent. 

787 You are responsible for the lighting of the back 
hall and of the cellar and basement about your car. Do 
not waste light; if it is not needed — turn it off. 

788 Get into your car before you allow anyone else 
to do so. Get everyone out of the car before you get 
out of it. 

790 Keep your storerooms clean, whitewashed, and 
free of packing material (excelsior, hay, straw, etc.). It 
is dangerous and is prohibited. 

791 Tag every article that goes into your general store- 
room; enter the date and name of tenants on the tag. 

792 If the elevator gets out of order shut it down 
at once. 

793 You are charged with the care and cleaning of the 
basement and cellar approaches to your car. 

794 Close all roof sky -lights, windows and doors before 
you go off duty. 

795 Keep cats and dogs out of your basement. 
795A Read and study the instructions in the Manual 

for Passenger, Elevator Operators for the care of elevator 
cars and machinery, the house rules and instructions to 
employees. 

795 B Servants are to have elevator service whenever 
it is provided for the tenants. 



INSTRUCTIONS TO TELEPHONE 
OPERATORS 

796 Telephone attendants work from 8 A.M. to 7 P.M. 

797 In case of fire notify the janitor at once. 

798 Be poHte, prompt, attentive, and obliging. 

799 Speak plainly and slowly. 

800 Keep quiet — permit no useless noise. 

801 Enter and call back the numbers asked for before 
you make connections; it will prevent mistakes and save 
time. 

802 When you report for the first time get a list of the 
tenants' names, the names of their guests and of their em- 
ployees, and of the apartments they occupy and of the 
employees of the house. 

803 If there is a special switch attached to your tele- 
phone, it is probably to enable you to connect with some 
apartment. Learn who the tenant is in order that you 
may give the service promptly. 

804 Don't give long rings when you ring up a tenant; 
press the button only once; you will get an answer just as 
quickly from one ring as you will from prolonged ringing. 

805 Write down all messages as you receive them; see 
that they are delivered promptly. 

89 



90 REMCO'S MANUAL 

806 Telephone Central, get the right time, and set your 
clock by it as soon as you go on duty. 

807 If you do not understand the telephone system, 
telephone Central to send some one to explain it to you. 
The Telephone Company will cheerfully explain its work- 
ing to you. 

808 If your duties include the running of the elevator, 
always turn up the buzzer switch before you answer an 
elevator call so that you may hear the telephone while you 
are on your car. 

809 The Telephone Company charge you with every 
call you make. If you get a wrong number, to prevent its 
being charged, you must notify Central that you got the 
wrong number. 

810 You should keep a complete record of your 
day's work on the charge sheet; the date, the hour you 
went on duty, the hour you went oflf duty, your name, 
and the name or street address of the property, and the 
following particulars about each message should appear 
on it: 

81 1 The time of the call, the number called, the amount 
of the charge, the person to whom the message is to be 
charged and the name of the sender. Never use the same 
charge sheet for two days' work. The Telephone Com- 
pany or the management office will supply as many as you 
need. Use a separate sheet for each day's work. 

812 In addition to the record of messages on your 
charge sheet, you should make a separate ticket for each 



TELEPHONE OPERATORS 91 

charge. This ticket should show the date, the number 
called, the amount of the charge, by whom it was sent and 
the person to whom it is to be charged. 

813 Require payment in cash from all strangers, and 
from tenants get a signed ticket if possible. 

814 When the message is to be charged to the house 
or to the management office, the ticket should state 
the nature of the message, and by whom it was sent, 
and should be signed by the employee who uses the 
'phone. 

815 Turn over your charge sheet, cash and tickets to 
the office or to the janitor daily before leaving the building, 
and get a receipt for them. 

816 City messages are ten cents. 

817 Brooklyn messages are fifteen cents. 

818 Out of town messages are at various rates. 

819 A local message permits the use of the telephone 
for five minutes or less. 

820 A long distance message permits the use of the 
telephone for three minutes or less. 

821 Have a good clock on your desk and keep time on 
every local message. 

822 Ask Long Distance the amount to charge on every 
long distance call. 

823 Central keeps the time on long distance calls. It 
does not keep the time on local calls. 

824 Long distance calls made between 6 P.M. and 6 
A.M. are charged at day rates. 



92 REMCO'S MANUAL 

SUPPLIES 

825 Keep on hand at all times: 
A telephone directory. 

A business telephone directory. 
A clock. 
A pencil. 

Messages-received forms. 
Daily charge sheet forms. 
Charge tickets. 
A calender. 

826 On a card hung up by your 'phone always have: 
The telephone number of Police Headquarters — "3100 

Spring." 

The location of the nearest fire-alarm box. 

The name, address and 'phone number of the nearest 
physician. 

The name, address and 'phone number of the nearest 
hospital. 

The name, address and 'phone number of the nearest 
police station. 

827 You should be thoroughly familiar with all the 
rules for the government of the house and with the work 
and the instructions in the Manual for Elevator men and 
Hall boys — but you should never operate the elevator 
without a written order from the management. 



CARE OF PLANT AND PROPERTY 



. DUMBWAITERS 

looi If any one operating the dumbwaiter can stand 
under the car, fix a guard to prevent it — the car might fall. 

1002 Keep the bells and tubes in perfect working order. 

1003 Post at the basement door an index of tenants' 
names. 

1004 Put a roller in the basement door opening about 
six inches below the top. It will save wear on your hoist- 
ing ropes and will make it easier to work the car. 

1005 Cars should be scoured with hot water weekly 
and kept sweet and clean at all times. 

1006 Clean and disinfect shaft pits weekly. White- 
wash it monthly. 

1007 Keep the machinery well oiled and the guides 
well greased. 

1008 Once a month inspect the shaft and machinery, 
examine the ropes carefully. Bear in mind that the wear 
on a rope is on the inside. 



95 



ELEVATORS 

loio Regulate the operating cable every day. Do not 
let it get too loose. 

101 1 Inspect all cables and the safety devices every 
day. Look for wear on the cables and see that all are fast. 

1012 Oil all bearings and clean the shaft pit every day 
and see that all cables passing through the pit are clear. 

1013 Oil bearings at the top of the shaft every Friday 
and fill all oil cups daily. 

1014 Keep a common fireplace bellows on hand for 
use in blowing dust out of motors and generators. 

1015 SUGGESTIONS FOR THE CARE AND 

OPERATION OF THE 
OTIS HYDRAULIC ELEVATORS 

By the Otis Elevator Company, 
17 Battery Place, New York 

1 01 6 When the cherry guides are properly cleaned, 
put a coat of lubricating compound on them. The best 
is seven-eighths cylinder oil and one-eighth plumbago, well 
mixed. It is advisable to occasionally use a little kerosene 
oil for cleaning off the guides. 

Keep cables well oiled with raw linseed oil and tar oil 
(seven parts linseed oil and three parts of tar oil). When 

96 



ELEVATORS 97 



they have once become well soaked, it will probably be 
sufficient to oil them only about every three or four 
months. Do not allow them to become dirty and 
gummy. 

Examine cables frequently for broken wires. 

Keep tensions on cables alike, adjusting them at the 
fastenings to the overhead work or traveling sheave, at 
which place there should be lock nuts. 

See that hand cable is kept properly adjusted, neither 
too tight nor too loose. 

Keep safety plank and top of car clean, and do not allow 
the grease to collect. 

Keep all bearings properly oiled. 

Keep the guide springs on the girdle above, and the 
safety plank below, the car adjusted so that the car will 
not wabble, but not tight enough to bind against guides. 

When cables are drawing alike, the equalizing bars on a 
passenger elevator should be horizontal, as shown in cut 
on page iio, and the set-screws free from contact 
with the fmger shaft, but adjusted so that one of them will 
come in contact with the finger shaft when the equalizing 
bar is tipped a certain amount either way. 

The main cables should not be allowed to stretch so 
much that the car cannot reach the top landing, as the 
piston will strike the bottom cylinder head. 

If the safety wedges should be thrown in, or rattle, when 
descending, the cause would be from the stretching or 
breaking of one of the cables, the action of the governor. 



98 REMCO'S MANUAL 

or from weakness of either the spring on the finger shaft, 
safety wedge or gummy guides. 

In the first case, if occasioned by the cable stretching, 
the cable should be examined thoroughly, and, if it shows 
a weakness, a new one put on, otherwise it can be shortened 
up, as stated above. 

In the second case, the car had probably attained ex- 
cessive speed, and the governor simply performed its 
proper function. 

In the third case, new springs should be put on, and the 
guides kept clean, for it often happens that the guides are 
so dirty that the springs cannot well prevent the wedges 
catching. 

All the safeties should be kept clean and in good order, 
so that they will quickly respond when called upon to 
perform their duty. 

To loosen the wedges when thrown in, throw the valve 
for the car to ascend. 

If the wedges are thrown in above the top landing, re- 
move the button on the hand cable, and run the car up 
until the piston strikes the bottom of the cylinder. If this 
is not sufficient to loosen the wedges, the car will have to 
be raised by a tackle. 

Keep air nuts properly tightened. 

If traveling or auxiliary sheave bushing is worn so that 
sheave binds, or the bushing is nearly worn through, turn 
it half round, and thus obtain a new bearing. If it has 
been once turned, put in a new bushing. 




OTIS GOVERNOR SAFETY 

Attached to Gravity Wedge Safety. 

I. OF a 



loo REMCO'S MANUAL 

See that the piston rods draw ahke. If they do not, 
it can be discerned by trying to turn the rods with the 
hands, or by a groaning noise in the cyhnder. How- 
ever, this groaning may also be caused by the packing 
being worn out, in which case the car would not stand 
stationary. 

See that all supports remain secure, and in good con- 
dition. 

If car settles, the most probable cause is that the 
valve or piston needs repacking. If packing is all right, 
then the air valve "i8" in the piston does not properly 
seat. 

If the car springs up and down when stopping, there is 
air in the cylinder. When there is not much air, it can 
often be let out by opening the air cock and running a few 
trips, but when there is considerable air, run the car to 
near the top, then place the valve for the car to descend. 
While in this position open the air cock and allow the air 
to escape. This may have to be repeated several times 
before the air is all removed. 

Keep the cylinders and connections protected from 
frost. Where exposed, the easiest way to protect the 
cylinders is by an air-tight box, open at the bottom, at 
which point keep a gas jet burning during cold weather. 
Where there is steam in the building, run a coil near the 
cylinder. 

Keep stop buttons on hand cable properly ad- 
justed, so that the car will stop at a few inches beyond 



ELEVATORS loi 



either landing before the piston strikes the head of the 
cylinder. 

Regulate the speed desired for the car by adjusting the 
back stop buttons, so that the valve can only be opened 
either way sufficiently to give this speed. 

Occasionally try the governor to see that it works 
properly. 

Keep the machinery clean and in good order. 

The inside of cylinder should be properly lubricated 
every two weeks with cylinder oil. 

An oil cup, near the bottom of cylinder, is provided for 
this purpose. Open the two circulating cocks after the 
oil cup is filled, and allow the oil to run in cylinder; after 
half an hour's time close the two cocks. 

Under no circumstances neglect to close cocks, other- 
wise the car will settle. 

10 1 7 EXPLANATION OF OTIS GRAVITY WEDGE SAFETY 



A 


Guide 


G 


Equalizing Bar 


B 


Safety Wedge 


H 


Finger Shaft 


C 


Safety Wedge Shoe 


I 


Set-screws on Equalizing Bar 


D 


Adjustable Gib 




which come in contact with 


E 


Safety Wedge Spring and 




Finger Shaft. 




Bolt 


J 


Safety Wedge Spring Plate 


F 


Shackle Rods 







For illustrations see following pages. 




OTIS GRAVITY WEDGE SAFETY 

Showing Cables properly adjusted and the Safety Wedge in 
position for Car to run. 
For Explanation see preceding page. 




OTIS GRAVITY WEDGE SAFETY 

Showing Safety Wedge thrown in by the breaking or stretching 
of one of the Cables. 

For Explanation see page loi. 



I04 



REMCO'S MANUAL 



IO18 EXPLANATION OF OTIS 


ELEVATOR CYLINDER AND 




VALVE 




I 


Traveling Sheave 


22 


Cylinder Legs 


2 


Traveling Sheave Bushing 


23 


Drain from bottom of Cylin- 


3 


Traveling Sheave Pin 




der 


4 


Traveling Sheave Guard 


24 


Water Chest 


5 


Traveling Sheave Strap 


25 


Relief Valve, to relieve ram 


6 


Oil Cup 




of water when the valve is 


7 


Piston Rod Cross-head 




suddenly closed during the 


8 


Stuffing Boxes 




ascent of Car, 


9 


Air Cock 


26 


Valve Chamber 


10 


Drip Pipe 


27 


Valve Plunger, consisting of: 


II 


Curve on top of cylinder 


a, 


. Rack Follower 


12 


Piston Rod 


b 


. Valve Stem 


13 


Cylinder 


c 


. Top to Valve Piston Cup 


»4 


Circulating Pipe 


d. 


, Bottom to Valve Piston Cup 


»5 


Piston 


e, 


, Spider 


i6 


Top Follower 


f. 


, Valve Cup Packing 


17 


Bottom Follower 


28 


Valve Rack 


18 


Piston Air Valve 


29 


Valve Rack Shoe 


19 


Piston Cup 


30 


Valve Pinion Shaft 


20 


1 inch Square Rubber pack- 


V 


Valve Cap 




ing 


32 


Valve Glands on Pinion 


21 


Set-screws for starting Top 




Shaft 




Follower when removing 


33 


Valve Sheave 




it to pack. 


34 


Check Valve 



10 1 9 HOW TO PACK ELEVATORS 

How to Pack Piston from Bottom 

1020 Remove the top stop button on hand rope, and 
run the car up until the piston strikes the bottom head in 
cylinder. Secure the car in this position by passing a 
strong rope under the girdle or cross-head, and over the 
sheave timbers. When secured, close the gate valve in the 




SECTION OF ELEVATOR CYLINDER AND VALVE 

Showing Working Parts. 
For explanation, see page 104. 



io6 REMCO'S MANUAL 

supply pipe, open the air cock at the head of the cylinder, 
and throw the operating valve for the car to go up. Also 
open the valve in the drain pipe, from the side of the cylin- 
der, and from the lower head of the cylinder, thus allowing 
the water to drain out of the cylinder. When the cylinder 
is empty, throw the valve for the car to descend in order 
to drain the water from the circulating pipe. In cases of 
tank pressure, where level of water in lower tank is above 
the bottom of the cylinder, the gate valve in the discharge 
pipe will have to be closed as soon as the water in the 
cylinder is on a level with that in the tank, allowing the 
rest to pass through the drain pipe to the sewer. When 
water is all drained oflF, remove the lower head of the 
cylinder and the piston will be accessible. Remove the 
bolts in the piston follower by means of the socket wrench 
which is furnished for that purpose. Before removing the 
piston head, mark its exact position, then there will be no 
difficulty in replacing it; also be careful and not let the 
piston get turned in the cylinder, so as to twist the piston 
rods. On removing the piston follower you will fmd a 
leather cup turned upward, with coils of five-eighths inch 
square rubber packing on the outside. This you will re- 
move and clean out the dirt, also clean out the holes 
through which the water acts upon the cups. If you fmd 
the leather cup in good condition you may replace it, but 
see that piston rods draw evenly before replacing it, and 
on the outside place three new coils of five-eighths inch 
square rubber packing, being careful that they break 



ELEVATORS lo: 



joints, with a lap of about two inches, and also that the 
thickness of the three coils up and down does not fill the 
space by one-quarter inch, as in such case the water might 
swell the packing sufficiently to cramp it in this space, 
thus destroying its power to expand. If too light, strip 
off a few thicknesses of canvas. Replace the piston 
follower and cylinder head, and the cylinder is ready to 
refill. Close the valves in the drain pipes, leave the air 
cock open at the head of the cylinder, and the operating 
valve in the position to rise. Slowly open the gate vaWe 
in the supply pipe, allowing the cylinder to fill gradually^ 
and the air to escape at the head of the cylinder. When 
the cylinder is full of water, close the air cock, and open 
gate valve full; put the operating valve on the center. 
The car can then be untied, the top button reset,- the 
gate valve in discharge opened; then the elevator is ready 
to use. 

1 02 1 Packing Piston from Top 

Run the car to the bottom, and close the gate valve 
in the supply pipe. Open the air cock at the head of 
the cylinder, and also keep open the valve in the drain 
pipe from the side of the cylinder long enough to drain the 
water in the cylinder down to the level of the top of the 
piston. Now remove the top head of the cylinder, slipping 
it up the piston rods out of the way, and fasten there. If 
the piston is not near enough to the top of the cylinder to 
be accessible, attach a rope or small tackle to the main 



io8 REMCO'S MANUAT. 

cables (not the counterbalance cables), a few feet above 
the car, and draw them down sufficiently to bring the 
piston within reach. Remove the bolts in the piston 
follower by means of the socket wrench furnished for that 
purpose. Mark the exact position of the piston follower 
before removing it, so that there will be no difficulty in re- 
placing it. On removing the piston follower you will find 
a leather cup turned upward, with coils of five-eighths 
inch square rubber packing on the outside. This you will 
remove and clean out the dirt, also clean out the holes 
through which the water acts upon the cups. If the 
leather cup is in good condition, replace it, and on the out- 
side place three new coils of five-eighths inch square rubber 
packing. Rubber packing must be put in about one-half 
inch longer than circumference, being careful that they 
break joints, and also that the thickness of the three coils 
up and down does not fill the space by one-quarter inch, 
as in such case the water might swell the packing sufficiently 
to cramp it in this space, thus destroying its power to 
expand. If too tight, strip off a few thicknesses of canvas. 
Replace the piston follower, and see that the air valve in 
the piston is in good working order, and then let the piston 
down to its right position. Replace the cylinder head 
and gradually open the gate valve in the supply pipe, first 
being sure that the operating valve is on the center. As 
soon as the air has escaped, close the air cock and open 
gate valve full; then the elevator is ready to run. In case 
the leather cup has been destroyed, a new one can be put 



ELEVATORS 109 



on by cutting the leather on a good bevel, then sew it up 
after it is placed around the rods. 

1022 Packing the Valve 

To pack the valve, run the car to the top and secure it. 
Then drain the circulating pipe only, take out the valve 
(always soak the valves about one hour in cold water before 
using), repack it, and put same back. Open pet cock on 
top of cylinder and allow air to escape while running the 
car slowly, then close the air cock. 

1023 Packing Piston Rods 

Close the gate valve in the supply pipe and open air 
cock, to make sure that there is no pressure in cylinder. 
Remove the followers and glands to the stuffmg boxes and 
clean out the old packing. Repack with about eight turns 
of one-quarter inch flax packing to each rod, and replace 
glands and followers. Screw down the followers only 
tight enough to prevent leaking. 

1024 SAFETIES 

(i) Under the car is a heavy hardwood Safety Plank, 
on each end of which is an iron adjustable jaw, inclos- 
ing the guide on the guide post. In this jaw is an iron 
wedge, withheld from contact with the guide in regular 
duty. Under the wedge is a rocker-arm or equalizing 
bar, with one of the lifting cables attached independ- 
ently at each extremity. The four lifting cables, after 



ELEVATORS m 



being thus attached, pass over a wrought-iron girdle at 
the top of the car. Each cable carries an equal strain, 
and the breaking of any one cable puts the load on the 
other cables, which throws the rocker out of the horizontal 
position, and forces the wedges on both sides instantly and 
immovably between the iron jaws of the safety plank and 
the sides of the guides, stopping the car. It may be raised 
to any position by the unbroken cables, though it cannot 
be lowered until a new cable is put on. 

(2) Any cable will always stretch before it breaks, 
which will lower one end of the equalizing safety bar and 
force the wedges on both sides into position. No other 
safety device will give warning in advance. 

(3) Our improved Automatic Governor, located on 
the overhead cross-beam at the top of the building, is 
operated by an endless cable passing over its driving wheel, 
with a weighted sheave at bottom of hatchway, and is 
connected to the gravity wedges under the car, so as to 
arrest its descent the moment excessive speed is attained 
from any cause. 

See that the weighted sheave does not rest on the 
ground, as that will slacken or throw the cable off the 
sheave. 



112 REAICO'S MANUAL 



1025 DIRHCTIONS FOR THE CARE AND USE OF OTIS 

ELECTRIC ELEVATORS OPERATED BY 
HAND ROPE 

By the Otis Elevator Company, 
17 Battery Place, New York City 

Open the main line switch before you begin cleaning, oiling 
or adjusting any part of motor or regulator. Keep brake on 
while cleaning. If the brake is to be removed, have car at 
top of shaft and secure the drum before loosening the brake 
hand. 

1026 Oiling 

The worm gear casing must be filled to the overflow 
valve with castor oil, 

A small amount of castor oil must be fed every day to 
make sure that the reservoir is full. 

Every second or third month the reservoir must be 
emptied and filled with fresh oil. 

1027 Oiling the Elevator 

The motor bearings must be examined frequently and 
kept full of best dynamo oil. 

Drum bearings, sheaves and guides, must be inspected 
frequently and kept clean and well lubricated. 

1028 Motor and Regulator 

The motor commutator must be kept clean by rubbing 
it with a cloth slightly moist with oil. After cleaning, 



ELEVATORS 113 



remove all oil with a dry cloth. The commutator will 
wear best if it is kept perfectly clean. 

The commutator brushes are set and must be kept in 
such position that there is no sparking to be observed under 
all changes of load. 

The current reverser, breaking switch, magnet brush 
and contacts must be cleaned like the motor commutator, 
and in case the contacts become rough they must be 
smoothed with sandpaper. The magnet brush must drop 
freely to the top segment with operating device in position 
for full speed. 

The carbon brushes on armature commutator can be 
reversed after one side is worn. Do not let these wear too 
low, for if you should allow the brass support to touch, the 
commutator would become rough at once, and would re- 
quire turning up in a lathe. 

1029 Operating the Elevator 

See that operating device is in central position before 
closing main line switch. 

When running the elevator, move the operating device 
gently; that is, avoid all sudden and violent movements. 

To get full speed, move to the limit of motion without, 
however, straining the gear. 

If the car will not start with an over-load, bring the 
operating device to stop position and reduce the load. 

If the car should stop suddenly when going down, re- 
verse your operating device just sufficient to give motor 



114 REMCO'S MANUAL 

power to turn slowly in order to take up any possible slack 
of ropes, get car to next landing, and examine ropes on 
drum to insure their being in their proper grooves. 

If the stop was caused by safeties throwing in, have 
them adjusted. 

If the car refuses to start under the usual load, look to 
the fuses and examine the bearings. A bearing running 
dry will get hot and a hot bearing will stop the elevator 
and necessitate repairs. 

Before leaving the car to ascertain the cause of any trouble 
always bring operating device to stop position. 

Adjust the brake to allow a prompt stop, not more. 

The brake is too tight if car can be stopped without 
breaking the current in regulator box. 

If the car by any derangement of operating device or 
switch cannot be stopped, let it make its full trip, as the 
automatic stop will take care of it at either end of its 
travel. Never try to leave the car while it is running. 

In ordinary runs the operator should stop the car before 
the automatic stop is reached. 

If the power should fail, stopping the car between the 
floors, lift the brake and move the car by turning the 
brake wheel by hand to the next landing to let the passen- 
gers out. 

The operating cable must be kept moderately taut by 
means of the turnbuckles. A new rope will stretch con- 
siderably. When necessary it should be shortened until 
it has its permanent set. 



ELEVATORS 115 



The stuffing box on the worm shaft should be just tight 
enough to keep the oil from running out of the worm- 
chamber. 

To make sure that car and machinery run easily, lift the 
brake and rotate worm shaft by pulling the brake wheel; 
the empty car should ascend without much exertion. 

1030 General Directions 

Lubricate all bearings. 
Do not lubricate the commutator. 
Make sure that operating device is in central or stop 
position before closing main line switch. 

Keep brushes and rubbing surfaces in good condition. 
Inspect all bearings and rubbing parts frequently. 

1031 DIRECTIONS FOR THE CARE AND USE 

OF OTIS ELECTRIC ELEVATORS 

OPERATED BY SWITCH 

DEVICE 

By the Otis Elevator Company, 
1 7 Battery Place, New York 

Open the main line switch before you begin cleaning, oiling 
or adjusting any -part of motor or controller. 

Keep brake on while cleaning. 

If the brake is to be removed, have car at top of shaft and 
secure the drum before loosening the brake bands. 



ii6 REMCO'S MANUAL 

1032 Cleaning and Oiling 

Keep all parts of the machine and magnet controller 
scrupulously clean. 

Drum bearings, sheaves, and guides should be inspected 
frequently and kept well lubricated. 

For guides, machine oil, Albany grease, or a mixture of 
the two, may be used. For bearings of motor and drum 
shaft, and for automatic stop motion gears, use best ma- 
chine oil. 

In the gear case, use special oil, obtained from the Otis 
Elevator Company, or a mixture of cylinder and castor oil, 
in proportion of 2 to 3. Always keep oil well above top of 
worm. 

For vibrator sheaves use grease candles like those fur- 
nished with the grease cups. Keep boxes of overhead 
sheaves packed with Albany grease. 

1033 Brake 

Adjust brake bands so that they just clear coupling 
when released. Be sure that nuts and cotter pins are in 
place. 

Adjust the brake spring to suit working load. 

1034 Automatic Stop Motion Switch ' 

Automatic stop motion switch should be adjusted to 
stop car level with top floor, with normal load, and level 
with bottom landing, with no load. This must be kept 
properly adjusted. 



ELEVATORS 117 



1035 Commutator and Brushes 

Keep commutator clean and smooth. 

Do not use sandpaper unless surface of commutator 
becomes very rough and pitted. 

Do not let the carbon brushes wear too low, as brush 
holders must not touch commutator. Brushes, when 
properly set, will not spark, under normal conditions. 

If sparking occurs continuously, commutator or brushes 
are probably rough and dirty. 

If sparking occurs between two segments of commutator, 
an open circuit in the armature is indicated. 

Be careful not to allow oil or any foreign substance to 
accumulate between the brush holder arms and insulating 
washers. 

In cleaning commutator, use pad of cloth, but never 
waste. 

1036 Stuffing Boxes 

Stuffing box on worm shaft should be just tight enough 
to keep oil from running out of gear case. Be careful 
when tightening not to screw up bolt on one side more 
than that on the other. 

1037 Limit Switches 

Contacts of limit switches should be examined and 
cleaned frequently to prevent dirt or grit getting on them 
and breaking contact. 



ii8 REMCO'S MANUAL 

1038 Controller 

Contact discs of magnets and contacts themselves must 
be kept free from pits or blisters; they should be frequently 
smoothed with emery cloth. 

Set all carbon contacts the same height above discs, and 
one-eighth inch below metal contacts, so that circuits are 
broken between discs and carbons, instead of between 
discs and metal contacts. 

Keep all connections tight, and see that springs under 
disc bear firmly against the latter. . 

Plungers of magnets should be bright and smooth, and 
magnets should be tried frequently by hand, to make sure 
that they do not stick. 

1039 Car Switch 

The cover of car switch should be removed once a week, 
to see that the contacts are in good condition. 

If necessary, rub a little clean machine oil on these 
contacts. 

1 040 Operation 

To start the car, move car switch half-way down, in 
which position up or down magnet and potential switch 
will rise, and accelerating magnets automatically cut out 
armature resistance and series field, as the speed of motor 
increases. 

Accelerating magnets should act consecutively, at equal 
intervals, and, under normal load, will all rise within three 
or four seconds, if properly adjusted. 



ELEVATORS 119 



After accelerating magnets have operated, move car 
switch all the way down, which will operate fast-speed 
magnet and bring car to full speed. 

To stop, move car switch to slow-speed contact when 
car is at least three feet from landing, then allow level to 
fall back against the stop. 

1 04 1 Never bring car switch to central positio7i until car 
is at a standstill. 

Always keep car switch in central position when car is 
out of service. 

If car fails to start from car switch, move knife switch 
on magnet controller down and try operation from push 
buttons on controller board. 

If car runs from push buttons and not from car switch, 
trouble is either in car switch or cable between car and 
controller. 

If car will not respond to either car switch or push but- 
tons, look for open circuit at fuses, contacts under discs, 
slack cable switch, automatic stop motion switch, and 
limit switches. 

If car refuses to lift normal load, but motor starts, ex- 
amine controller to see if it operates properly, examine the 
bearings to see if any are dry or hot, and look at gears and 
thrust bearings. 

If car should stop suddenly when descending, reverse 
car switch on slow speed and bring car back to nearest 
upper landing. Then examine machine and make sure 
that ropes are in proper grooves on drum. Inspect safety 



I20 REMCO'S MANUAL 

clutches, and if they have operated, determine the cause 
and have them properly adjusted. 

If the car should fail to stop when car switch is in stop 
position, open safety switch or let car travel to top or 
bottom of the shaft, as the case may be, when it will be 
stopped by the automatic devices. Then examine the 
controller and find the cause of the trouble. 

Never attempt to leave the car while it is in motion. 

Always stop car at top and bottom landing frorh the 
car switch, and do not allow it to run far enough to be 
stopped by the automatic device. 

1042 DIRECTIONS FOR THE CARE AND OPERATION 

OF 
WARNER ELECTRIC ELEVATORS 

By the 

Warner Elevator Manufacturing Company, 

Park Row Building, New York 

An electric elevator, being as a rule a high-grade piece of 
machinery, needs some attention in order to secure the 
best service from it. Proper attention will prolong its life 
considerably, while neglect may necessitate extensive 
repairs. Therefore, care should be taken to keep the 
machine clean, oiled and in good condition generally. To 
accomplish this, it should be given daily attention. 

Open the wall switch before attempting to clean, oil or 
adjust the machine; this will prevent accidents. 



ELEVATORS 121 



1043 Care of Controller 

Look at the controller occasionally and see that the 
bearings and cams are kept oiled. IVipe off all excess of 
oil, as it will impair the insulation if allowed to come in 
contact with it. 

Notice the contacts and see that they are kept bright. 
Use a piece of fme sandpaper to rub them up should they 
need it. By keeping these contacts smooth and their 
rubbing surfaces slightly lubricated by wiping with an oily 
cloth, their life will be much increased. 

Blow or clean out any dust or dirt that may accumulate 
in the controller. 

Keep the air admitted to the dash pot so adjusted that 
the rheostat arm will descend in from five to seven seconds. 

1044 Care of Motor 

Keep the commutator free from grease and dirt and 
wipe occasionally with a cloth slightly moistened with oil. 

See that the bearings are kept well supplied with the 
best machine or dynamo oil. The oil should stand about 
half-way up in the glass oil gauge or so high that the 
self-oiling ring, within the box, dips well into it. 

Drain off all oil through stop cock, wash out bearings 
with benzene and renew with fresh oil at least once a month. 

Do not run bearings over and get oil upon the fields and 
armature of motor; the oil will ruin the insulation and lead 
to costly repairs. 

Should the brushes not bear properly, place a strip of 



122 REMCO'S MANUAL 

fine sandpaper (with paper side toward comrnutator) 
under them, and then, putting a Httle pressure on the 
brushes, work the strip of sandpaper back and forth, letting 
it follow the shape of the commutator. In this way the 
brush will be ground to the shape of the commutator and 
have a good bearing. Sandpapering off the sharp corners 
and edges of the brushes will often obviate sparking. 
Blow away the carbon dust which has formed and wipe off 
commutator. 

Keep all parts of motor jree from dust and dirt. 

1045 Brake Adjustment 

A proper braking device with proper adjustment is the 
prime requisite for the smooth and successful operation of 
an electric elevator. Poor adjustment of the brake is the 
seat of many evils. Therefore, the condition of the brake 
should be investigated from time to time. 

To adjust the brake : Open the wall switch, and by 
shifting the Operating Device through the various 
positions, see that the brake satisfies the following 
conditions: 

On center the brake should be, of course, tight. 

Now shift slowly until the controller switch snaps in, 
then the brake should be perfectly free. 

Now shift again very slowly back toward center until 
the switch just snaps out. At this point the brake should 
be starting to come on, or should be but lightly on. 

The degree of tightness of the brake can be determined 



ELEVATORS 123 



by turning or trying to turn the brake pulley by hand or 
by a monkey wrench gripped on the rim. The pulley will 
generally turn more freely one way than the other, accord- 
ing as the car or counterweight is the heavier, and when 
the brake is released it should turn very freely in the one 
direction, if everything is in good working order. 

1046 IVorm Gear 

The worm gear runs in oil, and it is important that the 
right kind and quantity of oil is used. Warner's worm 
gear oil is prepared especially for the purpose, and is the 
best that can be used. A good substitute is heavy cylinder 
oil, or, better still, cylinder oil containing about one-quar- 
ter pound of flake graphite to the gallon. Sufficient should 
be used to cover the worm. 

This oil should be strained and renewed at least once a 
month, and a little added to make up for leakage at least 
once a week. 

Drain out all oil, wash out thoroughly, and clean the 
housing and gears with benzene or coal oil at least every 
six months. 

Exarhine the worm and worm wheel occasionally through 
the hand holes in the housing, to see that they are well 
lubricated, and that no grit gets into the oil. 

They should show no wear. 

The stuffmg box on the worm shaft should be only tight 
enough to keep the oil from leaking out of the worm 
chamber. 



124 REMCO'S MANUAL 

1047 Thrust Bearings 

The end thrust bearing should be filled with thin machine 
oil and should be thoroughly cleaned and refilled once a 
month. 

Should there be too much end play to the worm 
shaft, remove the cast-iron cap and examine the ball 
bearing. 

If the large hard steel collars show wear they can be 
turned side for side and will give service for some time 
longer. When both sides of these collars are worn, the 
only way of taking up the end play is by putting in new 
collars. 

The large clamp nut on the end of the shaft has a left- 
hand thread and should be drawn up snugly when cotter 
pin is put through. Should it not come tight in position 
for cotter pin, back up with paper washers. 

1048 Drum, Idlers, Overhead IVork and Guides 

Keep the drum, idler and overhead journals oiled with 
good heavy oil. It is a good idea to put a piece of waste 
in each of the boxes to prevent the oil from running out 
too rapidly. This oiling should be done each and every 
day the elevator is used. 

Oil all small parts with good machine oil. 

The car and counterweights should, for passenger eleva- 
tors, be greased at least once a week; for freight machines 
at least once a month. Warner s Guide Grease is made 
especially for the purpose, and keeps the guides with a 



ELEVATORS 125 



clean appearance. Good cylinder oil, applied with a brush, 
also makes a good lubricant when the running of the oil 
and the darkening of the guides are not objectionable. 

The wire cables should have a coat of raw linseed oil 
about twice a year, and should be examined frequently 
to see that they are in good condition. 

1 049 Operation 

Always he sure that the operating device is on center he- 
fore throwing in the wall switch. 

In running, shift the operating device to the full extent 
of its stroke. Otherwise the car travels slowly, and may 
waste considerable electrical energy; except with our type 
C and type I controllers. 

Try to hit the floors at the first stop, not run past then 
back up, or stop too soon and have to stop and start 
again. 

We mention this in order to show our customers how 
they can save in operating expense. It is a physical law 
that it takes more energy to start a machine into motion 
than it does to keep it in motion after it is once started, 
and from the fact that it is necessary to insert resistance 
into the circuit of the motor at starting, the loss is increased 
somewhat. Hence the object in avoiding these starts as 
much as possible by hitting the floors at the first stop; 
also the life of the controller contacts will be lengthened, 
for it is in turning off the current when the motor has 
barely started or is running very slowly, that the greatest 



126 REMCO'S MANUAL 

flashing is produced, while with normal and careful usage 
there is practically no sparking. 

Should the car stop from any cause whatever, always and 
immediately shift the operating device to center. 

Now if, upon shifting again, the elevator should fail to 
start in either direction, this indicates that the car or 
counterweight has met with some obstruction and that the 
slack cable device has operated; or that the power has been 
turned off; or that the fuse has blown out; or that there is 
a poor contact in the switch or connections. In any case, 
one should go and examine the engine. 

If the slack cable device has been tripped: First : Be 
sure that the operating device (hand rope, pilot wheel or 
lever) is on center. Second : Throw in slack cable 
switch and hold it there. Third : Shift to start engine 
in direction to wind up the cable that has been slacked. 
Fourth : Stop just before the rope becomes taut, so that 
it can be readily placed properly in the chase of the drum. 
Fifth : Start again until the rope is brought into tension. 
Sixth : Examine and find what caused the cable to slack, 
and remove the cause. 

Should the power fail, stopping the car between floors, 
open the wall switch, release the brake, and turn the worm 
shaft by pulling on the brake pulley, or with a wrench on 
the end of the armature shaft, thus running the car to a 
floor landing to let out passengers. (The cap on the outer 
motor bearing can be unscrewed, exposing the square end 
of the armature shaft.) 



ELEVATORS 127 



If the car, from any cause, cannot be stopped, let it 
make the full run, as the automatic stop will take care of 
it at either end of the travel. 

Never try to leave the car while it is in motion. 

Always pull out the wall switch upon leaving the elevator 
for the night, or any other time when it is to he left idle. 

It is advisable to have a careful and responsible operator 
for the elevator, and not let everybody run it. 

1050 ELEVATOR BUILDERS IN NEW YORK CITY 

Compiled by S. E. Hendricks &* Company 

of 

76 Elm Street, New York, Publishers of 

Hendricks Register of the United States 

for 

Buyers and Sellers 

New York-American Elevator Company, 113 Cedar 
Street. 

Becker, W. F., 290 West Broadway. 

Bradshaw Elevator Works, 15 Cortlandt Street. 

Clay Elevator & Machine Company (Freight, etc.), 201 
East 1 6th Street. 

Clernand & Company, 206 Centre Street. 

Collins & Tracy, 181 Greenwich Street. 

Couch, Samuel & Sons, 214 Centre Street. 

Darrin, D. H., & Company, 131 Liberty Street. 

Dowdall, Chas. E., 152 West Broadway. 

Elektron Manufacturing Company (Electric), 156 Fifth 
Avenue. 



128 REMCO'S MANUAL 

Elevator Supply & Repair Company (Signaling appara- 
tus installed), 136 Liberty Street. 

Empire Elevator Repair&SupplyCompany, 193 1 B'dw'y. 

Graham Brothers & Company, 662 Hudson Street. 

Howard Iron Works (Hydraulic), 131 Liberty Street. 

Kane, M. J., & Company, 136 Liberty Street. 

Kier, John, 108 Liberty Street. 

McAdams & Cartwright Elevator Company, 258 Elev- 
enth Avenue. 

MacLean Elevator Company, 66 Trinity Place. 

Marine Engine & Machine Company (Electric and Hy- 
draulic), 1 123 Broadway. 

Meagher, T. H., 103 Walker Street. 

Moline Elevator Company, 378 West Broadway. . 

Morse, Williams & Company, 108 Liberty Street. 

National Elevator & Construction Company, 52 Univer- 
sity Place. 

New York Elevator Supply & Repair Company, 152 
Centre Street. 

Otis Elevator Company (Hydraulic, etc.), 17 Battery 
Place. 

Pearson, McGlynn & Company, 92 Centre Street. 

Plunger Elevator Company, 156 Fifth Avenue. 

Portland Company (Plunger), 11 33 Broadway. 

Reedy Elevator Company, 31 Tenth Avenue. 

Salem Elevator & Machine Works, 21 Park Row. 

Sedgwick Machine Works (Hand and Belt Power), up 
Liberty Street, 



ELEVATORS 129 



See, A, B., Manufacturing Company, 220 Broadway. 

Sommerville, John, 146 West 28th Street. 

Standard Plunger Elevator Company (Plunger), i 
Broadway. 

Storm Manufacturing Company (Hand Power, etc.), 
1 13 Chambers Street. 

Tracy Brothers, 65 Dey Street. 

Warner Elevator Manufacturing Company (Electric, 
Hydraulic, and Hand Power, Passenger and Freight), 15 
Park Row. 

Webb, A. P., 305 Pearl Street. 

Welsh Machine Works, 276-77 West New York. 

Winslow Elevator and Machine Company (Hydraulic, 
Electric, etc.), 149 Broadway. 

1052 WIRE ROPE AND CABLE MAKERS IN NEW YORK CITY 

American Steel & Wire Company, Battery Park Build- 
ing, New York. 

Broederick & Bascom Rope Company, 33 South Street. 

Hazard Manufacturing Company, 50 Dey Street. 

Leschen, A., & Sons Rope Company, 163 Washington 
Street. 

Macomber & Wythe Rope Company, 131 Worth Street. 

Macomber-Wythe-Moon Company, 131 Worth Street. 

National Steel & Wire Company, 1 14 Liberty Street. 

Roebling's, John A., Sons Company, 1 17 Liberty Street. 

Trenton Iron Company, 17 Burling Slip. 

Waterbury & Company, 69 South Street. 



BOILERS 

1053 DIRECTIONS FOR THE USE AND OPERATION 

OF 
HIGH-PRESSURE BOILERS 

To remove scale, feed about ten gallons of a good boiler 
compound through the water column into the boiler after 
you have filled it with water to a point six inches above 
the top tubes. Allow this to remain in the boiler all 
summer when practicable, or as long as possible. Drain 
it off before firing the boiler. 

Carry at least two gauges of water at all times. Never 
start firing until you have this amount in your boiler. 

If at any time your gauge shows no water, take no 
chances; do not feed it with water. Open your fire-box 
and ash-pit and the back door connections immediately 
and bank your fire with ashes at once. When you locate 
and cure the trouble, feed water to the boiler very slowly 
until you get it properly supplied. 

Do not burn wood or refuse in your fire-box; burn it in 
the ach-pit. 

Blow off your boiler every Saturday to rid it of sediment. 
On low-pressure plants clean the tubes monthly. On high- 
pressure plants, daily if possible, and never less often than 
once a week. 

130 



STEAM BOILERS. 131 

Grate bars for small sizes of coal are best on high-pres- 
sure plants. 

In low-pressure plants the use of coal of large sizes is 
economical. 

Repair grate bars and fire-box thoroughly in June of 
every year. 

Close-fitting fire doors and ash-pit doors save fuel. 

You must keep your tubes clean; see that you have 
proper tools for cleaning them and that you have facilities 
for cleaning tubes quickly and easily. Work out some 
plan of your own if the location of your furnace or boiler 
makes it difficult to get at your tubes. 

RULES FOR THE MANAGEMENT AND CARE OF 
HIGH-PRESSURE STEAM BOILERS 

By the Hartford Steam Boiler Inspection and Insurance Company 

1054 Condition of Water: The first duty of an engineer, 
when he enters his boiler-room in the morning, is to ascer- 
tain, by blowing out water column or trying gauge cocks, 
how many gauges of water there are in his boiler. Never 
start or unhank the fires until this is done. Accidents have 
occurred, and many boilers have been entirely ruined, 
from neglect of this precaution. 

Low Water: In case of low water, immediately cover 
the fire with ashes, or, if no ashes are at hand, use jresh 
coal and close ash-pit doors, and leave fire doors open. If 
oil or gas is used as fuel, shut off the supply from burners. 
Don't turn on the feed under any circumstances, nor 



132 REMCO'S MANUAL 



tamper with or open the safety-valve. Let the steam 
outlets remain as they are. 

In Case of Foaming: Close throttle, and keep closed 
long enough to show true level of water. If that level is 
sufficiently high, feeding and blowing will usually suffice 
to correct the evil. In case of violent foaming, caused by 
dirty water, or change from salt to fresh, or vice versa, in 
addition to the action above stated, check draft, and cover 
fires with fresh coal, or shut off the supply from burners 
where oil or gas is used for fuel. 

Leaks: When leaks are discovered they should be re- 
paired as soon as possible; if leaking occurs at longitudinal 
seams, notify the insurance inspector at once. 

Blowing Off : Clean furnace and bridge wall of all coal 
and ashes. Allow brickwork to cool down for two hours 
at least before opening blow. A pressure exceeding 20 
pounds should not be allowed when boilers are blown out, 
and where practical to run water out without pressure, the 
boilers should be cooled down thoroughly before emptying, 
which will render the washing out of scale and deposit 
easier. 

Generally boilers should be blown down two gauges 
once or twice a day, and entirely emptied once a week, 
unless the condition of feed water renders more frequent 
emptying necessary. When surface blow cocks are used, 
they should be often opened for a few moments at a 
time. 

Filling up the Boiler: After blowing down allow the 



STEAM BOILERS 133 

holler to become cool before filling again. Cold water 
pumped into hot boilers is very injurious from sudden con- 
traction. 

Exterior of Boiler: Care should be taken that no water 
comes in contact with the exterior of the boiler, either 
from leaky joints or other causes. Particular care should 
be taken to keep sheets and parts of boilers exposed to the 
fire perfectly clean, also all tubes, flues and connections 
should be well swept. This is particularly necessary where 
wood or soft coal is used for fuel. 

Removing Deposit and Sediment: To prevent danger 
from overheating, causing distortion or cracking of sheets, 
and to aid in the economical production of steam, the 
internal surfaces should be kept free from scale or deposit, 
and the boiler should be opened frequently for examina- 
tion and cleaning. The condition of feed water deter- 
mines the time that may elapse between cleanings. 

Sajety-Valves: Safety-valves should be tried daily, as 
they are liable to become fast in their seats, and useless 
for the purpose intended. 

Safety-Valve and Pressure Gauge: Should the gauge at 
any time indicate the limit of pressure allowed by the 
insurance company, see that the safety-valves are blowing 
oflF. In case of difference notify the insurance inspector. 

Gauge Cocks; Glass Gauge: Keep gauge cocks clear, 
and in constant use. Glass gauges should not be relied 
on altogether. 

Blisters: When a blister or lamination appears there 



134 REMCO'S MANUAL 

must be no delay in having it carefully examined, and, if 
severe, notify the insurance inspector. 

General Care of Boilers and Connections : Under all 
circumstances keep the gauges, cocks, etc., clean and in 
good order, and things generally in and about the engine- 
and boiler-room in a neat condition. 

Getting up Steam: In preparing to get up steam after 
boilers have been open or out of service, great care should 
be exercised in making the man- and hand-hole joints. 
The boilers should be vented through the safety-valve or 
gauge cocks, and water run in until it shows at second 
gauge. After this is done, fuel may be placed upon the 
grate, dampers opened, and fires started. If chimney or 
stack is cold and does not draw properly, burn some oily 
waste or light kindlings at the base. Start fire in ample 
time, so that it will not be necessary to urge them unduly. 
When steam issues from the vent, close it and note pressure 
and behavior of steam gauge while raising steam. If oil 
or gas is the fuel used, it is very important that steam be 
raised slowly; that is, no faster than would be possible 
with coal as fuel. If this precaution is not observed, 
serious damage to the boiler is liable to result. Where a 
boiler is to be cut in with others already in operation, 
watch the one recently fired up until pressure is up to that 
of the other boilers to which it is to be connected; and, 
when that pressure is attained, open bleeder valves long 
enough to thoroughly drain all water from the steam pipes, 
and then open the stop valves very slowly and carefully. 



STEAM BOILERS 135 

Gas or Oil Fuel: When gas or oil is used as fuel, care 
should be used in adjusting the burners, so that the flame 
cannot impinge directly on the heating surface, and the 
checker-work, where used in such furnaces, should be 
arranged so that it will not concentrate the flame upon the 
boiler surfaces. 

Suitable peep-holes should be provided for observing the 
fire surfaces during operation of the boiler. 

Before lighting the fire, the greatest caution should be 
observed to see that the drafts are open for a sufficient 
length of time to remove the gas that may have accumu- 
lated in the setting. Never turn on the fuel supply when 
starting up, or after snapping out of burner, without first 
introducing a lighted torch or burning waste into the 
furnace. Disregard of these precautions is liable to result 
in a serious accident. 

Inspectors will give special instructions in cases not 
covered by these rules. If the boiler shows distress or 
unusual behavior, notify the insurance company's agent 
at once. 



RULES FOR JANITORS AND FIREMEN HAVING CHARGE 
OF LOW-PRESSURE STEAM HEATING BOILERS 

By the Hartford Steam Boiler Inspection and Insurance Company, 
100 William Street, New York City 

1055 Getting Ready to Start: The attendant should 
see that all joints are properly packed, and that none leak 



136 REMCO'S MANUAL 



on filling the boiler with water. The gauge cocks, water 
gauge, and safety-valve should be carefully examined, to 
see that all are free and in good order. All valves in 
piping and radiators and air valves should be examined 
and seen to be in order, and that all necessary packing or 
repairs have been done. 

Condition of IVaier: The first duty of an engineer when 
he enters his boiler-room in the morning is to ascertain 
how many gauges of water there are in his boilers. Never 
unbank or replenish the fires until this is done. Accidents 
have occurred and many boilers have been ruined from 
neglect of this precaution. 

Raising Steam and Management of Valves: All steam 
and return pipes should be closed before fires are started. 
When steam has been raised to working pressure, the ^team 
valves should be opened very slowly. After the boiler 
pressure is established in the pipes, the return valves can 
be opened, allowing the water of condensation to flow back 
to the boiler. Whenever necessary to shut off at the 
boiler or any section of heating system, the return or drip 
valves should be closed first and then the steam valves. 
In letting on the steam, the supply or steam valves should 
be first opened and then the return or drip valves. This 
caution is important. 

Low Water: In case of low water, immediately cover 
the fires with ashes, or if no ashes are at hand, use fresh 
coal, and shut the ash-pit and open the fire doors. Do 
not turn on the feed under any circumstances or tamper 



STEAM BOILERS 137 

with or open the safety-valves. Let the steam outlets" 
remain as they are. 

Feeding: When necessary to take fresh water the 
boiler should be fed as slowly as possible to avoid unneces- 
sary contractions and leakage at joints. 

Gauge Cocks and Water Gauge: Keep gauge cocks clean 
and in constant use. Glass gauges should not be relied 
upon altogether, 

Safety-Halves: Raise the safety-valves cautiously and 
frequently, as they are liable to become fast in their 
seats. 

Safety -Valve, Automatic Regulator, and Steam-Gauge: 
Should the gauge at any time indicate the limit of pressure 
to which the regulator is adjusted without its controlling 
the draft, the regulator should be examined and discon- 
nected from the damper or draft door. If the regulator 
works quickly and well, the trouble is in the damper or 
draft door, and it should at once be cleaned and made to 
work freely. Should the regulator fail to work, or work 
very slowly, the pipe connection to the boiler is choked 
and should be cleaned. See that pressure gauge, regula- 
tor, and safety-valve agree; in case of difference, notify the 
company's inspectors. 

Clean Plates and Heating Surfaces: Particular atten- 
tion should be taken to keep plates and parts of boilers 
exposed to the fire perfectly clean. Also, all tubes, flues, 
and connections should be well swept. This is particularly 
necessary in many types of small heating boilers with large 



138 REMCO'S MANUAL 

heating surfaces and small heat passages, as they soon 
foul if neglected. Strict attention to this rule is neces- 
sary for full economy and capacity of boilers. 

Blowing Off: If necessary to blow down during the 
season, the fires should be hauled and furnaces and bridge 
wall cleaned at least two hours before blowing down. 
Allow the boiler to stand until cool before filling with cold 
water. 

Laying tip Boilers for the Season: Haul fires, clean 
furnaces, and run off the water while hot. Thoroughly 
clean all heating surfaces at once. Remove hand- and 
man-hole plates, dry out water if any remains, and leave 
the boiler thoroughly clean and dry. Drain all water 
from return drip pipes. All good systems are provided 
with drip cocks at lowest point in return pipes for this 
purpose. During the summer see that no water can drip 
or moisture collect in or around the boiler. 

Piping, Radiators, and Settings: Mark all joints that 
have shown signs of leakage and need packing; also air 
cocks and valves and anything that may need repairs be- 
fore using another season. If repairs are needed to boiler 
settings, see what they are and have them made while the 
boiler is idle. 

Inspectors will give special instructions in cases not 
covered by these rules. 

If the boiler shows distress or unusual behavior, notify 
the insurance company at once. 



STEAM BOILERS 139 

DIRECTIONS FOR THE CARE AND USE 
OF THE 
I055<i IDEAL STEAM BOILERS 

Copyrighted by the American Radiator Company, of 104 to 108 
IV est 42nd Street, New York 

GENERAL ADVICE 

No set rules can be given for caring for every boiler 
alike — chimney flues are not alike — some have strong 
draft, some are average and some are weak. There is 
much more difference in the heat-making qualities of coal 
than is commonly known, and it is important that the 
right size coal for draft be used. These rules apply to 
most all fuels. A little trying of this way or that way of 
leaving the dampers (when regulators are not used) often 
discovers the better way. It is well to vary from the rules 
a little if any of them do not seem to bring about the best 
result. 

With good, average chimney flue draft and the right 
kind of fuel, these rules will govern the large majority of 
cases. 

In many cases a boiler with sluggish draft will burn more 
coal than a boiler with good draft. In the first case the 
fuel may be said to "rot"; lacking air supply, the gases 
pass off unburned. The "nagging" which a boiler has to 
take under these conditions increases the waste of fuel. A 
boiler under sharp, strong draft maintains a clear intense 
fire and burns the gases — getting the larger amount of 
heat from the coal. 



I40 REMCO'S MANUAL 

1056 FIRIN(. RULES 

For firing Ideal boilers, etc., at the very least, these 
general rules should be remembered and applied: 

Put but little coal on a low fire. 

When adding coal to the boiler, open the smoke-pipe 
damper (inside the smoke-pipe), and close the cold-air 
check damper. This will make a draft through the feed 
doorway inward and prevent the escape of dust or gas into 
the cellar when the feed door is open to take fuel. Put 
these parts back into their regular places after feeding. 

When it can be done, in feeding a large amount of coal, 
(as for night), leave a part of the fire or flame exposed, so 
that the gases may be burned as they arise. 

When regulator is not used, learn to use the dampers 
correctly and according to the force of the chimney draft. 
Learn to use cold-air check damper. Often, when closing 
the ash-pit, the draft damper does not check the fire 
enough; opening the cold-air check damper will check it 
about right. Increasing or lessening the pressure of a 
steam boiler must be done by changing the weight on the 
regulator bar. 

Carry a deep fire or a high fire; let the live coals come up 
to the feed door, even in mild weather, when from four to 
six inches of ashes stand on the grate. 

In severe weather give the heater the most careful atten- 
tion the last thing at night. 

Do not overshake or poke the fire in mild weather; once 
in a while shake enough to give place for a little more fuel. 



STEAM BOILERS 141 

Do not let ashes bank up under the grate in ash-pit. 
Our bars are very hardy, but it is possible to warp them 
with this carelessness. Taking up the ashes once a day is 
the best rule, even if but little has fallen into the pit. 

Keep the boiler surfaces and flues clean; a crust of soot 
one-quarter inch in thickness causes the boiler to require 
half as much more fuel than when the surfaces are clean. 

If convenient, have a water hose to spray the ashes when 
cleaning out the pit. 

Attend the boiler from two to four times per day. In 
mild weather, running with a checked fire, morning and 
night is usually often enough. In severe weather, once 
in early morning, again at mid-day, again at five or six 
o'clock, and finally thorough attention at from nine to 
eleven o'clock in the evening. 

If, through burning poor coal, the fire-pot gets full of 
ashes, or slate and clinkers massed together, the quickest 
way to get a good active fire is to dump the grate and then 
build a new fire — from the kindling up. 

If a hard clinker lodges between the grate bars, do not 
force the shaking, but first dislodge the mass with a poker 
or slicing bar. Then the grate will operate without dam- 
age. 

In severe weather keep the fire-pot full of coal, and run 
the heater by the dampers of regulator (if one is used). 
Thoroughly clean the grate twice a day. Let the top of 
the fire in front be level with the feed-door sill. Bank up 
the coal higher to the rear. 



142 REMCO'S MANUAL 

In moderate weather there should be from two to six 
inches of ashes between the Hve coal and the grate. As 
the weather grows colder keep the grate and the fire-pot 
a little cleaner — sometimes it helps to run the poker or 
slicing bar over it through the clinker door. With some 
fuels this is never necessary. 

1057 NIGHT FIRING 

This is a very important under-subject. 

In very cold weather, when the house should be kept 
warm all night, clean the grate well at a late hour ---the 
last thing. Clear the bottom of the fire-pot of all ashes 
and clinkers so that the grate is covered with clear burning, 
red-hot coals, then fill the pot full of fuel. If possible, 
leave some of the flame exposed to burn the gases. Leave 
the drafts on long enough to burn off some of the gas, then 
check the heater for the night. Thus there is plenty of 
coal to burn during the night and some on which to com- 
mence early in the morning. Some drafts do not make it 
necessary to leave the dampers on to burn off the gas 
after feeding. 

With the ash-pit draft damper closed and the cold-air 
check damper open at night, but part of the coal is burned 
and there is much of it not burned in the morning. So, by 
reversing the dampers in the early morning the fire starts 
up quickly and often the house may be well warmed before 
any coal is put into the fire-pot. 

Some boilers are run the other way — a very poor way. 



STEAM BOILERS 143 

If the grate is cleared off in very cold weather and some 
coal added at five or six o'clock in the afternoon, by eleven 
o'clock at night nearly one-half of the coal is burned and 
the grate is covered over with a mass of ashes and clinkers. 
If no more coal is added during the evening, by morning 
about all the coal is burned out. So, with little or no coal 
remaining, shaking the grate nearly puts the fire out, and 
then putting fresh coal on a low fire causes the water to 
chill and the next thing is a house, which was cold all night, 
growing colder. 

Often in cold weather, with this poor way of night firing, 
it takes one or more hours of forced firing to warm the 
house in the morning, and all the coal saved the night be- 
fore is more than used to get the house or building "heated 
up" — while the people who should be comfortable have 
to get up, bathe and take breakfast in chilly rooms. 

At no time in the day is heat more wanted than about 
the time of getting up and starting the day. A fire well 
cared for late in the evening makes a warm house all night. 
And so it follows that it is much easier to add a little more 
heat in the morning. And surely less coal is burned, for 
the forcing of a fire part of the time often overheats and 
wastes coal. 

1058 FIRST DAY FIRING 

In the morning of moderate winter weather, with the ash- 
pit draft damper open, before adding any coal allow the 
fire to brighten up if it seems to be low; then (for such 



144 REMCO'S MANUAL 

conditions) spread over a thin layer of fresh coal and set 
the drafts for a brisk fire. After the new fire is well started 
add as much coal as may be necessary to last until next 
firing. Do not shake much, if any — just enough to give 
space for more coal. Then by setting the regulator (if one 
is used), or by closing the ash-pit draft damper and open- 
ing the cold-air check damper a little, the boiler should 
keep up its work until the next firing time. 

In severe weather, if the boiler has been attended to at 
night as directed in the section on "Night Firing," the 
drafts can be turned on and the boiler run for half an hour 
before adding coal. Or, if more convenient to give it 
immediate attention, the grate can be thoroughly shaken 
and enough coal added to last until mid-day. Often the 
cold-air check damper will need to be entirely closed and 
the ash-pit draft damper partly open if the heater is a 
water boiler. If a steam boiler, the regulator should then 
be set to maintain the number of pounds of pressure 
wanted and so left. 

1059 OTHER DAY FIRING 

In severe weather more coal should be added about noon; 
sometimes the draft may be left on for a few minutes and 
then checked. And in such weather it is often well to 
give the boiler further attention at five or six o'clock. In 
severest weather the boiler should not be attended more 
than four times a day; and generally not less than three 
times. 



STEAM BOILERS ' 145 

Often much coal is wasted by "nagging" the fire — 
poking, shaking and feeding it until it becomes "dyspep- 
tic." A sure cure is a little common sense in regular 
feeding, etc. 

1060 BOILER ECONOMY AND FUELS 

In running many boilers for moderate weather better re- 
sults follow if the grate is not shaken too much or too often. 
Sometimes in moderate weather a body of ashes on the 
grate checks the fire and there is enough heat without a 
useless burning of fuel. Many houses are overheated in 
moderate weather and too much coal burned by running 
the boiler as for zero weather. 

So we repeat — It is not wise to overshake or overfeed a 
boiler in moderate weather. The fire should be in such 
shape that if a change comes at night there is a basis for a 
good fire to start on. When the grate is shaken but once 
during the twenty-four hours (during moderate weather), 
late at night is the best time. 

When one stops to think that heating is needed during 
about seven months out of the year, and that a greater 
portion of this time is usually moderate weather when a very 
little heat is needed, it must be seen that the science of 
running the heater to save coal is to apply common sense 
rules of limiting the feeding and the attention in such 
periods. In severe weather we believe in giving the boiler 
a liberal quantity of fuel regularly and at the right time. 
The time to save coal is when there is no need for burning 



146 REMCO'S MANUAL 

it. ihis is where a great many people make errors in 
running the boiler — in forgetting to "let up" on the shak- 
ing and feeding in moderate weather. 

With some drafts, and for boilers using hard coal or 
coke, good economical results often are secured by opening 
the feed door a little when it is desired to check the fire 
in moderate weather. This depends on the draft. 

I061 OTHER RULES FOR STEAM BOILERS 

To Fill Boiler : Open the feed cock when the heater is 
connected with city or town water supply; if not, fill 
through the funnel. Let the water run until the gauge 
glass shows about half full of water. 

In the first filling, after the water has boiled, get up a 
pressure of at least ten pounds, draw the fire and blow off 
the boiler under pressure through draw-off cock to remove 
oil and sediment, after which refill with fresh water to the 
water line. This is best done usually by the steam- 
fitter. 

The damper regulator will control the pressure of steam, 
closing the damper when the pressure is raised beyond the 
desired point and opening the damper when the pressure 
falls below that point. By removing the weight on the 
lever, different degrees of pressure can be kept up. The 
regulator should be allowed to control the drafts without 
interference. 

Examine the water glass often to see that the water line 
is at the proper height. If lower than normal, open the 



STEAM BOILERS 147 

supply pipe until the water runs in and stands at the proper 
level. It is best, when no water stands in the glass, nor 
shows at the bottom of the try cock, to quickly dump the 
grate, and do not put water into the boiler again until it is 
cooled off. 

If there are one or more valves shut off on the main or 
return pipes; before starting a fire see that one line of 
piping at least (main and return) is open to circulate the 
steam. 

1062 To Control Radiators 

When it is desired to shut off steam from any radiator 
(if the regular radiator valves are used) close the valve 
tight; and when it is turned on, see that the valve is wide 
open. A valve partly turned off will cause the radiator 
to fill with water. This rule applies only to one-pipe 
heating systems. 

1063 The Air Valves 

If little keyed air valves (sometimes called "pet cocks") 
are used, follow generally the same directions as outlined 
for hot water radiators, only, of course, in releasing the air 
from the radiator, open the valve with the key provided 
and close it just as soon as the steam, unmixed with air, 
comes through the nose of the valve. 

If "automatic" air valves are used, they must be care- 
fully adjusted by the steam-fitter and then left to operate 
without undue interference. 



148 REMCO'S MANUAL 

1 064 End of the Season 

At the close of the heating season fill the steam boiler 
with water to the safety-valve and let it thus stand through 
the summer. 

Also thoroughly clean all the fire and flue surfaces of the 
boiler, and at the opening of the next season withdraw the 
water and refill with fresh water to the water line, starting 
the boiler as before. 

It is advisable to have a competent steam-fitter blow 
off the boiler under pressure and thus give the inside a 
thorough cleaning when the boiler is first set up and ready 
for fire. 

A low-pressure boiler, using good water, rarely needs 
blowing off after it is once cleaned at time of setting up. 

1065 DIRECTIONS FOR THE USE AND CARE 

OF THE 
ROYAL SECTIONAL STEAM HEATER 

By the Hart &* Crouse Company, 235 Water Street, New York 

Before starting a fire in the heater, see that the gauge 
glass is half full of water. Also, open the lower try cock 
to make sure that it operates as it should. Adjust the 
weight of the damper regulator to suit the pressure at 
which the apparatus is to be used, usually two to five 
pounds. Fill the condenser with a quart of water to pre- 
vent damaging the rubber diaphragm. The gauge glass 
should always be about half full of water when the appara- 
tus is in operation. Should the water, by any means, get 



STEAM BOILERS 149 

below the gauge glass, the fire should be drawn, and the 
apparatus allowed to cool before fresh water is turned into 
the system. If the water is attended to at the same time 
as the fire, a great amount of trouble will be saved. 

See that the smoke pipe and chimney flue are clean and 
that the draft is good. 

Build the fire in the usual way. If anthracite coal is 
used, use stove size or smaller. 

The fire-pot should be kept full of coal, and all ashes and 
clinkers should be shaken down and removed as often as 
the state of the fire requires it. A few slight motions of the 
upright shaker from front to rear are all that is necessary 
to clear the grate thoroughly. Be sure, however, to leave 
the shaker shank or socket in a vertical position; otherwise 
the grate bars will lie in a sidewise position and will be 
likely to warp. Ashes or cinders must not be allowed to 
remain in the ash-pit, but should be removed carefully, and 
at stated intervals, to prevent burning out the grate bars. 

The fire is eflFectually controlled by the automatic damp- 
er regulator attached to the bevel dampers in ash-pit door 
and smoke back. Open the slide in the feed door to supply 
air for perfect combustion. The feed door should not be 
opened to regulate the temperature, as this can better be 
accomplished by the use of the dampers. The draft and 
check dampers must be regulated to suit the draft chimney, 
and no rule can be laid down about this matter, as no two 
chimneys draw alike. Each apparatus must be regulated 
as experience teaches and requirements demand. 



I50 REMCO'S MANUAL 

The cleaning doors on the front of the heater above the 
feed door should be opened only to clean off whatever de- 
posit may form on the flues. A wire flue brush is furnished 
with each heater, and to obtain the best results, this brush 
should be used once a week, when the heater is in use, or 
oftener, depending upon the quality of fuel used. At all 
other times the cleaning doors should be closed. 

A little time devoted to the understanding and working 
of this apparatus will amply repay the trouble. The sys- 
tem is simple, and when once understood there is no form 
of heater which can be operated with so little trouble or 
attention. 

DIRECTIONS FOR THE CARE AND USE 

OF THE 

ABENDROTH SECTIONAL HEATERS 

Io66<2 By Ahendroth Brothers, lOQ Beekman Street, 

New York 

To start fire, open slide damper in smoke pipe, and 
slide damper in ash-pit door; after fire is well ignited 
close the slide damper in ash-pit door. The slide damper 
in smoke pipe must be regulated to suit draft of chimney.' 
No set rule can be given, as no two chimneys draw alike. 
Each apparatus must be regulated as experience teaches. 

In steam heaters — before building fire see that you have 
enough water in boiler to show half-way up the gauge 
glass. The draft door and dampers are regulated auto- 
matically. 



STEAM BOILERS 151 

Ashes should be removed from ash-pit everyday, other- 
wise there will be imperfect circulation of air, and grates 
will burn out. A slight motion of upright shaker, back- 
ward and forward, is all that is necessary to clean the grate 
thoroughly. 

We recommend nut or stove coal, of the best quality, for 
all sizes of heaters. 

1066 DIRECTIONS FOR THE USE OF THE 
BOYNTON STEAM BOILER 

By the Boynton Furnace Company, 207 IVater Street, New York 

Before starting a fire be sure there is ample water in 
boiler. The water line should appear about half-way be- 
tween bottom and top of glass gauge. Do not rely entirely 
on the glass, but try the cocks which are on the water 
barrel, also be sure the valves on top and bottom of glass 
gauge are open. 

Kindle a fire in the ordinary way, and see that the grate 
bars are entirely covered with a bright even fire. 

Be careful and keep the ash-pit clean and free from 
ashes; that is important, as a set of bars can be destroyed 
in a short time if ashes are allowed to accumulate. 

Try the safety-valve on top of boiler each day to guard 
against it being caught in any way. 

Regulate the draft by means of the damper regulator. 
By adding weight you increase pressure, and vice versa. 

Keep the flues clean — this saves fuel. 



152 REMCO'S MANUAL 

See that the radiators are free from air; this is accom- 
plished by means of air valve which is on each radiator. 

The valves on radiators must be either open or shut tight . 
If two valves are on radiators, both must be either open 
or closed. 

Caution 
Should the water fail to show in either glass gauge or 
try cocks, immediately cover the fire and check all drafts 
(use either ashes or coal to cover fire), and send for a com- 
petent steam-fitter. Never attempt to put water in boiler 
unless you are sure the water is in glass or try cocks. 

1067 DIRECTIONS FOR THE USE OF THE 
GURNEY STEAM BOILERS 

By the Gurney Heater Manujacluring Company, 1 1 1 Fifth Avenue, 

New York 

Fill the boiler with water until the level is. between 
the first and second gauge cocks. Never let the water 
fall below the lower gauge cock. See that both valves on 
the gauge glass are wide open. Open the small cock at the 
bottom of gauge glass and note if the water runs freely 
without emptying the glass. If glass empties, it indicates 
that the water in the boiler is low, or that the gauge valves 
are closed. Examine the water gauge frequently to see 
that the boiler is supplied with water. 

All supply and return valves on mains and radiators 
should always be left in the same condition, namely, either 
wide open or completely closed. 



STEAM BOILERS 153 

When letting steam into radiators, first open the supply 
and air valves, then the return valve; when shutting off 
steam, close the return valve first, then the supply. 

Frequently lift the safety-valve to see that it opens 
easily. 

Always keep a deep, clean fire. Ashes should be re- 
moved from the ash-pit daily, or there will be danger of 
burning out the grate. 

The ordinary pressure carried on the boiler when the 
apparatus is in operation varies from one to five pounds. 
These pressures will be found ample to meet the require- 
ments of cold or moderate weather. To increase the steam 
pressure move the ball weight farther out on the lever of 
the damper regulator, or if weights are used, put on extra 
ones. To reduce the pressure move the ball weight nearer 
the boiler, or take off one or more weights as occasion re- 
quires. 

Keep the boiler free from soot by cleaning regularly with 
brush provided for that purpose; easy access to every part 
of the boiler is provided by clean-out doors. 

When preparing the boiler for the night clear the grate of 
ashes, fill the fire-pot with coal, unhook chain from lower 
damper, and set the dampers so as to keep a good fire from 
eight to ten hours. 

if, from carelessness or any other cause, the water should 
get out of the boiler, dump the fire and allow the boiler to 
cool off before refilling. 

Should the apparatus be left without fire in cold weather. 



154 REAICO'S MANUAL 

the water should be drawn off to prevent damage from 
freezing. 

The following are sizes of coal recommended with ordi- 
nary conditions of draft: 

Doric Nos. o, i, 2 — stove coal; Nos. 3, 4, 5 — small egg 
coal. "400 series" Nos. 415 to 445 — stove coal; Nos. 455 
to 485 — small tgg coal. Bright idea Nos. 1000 to 1002 — 
small egg coal; Nos. 1 104 to 12 10 — €^gg coal. 

The boiler should have a separate flue v/ith good draft, 
and the smoke pipe should, at the beginning of each season, 
be cleaned and put in good order. 

If there is anything you do not understand, or any in- 
formation you require, confer with us and we will advise 
you promptly. We are always interested in the success of 
our boilers, and shall esteem it a favor if you will consider 
our interest as in no way diminished by the fact of your 
having the boiler in use for some time. The axiom that a 
"merchant's interest in his goods ceases when paid for" 
does not apply in our case. 

1068 DIRECTIONS FOR THE USE OF THE 
MERCER STEAM BOILER 

By the H. B. Smith Company, 133 Centre Street, New York 

Water: The boiler is supplied with water by turning a 
stop cock in the water supply pipe usually connected to 
one of the lower drums. The combination column should 
be set so that the lower try cock will be one inch below the 
top of flues. If the column is set this way, shut off the 



STEAM BOILERS 155 



water when it shows in the gauge glass half-way or about 
one inch above the top of upper flues. The gauge cocks 
at top and bottom of glass are always opened (turned to 
the left). Should glass become broken close these guage 
cocks (turn to the right) until glass can be replaced. Test 
height of the water line by operating upper and lower try 
cocks opposite the gauge glass. The upper try cock should 
indicate steam, the lower try cock water. If by accident 
the water should be withdrawn from the boiler, draw the 
fire and allow it to cool before refilling with cold water, as 
cold water coming in contact with the overheated surface 
probably would rupture the sections. In winter, when not 
in use, draw all water off to prevent freezing. The main 
pipes should be covered to insure best results. If cellar is 
very cold the exposed return pipes on cellar bottom, being 
filled with water, should be covered to prevent freezing. 
At the close of winter draw off stale water in boiler and fill 
with fresh water until it runs from pop safety-valve when 
open. When wanted for use in the fall draw the water 
down until glass gauge indicates the proper water line. 

1069 Draft Regulation: The draft regulator is operated 
by a steam pressure of one-half to three pounds. When 
pressure increases above the point necessary to overbalance 
the weight on lever arm (one-half pound or more), it raises 
the lever, closes the draft door in front, and opens the check 
draft at rear. The draft door and check draft door are 
connected by chain to lever-arm, and should be so carefully 
adjusted that the slightest increase or decrease in pressure 



156 REMCO'S MANUAL 

will operate them. This is necessary for the economical 
consumption of the fuel. A straight-arm lever is used, 
extending the length of the boiler and connecting direct 
(without the use of pulleys) to draft door in front and 
check draft door at rear. The pop safety-valve is set and 
allows steam to escape at 10 pounds pressure. 

1070 Dampers : The smoke pipe at rear has a damper 
not connected to the automatic regulator for use to gradu- 
ate draft when unusually strong. In many cases it can 
be kept partly closed, but must be so adjusted that it will 
not affect the working of the regulator. There is a slide 
damper in front draft door which is not necessarily used if 
the automatic regulator works with a slight pressure, and 
properly controls the fire without causing waste of fuel. A 
little experimenting will determine the correct (minimum) 
amount of draft required for keeping a good bright fire and 
operating the regulator with the least possible pressure. 
The fire door must not be allowed to remain open. 

1 071 Coal and Firing : Hard Lehigh coal, stove size, 
usually gives best results. Small egg may be used with a 
top dressing of pea size; do not mix sizes before using. 
Pea size may be used entirely; but does not hold fire so 
well as when used as top dressing for a body of larger size 
coal. The fire is made deep to avoid the necessity of 
frequent replenishing. Do not feed fire frequently, using 
a little coal each time, as it forms a crust on top without 
enough "body" to make it effective. Keep a deep, even 
fire, having the top of fire even or slightly above the bot- 



STEAM BOILERS 157 

torn of fire door, and several inches higher at rear. After 
refiring, shake the grate with both the shaking attachments, 
shaking first one and then the other, until light shines from 
the fire into the ash-pit. Remove ashes from ash-pit after 
shaking the grate. 

1072 IVith bituminous coal the fire requires attention 
oftener than with hard coal, though steam is quickly made 
and the apparatus works perfectly. When fire is low 
replenish with a good heavy body of coal. Maintain a 
body of fire of uniform thickness and use poker occasionally 
to break down the top crust; also use slice bar to loosen 
and remove clinkers; and cover with fresh coal any "dead 
places" (spots burned out) in the fire bed. 

At night clean the fire thoroughly before banking it. 
Remove clinkers and cinders. Level the bed of coals over 
the entire grate and put on a little coal, allowing it to 
thoroughly ignite; then bank with a heavy body for the 
night. Remove ashes from ash-pit after cleaning the fire. 

1073 Clean Flues : Flues should be thoroughly 
cleaned at least once each week where hard coal is used, 
and oftener with soft coal. To clean flues, open the front 
flue door and pass the brush through each flue until the 
brush strikes the rear section of boiler, then open the back 
draft door and remove soot from the smoke honnet. With 
the scraper clean the flues at back end of fire-pot. These 
instructions apply to boilers made without the sliding damper 
between upper and lower set of flues and which provides for 
a direct draft at rear. 



158 REMCO'S MANUAL 

1074 Sliding Flue Damper — Clean Flues: One pattern 
of " Mercer " boiler has a sliding damper at rear which con- 
trols the draft space between the upper and lower set of 
flues, and makes a direct connection between fire-box and 
chimney. The damper has a handle extending outside of 
boiler, and may be opened (by pulling out) when fire is 
kindled or when the upper flues are cleaned, allowing soot 
to drop into fire-box instead of being removed through 
smoke bonnet door at rear. Damper must he closed at other 
times. This damper is generally used with soft-coal fuel. 

1075 Radiator Valves : It is important that the radia- 
tor valves in the various rooms where heat is required 
should be opened full by turning to the left or tightly 
closed by turning to the right. 

1076 Air Valves: If radiators are cold when steam is 
on, open the air valves until all air is expelled. If valves 
are automatic, adjustment should be made by turning the 
screw a little when valves are warm. Air valve should be 
closed only enough to stop the flow of steam when pressure 
is- on. 

1077 DIRECTIONS FOR THE USE OF THE 

"THATCHER" 
SECTIONAL STEAM BOILER 

By the Thatcher Furnace Company, 240 Water Street, New York 

Before starting a fire in heater open glass gauge 
valves and try cocks and fill boiler with water until gauge 
glass is one-half full, shut try cocks, and then turn off 



STEA^I BOILERS 159 

water. The gauge glass should always be about half full 
of water when the apparatus is in operation. Attention 
given to this in the morning when taking care of fire will 
obviate any trouble. Should the water by any means get be- 
low the gauge glass, the fire should be drawn and the appa- 
ratus allowed to cool down before the water is turned on. 

See that smoke pipe and chimney flue are clean and 
that the flue has a good draft. 

Build fire in usual way, using a good quality of hard 
coal, "stove" size. 

The fire-box should be kept full of coal to feed doors and 
all ashes and cinders should be shaken down and removed 
as often as the state of the fire requires it. 

To shake grates throw lever forward and back, leaving 
square head turned up. This leaves grate in proper posi- 
tion. 

Ashes and cinders must be removed from under grates 
at least once a day, and in severe weather twice, to prevent 
burning out of grates. 

Clean flues at least once a week by running flue brush 
through them. Be sure to keep your flues clean. This is 
important. 

The fire is automatically controlled by damper regulator 
attached to draft and check dampers. See that the damp- 
er regulating chains are adjusted properly. They should 
be so attached that when the draft damper in ash-pit door 
is open about two inches the check draft on smoke pipe is 
closed. 



i6o REMCO'S MANUAL 

Try the safety-valve occasionally to see that it works 
properly. 

The water should not be drawn off from the apparatus 
during the summer months, and when not in use should be 
completely filled with water. It is not necessary to renew 
the water in apparatus oftener than once a year. The 
water should be drawn off and the apparatus refilled with 
fresh water just before starting the fire in the fall. If the 
building is left unoccupied in cold weather see that all the 
water is drawn out of the system. 

1078 DIRECTIONS FOR THE USE OF 

"COMFORT" AND "ROSSMORE" STEAM BOILERS 

By the Thatcher Furnace Company, 1 10 Beekman Street 
New York 

Before starting fire in boiler open gauge glass valves 
and try cocks and fill boiler with water until gauge 
glass shows two inches in glass; shut try cocks and then 
turn off water. The gauge glass should always show two 
inches of water when the apparatus is in operation. At- 
tention given to this in the morning when taking care of 
fire will obviate any trouble. Should the water by any 
means get below the gauge glass, the fire should be drawn 
and the apparatus allowed to cool down before the water 
is turned on. 

See that smoke pipe and chimney flue are clean and flue 
has a good draft. 



STEAM BOILERS i6i 

Build fire in usual way, using a good quality of hard coal, 
"stove" size. 

The fire-box should be kept full of coal to feed door and 
all ashes and cinders should be shaken down and removed 
as often as the state of the fire requires it. 

To shake grate put shaker on and give one-third turn. 
The grate bars are in proper position when shaker handle 
is perpendicular. Do not shake too much. 

Ashes and cinders must be removed at once after grate 
is shaken, to prevent burning out of grates. 

The fire is automatically controlled by damper regulator 
attached to draft and check dampers. See that the damper 
regulating chains are properly adjusted. They should be 
so attached that when the draft damper in ash-pit door 
is closed the check draft in smoke pipe is closed. 

Try the safety-valve occasionally to see that it works 
properly. 

To clean boiler open clean-out door on front and clean- 
off top of boiler and open check damper and clean fiue in 
dome. Be sure io keep your boiler clean. 

The water should not be drawn off from the apparatus 
during the summer months, and when not in use it should 
be completely filled with water. It is not necessary to re- 
new the water in an apparatus oftener than once a year. 
The water should be drawn off and the apparatus refilled 
with fresh water just before starting the fire in the fall. If 
the building is left unoccupied in cold weather see that all 
the water is drawn out of the system. 



i62 REMCO'S MANUAL 

DIRECTIONS FOR THE USE AND CARE 
OF THE 
ABENDROTH SECTIONAL HOT WATER HEATERS 

1079 ^y Ahendroth Brothers, 109 Beekman Street, New York 

In IVater Heaters : Before building fire see that the 
expansion tank is full of water, after drawing out air 
at air valves. 

To Start Fire : Open slide damper in smoke pipe, and 
slide damper in ash-pit door; after fire is well ignited close 
the slide damper in ash-pit door. The slide damper in 
smoke pipe must be regulated to suit draft of chimney. 
No set rule can be given, as no two chimneys draw alike. 
Each apparatus must be regulated as experience teaches. 

Ashes should be removed from ash-pit every day, other- 
wise there will be imperfect circulation of air, and grates 
will burn out. A slight motion of upright shaker, back- 
ward and forward, is all that is necessary to clean the grate 
thoroughly. 

We recommend nut and stove coal of the best quality 
for all sizes of heaters. 

DIRECTIONS FOR THE CARE AND USE 
OF THE 
IDEAL WATER BOILERS 

1080 Copyrighted by the American Radiator Company, 104- 

1 08 U^esi 42nd Street, New York 

1081 GENERAL ADVICE 

No set rules can be given for caring for every boiler 
alike. Chimney flues are not alike; some have strong 
draft, some are average and some are weak. There is 



HOT WATER BOILERS 163 

much more difference in the heat-making quahties of coal 
than is commonly known, and it is important that the 
right size coal for draft be used. These rules apply to 
most all fuels. A little trying of this way or that way of 
leaving the dampers (when regulators are not used) often 
discovers the better way. It is well to vary from the rules 
a little if any of them do not seem to bring about the best 
result. 

With good, average chimney flue draft and the right 
kind of fuel, these rules will govern the large majority of 
cases. 

In many cases a boiler with sluggish draft will burn more 
coal than a boiler with good draft. In the first case the 
fuel may be said to "rot"; lacking air supply, the gases 
pass off unburned. The "nagging" which a boiler has to 
take under these conditions increases the waste of fuel. A 
boiler under sharp, strong draft maintains a clear intense 
fire and burns the gases — getting the larger amount of 
heat from the coal. 

1082 FIRING RULES 

For firing Ideal boilers, etc., at the very least these 
general rules should be remembered and applied : 

Put but little coal on a low fire. 

When adding coal to the boiler, open the smoke-pipe 
damper (inside the smoke pipe), and close the cold-air 
check damper. This will make a draft through the 
feed doorway inward and prevent the escape of dust or 



i64 REMCO'S MANUAL 

gas into the cellar when the feed door is open to take 
fuel. Put these parts back to their regular places after 
feeding. 

When it can be done, in feeding a large amount of coal 
(as for night), leave a part of the fire or flame exposed, so 
that gases may be burned as they arise. 

When regulator is not used, learn to use the dampers 
correctly and according to the force of the chimney draft. 
Learn to use cold-air check damper. Often, when closing 
the ash-pit, draft damper does not check the fire enough; 
opening the cold-air check damper will check it about 
right. Increasing or lessening the pressure of a steam 
boiler must be done by changing the weight on the regula- 
tor bar. 

Carry a deep fire or high fire; let the live coals come up 
to the feed doors, even in mild weather, when from four to 
six inches of ashes stand on the grate. 

In severe weather give the heater the most careful atten- 
tion the last thing at night. 

Do not overshake or poke the fire in mild weather; 
once in a while, shake enough to give place for a little 
more fuel. 

Do not let ashes bank up under the grate in ash-pit. 
Our bars are very hardy, but it is possible to warp them 
with this carelessness. Taking up the ashes once a day is 
the best rule, even if but little has fallen into the pit. 

Keep the boiler surfaces and flues clean; a crust of 
soot one-quarter inch in thickness causes the boiler to re- 



HOT WATER BOILERS 165 

quire half as much more fuel than when the surjuces are 
clean. 

If convenient, have a water hose to spray the ashes when 
cleaning out the pit. 

Attend the boiler from two to four times per day. In 
mild weather, running with a checked fire morning and 
night is usually often enough. In severe weather, once in 
early morning, again at mid-day, again at five or six 
o'clock, and finally thorough attention at from nine to 
eleven o'clock in the evening. 

If, through burning poor coal, the fire-pot gets full of 
ashes, or slate and clinkers massed together, the quickest 
way to get a good active fire is to dump the grate and then 
build a new fire — from the kindling up. 

If a hard clinker lodges between the grate bars, do not 
force the shaking, but first dislodge the mass with a poker 
or slicing bar. Then the grate will'operate without damage. 

In severe weather keep the fire-pot full of coal, and run 
the heating by the dampers or regulator (if one is used). 
Thoroughly clean the grate twice a day. Let the top of 
the fire in front be level with the feed door sill. Bank the 
coal up higher to the rear. 

In moderate weather there should be from two to six 
inches of ashes between the live coal and the grate. As 
the weather grows colder keep the grate and the fire-pot 
a little cleaner — sometimes it helps to run the poker or 
slicing bar over it through the clinker door. With some 
fuels this is never necessary. 



i66 REMCO'S MANUAL 



1083. NIGHT FIRING 

This is a very important under-subject. 

In very cold weather, when the house should be kept 
warm all night, clean the grate well at a late hour — the 
last thing. Clear the bottom of the fire-pot of all ashes 
and clinkers so that the grate is covered with clear burning, 
red-hot coals, then fill the pot full of fuel, if possible, 
leave some of the flame exposed to burn the gases. Leave 
the drafts on long enough to burn off some of the gas, 
then check the heater for the night. Thus there is plenty 
of coal to burn during the night and some on which to 
commence early in the morning. Some drafts do not 
make it necessary to leave the dampers on to burn off 
the gas after feeding. 

With the ash-pit draft damper closed and the cold-air 
check damper open at night, but part of the coal is burned 
and there is much of it not burned in thfe morning. So, by 
reversing the dampers in the early morning, the fire starts 
up quickly and often the house may be well warmed before 
any coal is put into the fire-pot. 

Some boilers are run the other way — a very poor way. 
If the grate is cleared off in very cold weather and some 
coal added at five or six o'clock in the afternoon, by eleven 
o'clock at night nearly one-half of the coal is burned and 
the grate is covered over with a mass of ashes and clinkers. 
If no more coal is added during the evening, by morning 
about all the coal is burned out. So, with little or no coal 
remaining, shaking the grate nearly puts the fire out, and 



HOT WATER BOILERS 167 

then putting fresh coal on a low fire causes the water to 
chill, and the next thing is a house, which was cold all 
night, growing colder. 

Often in cold weather with this poor way of night firing, 
it takes one or more hours of forced firing to warm the 
house in the morning, and all the coal saved the night 
before is more than used to get the house or building 
"heated up" — while the people who should be comfort- 
able have to get up, bathe and take breakfast in chilly 
rooms. 

At no time in the day is heat more wanted than about 
the time of getting up and starting the day. A fire well 
cared for late in the evening makes a warm house all night. 
And so it follows that it is much easier to add a little more 
heat in the morning. And surely less coal is burned, for 
the forcing of a fire part of the time often overheats and 
wastes coal. 

1084 FIRST DAY FIRING 

In the morning of moderate winter weather, with the 
ash-pit draft damper open, before adding any coal, allow 
the fire to brighten up if it seems to be low; then (for 
such conditions) spread over a thin layer of fresh coal 
and set the drafts for a brisk fire. After the new fire is 
well started, add as much coal as may be necessary to last 
until next firing. Do not shake much, if any — just enough 
to give space for more coal. Then by setting the regulator 
(if one is used), or by closing the ash-pit damper draft 



i68 REMCO'S MANUAL 

and opening the cold-air check damper a little, the boiler 
should keep up its work until the next firing time. 

In severe weather, if the boiler has been attended to at 
night as directed in the section on "Night Firing," the 
drafts can be turned on and the boiler run for half an hour 
before adding coal. Or, if more convenient to give it 
immediate attention, the grate can be thoroughly shaken 
and enough coal added to last until mid-day. Often the 
cold-air check damper will need to be entirely closed and 
the ash-pit draft damper partly open if the heater is a 
water boiler. If a steam boiler, the regulator should 
then be set to maintain the number of pounds of pressure 
wanted and so left. 

1085 OTHER DAY FIRING 

In severe weather more coal should be added about 
noon; sometimes the draft may be left on for a few 
minutes and then checked. And in such weather it is 
often well to give the boiler further attention at five or 
six o'clock. In severest weather the boiler should not be 
attended more than four times a day; and generally not 
less than three times. 

Often much coal is wasted by "nagging" the fire — pok- 
ing, shaking and feeding it until it becomes "dyspeptic." 
A sure cure is a little common sense in regular feeding, etc. 

1086 ECONOMy AND FUELS 

In running many boilers for moderate weather, better 
results follow if the grate is not shaken too much or too 



HOT WATER BOILERS 169 

often. Sometimes in moderate weather a body of ashes on 
the grate checks the fire and there is enough heat without 
a useless burning of fuel. Many houses are overheated in 
moderate weather and too much coal burned by running 
the boiler as for zero weather. 

So we repeat — it is not wise to overshake or overfeed a 
boiler in moderate weather. The fire should be in such 
shape that if a change comes at night there is a basis for a 
good fire to start on. When the grate is shaken but once 
during the twenty-four hours (during moderate weather), 
late at night is the best time. 

When one stops to think that heating is needed dur- 
ing about seven months out of the year, and that a 
greater portion of this time is usually moderate weather, 
when a very little heat is needed, it must be seen that 
the science of running the heater to save coal is to 
apply common sense rules of limiting the feeding and 
the attention in such periods. In severe weather we 
believe in giving the boiler a liberal quantity of fuel 
regularly and at the right time. The time to save coal is 
when there is no need for burning it. This is where a 
great many people make errors in running the boiler — • 
in forgetting to "let up" on the shaking and feeding in 
moderate weather. 

With some drafts and for boilers using hard coal or 
coke, good economical results often are secured by opening 
the feed door a little when it is desired to check the fire in 
moderate weather. This depends on the draft. 



I70 REMCO'S MANUAL 

OTHER RULES FOR WATER BOILERS 

1087 To Fill System : Open the feed cock when the 
heater is connected with a city or town water supply; if 
not, fill by funnel at the expansion tank. Fill until the 
gauge glass on the expansion tank shows about half full of 
water. In filling the system see that all air cocks on the 
radiators are closed. Then, beginning with the lower floor, 
open the air cocks, on each radiator, one at a time, until 
each radiator is filled; then close the air cock and take the 
next radiators on upper floors until all are filled, after 
which let the water run until it shows in the gauge glass of 
the water tank. After the water is heated and in circula- 
tion, vent the radiators by opening the air valves as before. 
Then, again, allow the water to run into the system until it 
rises to the proper level in the expansion tank gauge glass. 

Always keep the apparatus full of water, unless the build- 
ing be vacant during the winter months, when the water 
should be drawn off to prevent freezing. Never draw water 
off with fire in the heater. 

To draw off water, open the draw-off cock at the lowest 
point in the system, and then open air cocks on all radia- 
tors as fast as the water lowers — beginning with the high- 
est radiator. 

1088 Air-vent Valves on Radiators 

In order to secure the full benefit of the heating sur- 
face of a hot water radiator, the inside of the section 
must be free of air. When a radiator is "air bound," it 



HOT WATER BOILERS 171 

means that parts of the sections are tilled with air in 
pockets which remain until the air is allowed to pass 
off through the vent valve. 

Air will gather from time to time at the highest points 
inside the radiators, especially in those placed in the upper 
stories of the building. These air accumulations inside 
cut down the working power of a radiator exactly in pro- 
portion as they rob the inside of the casting of proper 
contact with heated water. Air pockets not only reduce 
effective heating surface, but they also prevent the circula- 
tion of hot water. 

Therefore, it is well once in a while to take the little key 
provided by the heating contractor and open the air valves 
on radiators to allow the air (if any) to escape. When a 
radiator does not work as well as usual, open the air valves 
until the water flows, which indicates that the air has been 
fully released. Then close the valve. 

1089 Valves on Cellar Mains 

If cut-off valves have been placed on the main and 
return pipes in the cellar, see that the valves on one 
line of main and return pipes (at least) are open when the 
boiler is under operation. Be sure that the system is open 
to circulate water through the supply and return pipes be- 
fore building a fire in the boiler. 

1090 End of the Season 

At the close of the heating season clean all the fire 
and flue surfaces of the boiler. Let the water remain in 



17^ REMCO'S MANUAL 

the system during the summer months. No bad results 
will follow if the system is not refilled more often than once 
in two or three years. But, generally, it is thought that 
best results are secured by emptying the system once a 
year (after fire is out) and refilling with fresh water. 

It is a very good idea to take down the smoke pipe in 
the spring, thoroughly clean, and put it back in place. 
Leave all doors open on the boiler in the summer-time. 

1091 DIRECTIONS FOR THE CARE AND USE 

OF THE 
ROYAL HOT WATER HEATER 

By the Hart Sr Crouse Company, 235 IVater Street, New York 

In filling the apparatus with water,, open the air valves 
on the different radiators to allow the air in the pipes 
to escape. Leave the air valves open until the water runs 
out of them. Then close them tightly. 

Should any of the radiators not circulate, see first that 
the radiator valve is open. Open the air valve on radiator 
affected until the water runs out. Then close it. Also 
refill the expansion tank after drawing off from the valves. 

Before starting a fire, see that the expansion tank con- 
tains water. As long as it can be seen in the gauge glass 
it is sufficient, but it is better to keep the tank half full of 
water, refilling it as often as necessary. 

The directions given for building fire, shaking grate, re- 
moving ashes, controlling fire, cleaning flues, in the steam 
boiler, are equally applicable to the hot water heater. 



HOT WATER BOILERS 173 



The fire in a hot water heater should not be checked too 
much at night. Many run their heaters stronger at night 
than during the day, getting better results by doing so, to 
avoid the necessity of raising the temperature of the water 
in the morning, ensuring greater economy. 

The water can be drawn off from the apparatus during 
the summer months. In any event, the system should be 
filled with fresh water just before starting the fire in the 
fall. It is not necessary to change the water oftener than 
once a year. 

Both steam and hot water systems are simple to operate. 
A little time, however, is required to understand the work- 
ings of them. When once these points are learned and the 
local conditions understood, a few minutes' attention only 
each day is required to operate them in the coldest weather. 

1092 DIRECTIONS FOR THE USE OF THE 
"THATCHER" SECTIONAL HOT WATER BOILER 

By the Thatcher Furnace Company, 240 IVater Street, New York 

Before starting a fire see that the apparatus is filled 
with water so that it shows about three inches in the gauge 
glass of the expansion tank. If you have an altitude 
gauge on the apparatus the red hand should be set to in- 
dicate the height of water in the tank, when at its proper 
level. Any change can then be noted by the movement of 
the black hand. 

See that smoke pipe and chimney flue are clean and that 
the flue has a good draft. 



174 REMCO'S MANUAL 



Build fire in usual way, using a good quality of hard 
coal, ''stove" size. 

The fire-box should be kept full of coal to feed door, and 
all ashes and clinkers should be shaken down and removed 
as often as the state of the fire requires it. Do not shake 
too much. 

To shake grates throw lever forward and back, leaving 
shaker shank vertical. This leaves grate in proper position. 

Ashes and cinders must be removed from under grates 
at least twice a day, and in severe weather oftener, to pre- 
vent burning out of grates. 

Clean flues at least once each week by running flue brush 
through them. Be sure and keep flues clean. This is 
important. 

To control the fire use draft damper in ash-pit door and 
damper in smoke pipe. Use slide in feed door to supply 
air for perfect combustion. The feed door should not be 
opened to regulate the temperature; this can be better 
accomplished by use of the damper. To keep fire, the 
draft damper must be regulated to suit draft of chimney. 
No rule can be laid down in this matter, as no two chim- 
neys draw alike, and each apparatus must be regulated 
as experiments and requirements call for. 

The water should not be drawn off from the apparatus 
during the summer months and it is not necessary to re- 
new the water in an apparatus oftener than once a year. 
The water should be drawn off and the apparatus refilled 
with fresh water just before starting the fire in the fall. 



HOT WATER BOILERS 175 

Look at supply of water in expansion tank about twice 
a week. 

In filling the apparatus open the air valves on all radia- 
tors to allow the air in pipes to escape. Leave the air valves 
open until water runs out, then close them tightly. Always 
refill expansion tank after drawing off water at air valves. 

If the building is left unoccupied in cold weather see that 
all the water is drawn out of the system; to do this it is 
necessary to open all the air valves, leaving them open 
until the system is refilled. 

Should any of the radiators not get warm, first see that 
the radiator valve is open, then open the air valve until 
the water runs out, then close it tight. 

1093 DIRECTIONS FOR THE USE OF THE 
"EMPIRE" HOT WATER HEATER 

By the Thatcher Furnace Company, no Beekman Street, New York 

Before starting a fire see that the apparatus is filled with 
water, so that it shows about three inches in the gauge 
glass of the expansion tank. If you have an altitude gauge 
on the apparatus, the red hand should be set to indicate the 
height of water in the tank, when at its proper level. Any 
change can be noted by the movement of the other hand. 

See that smoke and chimney flue are clean and that the 
flue has a good draft. 

Build fire in usual way, using a good quality of hard 
coal, "stove" size. 

The fire-box should be kept full of coal to feed door, and 



176 REMCO'S MANUAL 

all ashes and clinkers should be shaken down and removed 
as often as the state of the fire requires it. Do not shake 
too much. 

To shake grate put on shaker and give one-third turn. 
The grates are in proper position when shaker handle is 
perpendicular. 

Ashes and cinders must be removed from under grates 
at least twice a day, and in severe weather oftener, to pre- 
vent burning out of grates. 

To clean heater open clean-out door in front and clean 
off top of heater, and open check damper and clean flue in 
dome. Be sure to keep your heater clean. 

To control the fire use draft damper in ash-pit and 
damper in smoke pipe. Use slide in feed door to supply 
air for perfect combustion. The feed door should not be 
opened to regulate the temperature; this can be better 
accomplished by use of the damper. To keep fire, the 
draft damper must be regulated to suit draft of chimney. 
No rule can be laid down in this matter, as no two chim- 
neys draw alike, and each apparatus must be regulated 
as experience and requirements dictate. 

The water should not be drawn oflF from the apparatus 
during the summer months, and it is not necessary to re- 
new the water in an apparatus oftener than once a year. 
The water should be drawn off and the apparatus refilled 
with fresh water just before starting the fire in the fall. 

Look at supply of water in expansion tank about twice 
a week. 



HOT WATER BOILERS 177 

In filling the apparatus, open the air valves on all radia- 
tors to allow the air in pipes to escape. Leave air valves 
open until water runs out, then close them tightly. Al- 
ways refill expansion tank after drawing off water in air 
valve. 

If the building is left unoccupied in cold weather see that 
all the water is drawn out of the system; to do this it is 
necessary to open all the air valves, leaving them open until 
the system is refilled. 

Should any of the radiators not get warm, first see that 
the radiator valve is open, then open the air valve until the 
water runs out, then close it tight. 

1094 DIRECTIONS FOR THE USE OF THE 
MERCER HOT WATER BOILER 

By the H. B. Smith Company, 133 Centre Street, New York 

Water : To fill the system with water, open the stop 
cock until water supply shows in glass gauge on the ex- 
pansion tank; this is placed at any convenient point above 
the highest radiator or supply pipe in the system, where 
there is no danger of freezing. 

The expansion tank has an overflow pipe to prevent 
overflowing. Fire must not be started until system is 
filled. 

Examine tank weekly and open stop cock a few seconds 
to let in water to replace the small quantity evaporated. 
An altitude gauge, if connected to heater, will indicate 
height of water in tank. 



178 REMCO'S MANUAL 

Drawoff the water in winter if the apparatus is not in use. 

Air Cocks : Open the air cocks at the top of each radi- 
ator until water appears (when filHng the system), com- 
mencing with first-floor radiators. Open the air cocks 
whenever the radiators fail to get hot all over with a good 
fire in the heater. 

Radiator Valves : The radiator valves may be full 
open, or part way open, as desired. 

If there is a liability of freezing, do not entirely close the 
radiator valves. 

Dampers : The fire should be started the same as in 
any ordinary furnace or stove. 

The fire should be controlled by the dampers, so that the 
temperature of the water may be increased or diminished 
in accordance with the heat required for varying outside 
temperatures. 

The dampers are, ash-pit draft damper, smoke bonnet 
check draft door, and smoke pipe damper. 

In extreme cold weather it may be necessary to fire with 
draft damper open much of the time, and the check draft 
closed. 

If the draft is very strong, the check draft may often be 
kept partly or entirely open and the smoke pipe damper 
nearly closed. Keep fire door closed. 

The dampers must be properly used; too little air causes 
imperfect combustion and consumes coal without produc- 
ing heat. 

At night shake fire thoroughly, put on a heavy body of 



HOT WATER BOILERS 179 

coal and allow it to ignite, then arrange dampers so the 
draft will keep it burning slowly until morning. In the 
morning, to start a quick circulation, close the smoke bon- 
net check draft; open wide the front draft door and the 
smoke pipe damper. 

Coal and Firing : Hard Lehigh coal, " stove " size, usu- 
ally gives best results, or small egg may be used with a 
top dressing of "pea" size; do not mix sizes before using. 
"Pea" size may be used entirely; but does not hold fire 
so well as when used as top dressing for a body of larger 
size coal. The fire is made deep to avoid the necessity of 
frequent replenishing. Do not feed fire frequently, using 
a little coal each time, as it forms a crust on the top with- 
out enough "body" to make it effective. Keep a deep, 
even fire, having the top of fire even with, or slightly above, 
the bottom of fire door and several inches higher at the 
rear. When refiring, shake the grate with both the shak- 
ing attachments, shaking first one and then the other, until 
light shines from the fire into the ash-pit. Remove ashes 
from the ash-pit after shaking the grate. 

Clean Flues : To clean flues, open the front flue door, 
and pass the brush through each flue until the brush 
strikes the rear end of boiler, carefully pressing brush 
against the top and lower part and sides of flue, then open 
the back draft door and remove the soot from smoke bon- 
net. This should be done at least each week where hard 
coal is used, and oftener with soft coal. 



FLUES 

THINGS WORTH KNOWING ABOUT FLUES 

By the Boynton Furnace Company, 207 Water Street, New York 

1 100 A range, a stove or heating apparatus has no 
more draft than a square box. 

It is the chimney that creates the draft. 

The taller the chimney the better the draft. 

It should be higher than any other part of the building. 

It should not be less than eight by eight inches inside, 
and smooth. 

It will carry but one smoke pipe. 

Every other flue or opening in this chimney must be 
closed. 

The space below where the pipe enters should be cut off. 

New flues are often left half filled with brick and mortar. 

Old flues are often cracked outside and full of soot. 

Such conditions obstruct the draft. 

The pipe entering chimney must be the same size as the 
collar on the range. 
• The fire-box should not be filled above the top of linings. 

FLUES 

Copyrighted hy American Radiator Company, 
104-108 West 42nd Street, New York 

I loi No boiler has what is called a "draft." It is the 

chimney which produces the draft, and the taller the 

chimney the stronger the draft. 

180 



FLUES 



i8i 



The chimney should be as straight as possible, free from 
bends or offsets. This is violated frequently. Where 
solely for the purpose of lending attractiveness to the 
architectural design, the chimney is inclined to some special 



*-nX 



\ 



7 \ / 



3 I ' 



L 



V 







s^ 



Fig. G 



and abrupt angle, or else the size of the flue is inadvertently 
decreased by recessed or panel designs. 

Round or oval is the best form, as smoke and gases pass 
up with less resistance in a round flue than in a square one. 

The square flue is much more effective than the rectangu- 



l82 



REMCO'S MANUAL 



lar form, on account of the previously mentioned cause — 
friction. As, for example, a flue 12 x 12, having an area 
of 144 square inches, has a perimeter of only 48 inches, 
while a flue 8 X 18, having an area of 1 44 square inches, has 
a perimeter of 52 inches, giving 4 inches additional surface 
for friction. For requirements of an ordinary house heat- 
ing apparatus, the flue should not be less than 8 x 12, or 
96 square inches. 

When we consider that every pound of coal burned in a 
cast-iron house-heating boiler requires for its perfect com- 
bustion 300 cubic feet of air, we will realize that volume 
also is as essential as draft. 

The pipe entering the chimney must go through the 







— 


^ 


— 


































X 


,,- — f 


1 














A\\ 






A^x^ 






lO'^>>^ 


■I 












r 






































































— 




_ 




Figs. A and B 



thickness of the brick, but must not go any farther, as such 
would injure the draft. (See Figures A and B.) Lead the 
pipe into the chimney in the most direct way. Use only 



FLUES 



183 



one elbow, if possible; every turn in the pipe injures the 

draft. Round elbows are much better than square elbows. 

Be quite sure that the opening around the pipe where it 

enters the chimney is closed up tight. If the chimney 

opening is too small to admit the smoke pipe of boiler, see 

to it that the chimney flue be made larger. Don't reduce 

the size of the pipe. If there is an opening into the flue 

below the point where the 

smoke pipe enters chimney, 

care should be taken to see 

that the door or cover is made 

tight For guidance of those 

engaged in the installation of 

steam and hot water boilers, 

we illustrate hereinafter a few 

of the causes why boilers are 

condemned when the fault is 

solely in the chimney. 

First : Complaint may be 
made that the boiler will not 
operate, although the smoke 
pipe is carefully fitted into a 
chimney that has a good draft, 
and which has been in use for 
many years. Investigation 
shows that it is attached to a chimney which has more 
than one opening. (See Figure C.) It is essential that all 
openings into the flue, no matter of what kind, excepting 




i84 



REMCO'S MANUAL 



the one to which the boiler is attached, should be 
securely closed. This applies with equal force to open- 
ings which are sometimes made in chimneys for venti- 
lating. 

Second : The chimney, into the flue of which the boiler 




Fig. E 

is connected, may be much lower than the main part of the 
house, or below the comb of the roof. The wind blowing 
over the comb of the house falls like water over a dam, 
sometimes almost perpendicularly, on the top of the chim- 
ney, thus beating down the smoke contained therein. (See 
Figures E, F and G.) The remedy is to build up the chim- 




Fig. F 



FLUES 



185 



ney, or add a smoke stack of galvanized iron, so that its 
top shall be above the rnain building. In adding a smoke 
stack or patent cap to the top of the chimney, care must 
be taken to see that such addition does not decrease the 
area of the flue (see Figure H); for it will be conceded that 
the effectiveness of a flue is only as great as its smallest 
area. 

Third : A tall tree, or an adjacent building higher than 
the one in which the boiler is to be installed, may be so 
near the chimney that the wind passing over it would blow 
down the chimney, as in preceding illustrations. (See Fig- 
ures F and G.) 



A^ 




r 






Fig. H 



Fig. I 



i86 



REMCO'S MANUAL 



Fourth : A new or damp chimney will not have a per- 
fect draft. A chimney will not draw perfectly until it is 
thoroughly dry, which sometimes requires several weeks. 

Fifth : In building a chimney, mortar may be dropped 
from time to time and lodge out of sight, so as to partially 
close the chimney. (See Figure I.) A heavy weight may 
be let down by a rope and worked against the sides of the 
flue to force a clear opening. 



( 


T 1 ^ 


1 




1 


( 


1 


• 


1 






1 


1 


J 
















] 












-^ 


























^ 


1 










1 


=^ 








/ 








1 








^_^ 










~ 


1 








^- 










-^-i 










i 


^__, 
















1 




















1 




















1 








^_^ 












1 




















1 




















1 








bd 




b 






Fig. J Fig. K 

Sixth : In an old chimney the mortar may have crum- 
bled between the bricks (see Figure J), so that it leaks air 
and spoils the draft. In a chimney lined with tile, it is 
important to see that the joints between the tiles are care^ 
fully "pointed" or filled in. (See Figure K.) 



FLUES 187 

Seventh : It is not infrequent to find that a chimney 
which has a flue, say 8 x 12, or 96 square inches, is sur- 
mounted by an ornamental capstone through which are 
cut two openings, say 6 x 5, or 60 square inches. The 
owner is apparently all unmindful of the fact that unwit- 
tingly he has thereby reduced the area of the chimney flue 
37i P^^ cent. It is as though a person were to attempt to 
breathe through a piece of paper perforated by several pin 
pricks. 

Eighth : To summarize: All the air that passes 
through the chimney should first pass through the fire, 
unless used to check draft. 

There are occasional instances where it is found that a 
draft is too strong. A condition of this kind causes an un- 
necessary, wasteful consumption of fuel, and the effect also 
is to produce an unsteady water line, to carry water in a 
steam boiler up into the system, and cause water-ham- 
mer or "pounding in the pipes." The difficulty is easily 
remedied by placing a damper, to check the draft, in the 
smoke pipe of the boiler. 



ELECTRICAL MACHINERY 

1 105 INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE CARE AND OPERA- 
TION OF ELECTRICAL MACHINERY 

By 

Henry Floy, A.I.E.E. 

Consulting Engineer 

New York City 

I 106 GENERAL INFORMATION 

There are two general classes of electrical apparatus, 
one known as direct-current and the other as alternating- 
current apparatus. A current of electricity that is con- 
sidered as flowing continuously in one direction, from the 
positive (-f) brush of a generator out through the circuit 
and back to the negative' ( — ■) brush, is called a direct-cur- 
rent. An alternating-current reverses its direction of flow 
a great many times a second; e.g., a 6o-cycIe current would 
reverse its direction of flow in a circuit 120 times a second. 
A direct-current system requires only two wires to com- 
plete its circuit, whereas the alternating-current requires 
two wires if of the single-phase system, three wires if of the 
three-phase, and three or four wires if of the two-phase 
system. 

1 107 The point of commutation applies to a direct- 



ELECTRICAL MACHINERY 189 

current machine and means the position of the brushes on 
the commutator at which the brushes will pass the current 
into or out of the armature without sparking. A short 
circuit means that the wires have become crossed or 
connected, so that the current is allowed to escape without 
doing useful work and usually results in a large rush of 
current, causing the protective devices, such as circuit- 
breakers or fuses, to open the circuit. A ground means 
that at least one of the wires has come in contact with the 
ground or some electrical conductor which is in connection 
with the ground, such as the iron frame of a machine, or a 
water pipe, etc. 

1 108 Fuses are strips of lead or a fusible alloy which 
are placed in a circuit at one or more points. If the current 
increases above the capacity of the fuse, it will melt and 
thereby open the circuit. The best fuses are inclosed in a 
protecting cartridge, which prevents molten metal being 
scattered around when it melts. Fuses are marked with 
the number of amperes they will safely carry. The auto- 
matic circuit-breaker is a device which may be used in 
place of a fuse; it automatically opens the circuit if the 
current exceeds that for which the instrument is set. It 
may be adjusted for different currents, and by simply 
closing is again ready for action. 

1 1 09 A voltmeter is employed to indicate the voltage 
or potential difference between the wires of a circuit. An 
ammter is employed to indicate the current flowing in a 
circuit. An indicating wattmeter indicates, from instant 



iQo REMCO'S MANUAL 

to instant, the actual power in a circuit, and a recording 
wattmeter records, usually in kilowatt hours, the energy 
being consumed in a circuit. The terminal of an instru- 
ment marked plus ( + ) must always be connected to the 
positive wire of a circuit. 

iiio A dynamo or generator is an electrical machine 
designed to be driven by some prime mover, such as an 
engine or a water wheel, for the purpose of producing 
electricity, while a motor is an electrical machine designed 
to consume electric energy and drive some other mechanical 
device to which it is connected. There is but little differ- 
ence in construction between a direct-current generator 
and motor, and ordinarily, either machine can be used in 
place of the other, in case of emergency; but in alternating- 
current machinery, the motors are usually quite different 
from the generators and cannot be interchanged. 

1 1 1 1 Motors may be used to drive any mechanical 
device, to which they may be connected directly on the 
same shaft or by gear or silent-chain or belt. Provided 
the bearings are so designed, the motor will operate equally 
well, whether supported on the floor, wall or ceiling. 

1 1 12 In direct-current machinery, the most delicate 
part, and that requiring the most attention, is the commu- 
tator. This must be kept clean and free from dust, and 
water dripping on it is sure to result in flashing, damage 
or shut-down. Aside from the instruments for indicating 
and recording the electrical energy, the starting box of a 
motor or the field rheostat of a generator, either of the 



ELECTRICAL MACHINERY 191 

alternating- or direct-current type, are the only other parts 
that are likely to get out of order or appear mysterious to 
one who is accustomed to operating other ordinary ma- 
chinery. 

1 1 13 A field rheostat consists of resistance wire con- 
nected at different points to the contacts on the front of 
the box, with which sliding contact is made, thus permit- 
ting the cutting in or out of a part of the resistance and 
causing the field current to become larger or smaller, de- 
pending on the amount of resistance it is required to pass 
through, and thereby controlling the voltage of a generator 
or the speed of a shunt or compound motor. The starting 
box of a direct-current motor is practically of the same 
construction as a field rheostat; on the starting position 
all the resistance is in circuit and the current is reduced to 
a small amount, so that the motor will start easily; as the 
motor gains speed, the resistance is gradually cut out until 
at the last point all is out and the motor is up to speed. 
Such a starting box is usually provided with an automatic 
device which will cut in the resistance, to be ready for 
starting again, in case current is temporarily cut off the 
circuit or the motor is shut down. A direct-current series 
motor is designed for special work, such as hoists and street 
cars, and is operated by means of a controller. A direct- 
current compound motor is a shunt motor with an addi- 
tional winding on the field and its use is usually restricted 
to elevator work. 

1 1 14 The starting-box or auto-starter, employed with 



192 REMCO'S MANUAL 



the usual form of alternating-current motor, is either of a 
type similar to that used for direct-current motors or it is a 
type of transformer consisting of a coil wound on an iron 
core, and by its use the voltage of the circuit is cut down 
when the lever is on the starting-point, and as the handle 
is moved over, the voltage is gradually increased, bringing 
the motor up to full speed on the last notch. One form of 
alternating-current motor is provided with a handle on 
the end of the shaft, which is pushed in slowly, thus start- 
ing the motor and bringing it up to speed, in place of the 
more usual and separate starting box. 

1 1 15 As a rule, all machinery will operate better and 
give more satisfactory results if kept clean and in good 
order. This relates particularly to electrical apparatus, 
which should be kept free from dust, dirt, steam, and par- 
ticularly water. 

1 1 1 6 Cleanliness is essential to continuous operation. 
The maxim to be always observed is: "Keep the machines 
clean and the hearings well oiled." 

1 1 17 Loose pieces of iron of all descriptions, including 
nails, bolts and tools, should be kept away from electrical 
machinery. Oil should not be allowed to run out of the 
bearings down in the field windings or into the armature, 
as it is likely to rot the insulation and will certainly collect 
dirt that will result in damage. It is best not to open the 
field circuit of a machine, for the inductive discharge from 
the field winding is likely to strain the insulation and 
possibly destroy it. If the field circuit must be opened 



ELECTRICAL MACHINERY 193 

with current on, open the circuit slowly, drawing out the 
arc which will form. 

1 1 18 Switches should all be open when a machine is 
not running. Automatic circuit breakers should be ad- 
justed to open at a circuit somewhat greater than the rated 
capacity of the machine they protect. 

1 1 19 The name-plate on every machine gives the volt- 
age, current and speed at which it very safely and con- 
tinuously operates. 

1 1 20 Get a copy of the book of "Rules and Require- 
ments" of the National Board of Fire Underwriters (it can 
be had for the asking) from the nearest office of the Under- 
writers' National Electrical Association and study them 
and observe them. 

I 121 SETTING UP MACHINES 

In order to avoid future trouble for the operator and 
prolong the life of the apparatus, it is important, when 
selecting the location for electrical apparatus, that a site 
should be chosen which is free from dirt and dust, such as 
coal and ashes; also that it is dry, and removed from 
dripping pipes, or escaping steam, and at the same time 
fairly cool and well ventilated. Do not box a machine up 
if you expect it to work up to its capacity. Substantial 
foundations should be provided in order to prevent vibra- 
tion. Concrete foundations are best, but for small ma- 
chines a framework of timber is satisfactory. It is pref- 
erable to insulate the frame of the machine from the 



194 REMC(3'S MANUAL 

ground, and the bolts used in holding the machine to its 
foundations should not come in contact with any other 
metal than that of the machine. The timber framework 
may well be covered with some insulating paint or com- 
pound, which will also serve to keep out moisture. See 
that the machine is solid on its foundations and properly 
lined up, so the belt will run in the middle of the pulleys or 
the gears engage properly. Put on the belt, made endless, 
with the machine so placed on its slide rails that the dis- 
tance between pulley centers is a minimum. Whenever 
possible, a new machine should be run for several hours 
without load and with the field slightly charged to give it 
a chance to dry out. Give the bearing plenty of oil, at 
first, by filling the oil chambers somewhat above the mark 
shown on the oil gauge. Before starting the machine, see 
that all nuts and screws are tight. Turn the armature by 
hand to make sure that it runs freely and does not rub or 
bind at any point. See that the connections, particularly 
of the field coils and to the brushes, are secure and make 
good contact. Before starting be sure your wiring circuits 
are correct, according to manufacturer's diagram, and 
switches are open or starting box at the "off" position. 
Start the machine slowly and see that the oil rings in the 
bearings are in motion and distribute the oil properly. As 
soon as it is in running order, cut out the field rheostat and 
see that the generator excites itself and comes up to full 
voltage. If it does not, trace out the connections and see 
that they agree with the diagram; also test the polarity. 



ELECTRICAL MACHINERY 195 

The trouble will probably be found in improper field con- 
nections. Watch carefully during the first few days of 
running for hot bearings or sparking, and make certain 
that everything is adjusted correctly. Read carefully and 
follow exactly the instructions given in the "Book of In- 
structions" which will be furnished by the manufacturer 
or may be had -upon request with every new machine. 

THE OPERATION OF A SINGLE GENERATOR 

1 122 Starting : First, see that the bearings are prop- 
erly filled with oil and that the brushes of a direct-current 
generator or the exciter of an alternating-current generator 
bear on the commutator at the proper points, and adjust 
the spring tension so that the brushes bear properly on the 
commutator or collector rings. 

Second, start slowly, see that the oil rings revolve freely, 
and then bring the machine up to speed. 

Third, cut out the resistance of the field circuit by means 
of the field rheostat until the voltage has been raised to the 
proper value. 

Fourth, close the circuit breaker, if one is provided, trip 
and close again; then close the switch which connects the 
generator with switchboard or load. 

Fifth, occasionally feel all bearings, joints and contacts. 
If any part is found to be unusually warm, it indicates a 
defect which should be immediately remedied. 

Stopping : First, throw out the circuit breaker, if there 
is one, then open the switch. 



196 REMCO'S MANUAL 

Second, throw in all resistance with the field rheostat. 

Third, stop the engine or driving machine; thoroughly 

wipe oflf all oil and dirt from the generator and put in order 

for the next start. 

I 123 GENERATORS IN PARALLEL 

Compound wound direct-current generators may be 
operated in parallel to supply energy to a given circuit. 
In order to have eacK one do work proportionately to its 
capacity, they should be connected together in three places, 
at the regular terminals of the machines, and at the be- 
ginning of the series field windings. The connection from 
the beginning of the series winding is called the equalizing 
wire, and is used only to connect together the beginning of 
the series windings of the several machines, and it should 
have a cross-section as large as the main lead of the largest 
machine. 

If the generators are of the same size and make, the only 
point requiring special attention is that the wires which 
run from the switchboard to the terminals of the series 
coils must have equal resistance. If the generators differ 
in design or size, the matter becomes more complicated; 
in this case, the difference of potential or drop in voltage 
between that end of the series coil which is connected 
directly to one of the brushes and the bus-bar, to which the 
other end of the same series coil is connected, should be 
exactly the same for every generator when each is carrying 
its equal share of the load. To make this drop the same 



ELECTRICAL MACHINERY 197 



for each generator, it will be necessary to put resistance in 
circuit with the series coils of the machines whose drop is 
least. This matter of connecting generators for multiple 
operation is somewhat complicated and had best not be 
undertaken except by competent engineers. When the 
connections are once installed, however, the operation of 
the machines is comparatively simple. 

When a generator is to be run in parallel with the other 
generators and the polarity is found to be opposite to that 
desired, raise the brushes and excite the fields by closing 
the main switch from the bus-bars. 

When putting direct-current machines in parallel, it is 
only necessary to be sure that the connections are so ar- 
ranged that the positive and negative brushes of the one 
machine will be connected respectively to the positive 
and negative brushes of the other machine or machines, 
and that the voltages of several machines are the same, 
before they are thrown together. 

Alternating-current generators can also be operated in 
parallel without trouble, if they are designed for the same 
number of phases, cycles and voltage, particularly if the 
machines are of the same manufacture. Care must not 
only be taken to connect the same phases of the several 
machines together, but each time the machines are thrown 
on the same circuit it is necessary to synchronize them, 
which is done by means of lamps or a special indicating 
instrument called a synchronizer. As the synchronizing 
of alternators is somewhat complicated, it had best not be 



198 REMCO'S MANUAL 

attempted by any one not accustomed to such work, and 
further explanation of the matter is, therefore, purposely 
omitted. 

I 124 OPERATION OF SHUNT AND COMPOUND 
WOUND DIRFXT-CURRENT MOTORS 

AND CONSTANT SPEED 
ALTERNATING-CURRENT MOTORS 

Starting : First, see that the bearings contain sufficient 
oil and that the brushes of direct-current motors bear on 
the commutator at the proper point. 

Second, if it is a direct-current machine with a field 
rheostat, see that the resistance is all cut out; always start 
a motor with its field resistance out. 

Third, if a circuit breaker is used, close it and then close 
the main switch. 

Great care should be taken not to open the field circuit 
of a direct-current motor while it 'is running, as so doing 
will immediately increase speed to a dangerous degree and 
cause serious damage to the motor. The field circuit 
should not be opened suddenly with current on it, even if 
the motor is not running, as there is danger of breaking 
down the insulation of the field winding. When absolutely 
necessary to break the field circuit, it should be done 
slowly, allowing the arc formed to die out gradually. 

Fourth, rotate the handle of the starting box of auto- 
starter slowly as far as it will go; hold it in this position 
until its magnet (if it is of the automatic type) becomes 



ELECTRICAL MACHINERY 199 

sufficiently strong to hold the lever. If it is a direct-cur- 
rent motor and slightly below speed, cut resistance slowly 
into the field circuit by using the field rheostat, until the 
desired speed is attained. The speed of an alternating- 
current motor cannot be so changed. If a motor is to 
operate at a variable speed, it must be specially designed 
and a special controller must be used. 

Care should be taken in starting the motor that the 
handle of the starting box or auto-starter is not rotated 
too rapidly. Small motors should be allowed 10-20 
seconds in getting up to speed and large ones 30-50 seconds. 
Do not leave the starting box or auto-starter handle on the 
starting notches too long or the boxes will burn out, as the 
resistances are designed for starting, not for running. It 
is desirable that motors should be started up slowly, as by 
so doing the current drawn from the line will be kept down 
nearer to full-load current. If a direct-current motor is 
started more rapidly than it is indicated above, flashing 
at the brushes may occur. Do not be alarmed if an alter- 
nating-current motor takes 3-4 times its full-load current 
while starting, as that is its normal condition. 

Fifth, see that the oil rings are revolving freely, occasion- 
ally feel all bearings, joints and contacts; if any part is 
found to be unduly warm, a defect is indicated which 
should be remedied immediately, 

1 125 Stopping: First, with a direct-current motor, 
open the circuit breaker or the switch. This will auto- 
matically cut in the resistance of the auto-starting box. 



200 REMCO'S MANUAL 

With an alternating-current motor, open the switch first 
and then the auto-starter. 

Never attempt to stop a direct-current motor by forcibly 
pulling open the starting box. Disregard of this instruc- 
tion may cause burning out of the field coils. 

Second, clean the motor and make ready for the next 
start. 

1 126 Rotation: In case the armature of a direct- 
current shunt wound motor rotates in the direction oppo- 
site to that desired, when the current is thrown on, shut 
down and reverse the armature connections at the brushes, 
that is, disconnect both leads at the brushes and connect 
each lead to a brush of a polarity the opposite of that to 
which the lead was previously connected. With single- 
phase motors reverse the brush connections as above. 
With two-phase motors reverse the two wires of one phase 
supplying current to the motor. With three-phase 
motors reverse two of the three wires supplying current to 
the motors. All modern motors will run equally well in 
either direction. 

CARE OF MACHINERY 

1 1 27 General : If a motor does not start quickly, if 
the speed is excessive, or if there is excessive sparking, 
stop the motor immediately and look for the trouble. 
When a circuit breaker has opened or a fuse has blown, 
first open the switch in that circuit, then close the breaker, 
trip it and close again, or replace the fuse, then close the 



ELECTRICAL MACHINERY 201 

switch and, if the machine is a motor, start in the usual 
way. 

If the machine is a generator and the breaker again 
opens immediately upon closing the switch, or if the fuse 
is again blown, there is something wrong on the line, either 
a short circuit or heavy overload, which must be located 
and corrected. If the machine is a motor and again opens 
the breaker or blows the fuse, the motor is either over- 
loaded, or there is probably a short circuit in the motor or 
its leads. If a short circuit occurs at or near a generator, 
or if an arc should form and hold at or near a switch or 
fuse, quickly reduce the voltage by throwing all resistance 
in with the field rheostat, and if the arc still holds on, shut 
down. If necessary to remove a brush while the machine 
is running, do so very carefully, first making certain that 
other brushes of the same polarity are making contact 
with the commutator, otherwise the removal of the 
brush will open the circuit and cause the machine to 
flash over. 

If a bearing becomes heated, first feed heavy lubricant 
copiously; then slacken the belt. If relief is not afforded, 
shut down the machine, keeping, if possible, the armature 
revolving slowly until the bearing is cool, in order to pre- 
vent "freezing" or sticking. 

1 128 Sparking : Sparking at the brushes may be due 
to one of the following causes: 

(a) The brushes may not be set exactly at the point of 
commutation. A position can always be found where 



202 REMCO'S MANUAL 

there is no appreciable sparking, and at this point the 
brushes should be set and secured. 

(b) The brushes may not be fitted to the circumference 
of the commutator. 

(c) The brushes may be wedged in the holders. 

(d) The brushes may not bear on the commutator with 
sufficient pressure. 

(e) TRe brushes may be burnt on the ends. 
(/) The commutator may be rough. 

(g) A commutator bar may be loose or may project 
beyond the others. 

(h) The commutator may be dirty, oily or worn out. 

(?) The machine may be overloaded. 

These are the more common causes, but sparking may 
be due to an open circuit or loose connection in the arma- 
ture. This trouble is indicated by a bright spark which 
appears to pass completely around the commutator, and 
may be recognized by the scarring of the commutator at 
the point of open circuit. 

The commutator should run smoothly and true, with a 
dark, glossy surface. 

1 1 29 Excitation: When starting up, a motor may 
fail to have its field magnets excited or a generator may 
fail to excite itself. This may occur even when the motor 
or generator was all right when shut down the day before. 
It will generally be found that this trouble is caused by a 
loose connection or break in the field circuit, by poor con- 
tact at the brushes due to a dirty commutator, or it may 



ELECTRICAL MACHINERY 203 



be in the starting box or field rheostat. Examine all con- 
nections; look for a broken or burnt-out resistance coil in 
the rheostat. An open circuit in the field winding may 
be traced with the aid of a magnetic bell, but this is not an 
infallible test, as some magnetos will not ring through a 
circuit with so high a resistance, even though it be intact. 
If no open circuit is found in the starting box or in the 
field winding, the trouble is probably in the armature. 
But if it be found that nothing is wrong with the connec- 
tions or the winding, it may be necessary in the case of a 
generator to excite its fields from another generator or 
some other outside source, as a battery. 

These remarks apply to machines which have been 
operating successfully and then refuse to generate. If a 
new machine refuses to excite and the connections seem all 
right, reverse the connections, connect the wire which 
leads from the positive brush to the negative brush and 
the wire which leads from the negative brush to the positive 
brush. If this change of connections does no good, change 
back and locate the fault as previously advised. 

1 130 Grounds : Grounds may occur on the feeders or 
supply circuit or on the machine itself. In order to deter- 
mine in what part of a generating system the ground is 
located, proceed as follows: 

For a 125-volt or 250-volt generator connect one ter- 
minal of a 1 10- volt or two 1 10- volt incandescent lamps in 
series to a good ground, and connect the other terminal 
first to the positive and then to the negative brush. If the 



204 REMCO'S MANUAL 

lamps light up, there is a ground on the feeders. By re- 
peating this process and attaching the terminal to the frame 
of the machine instead of to the ground, grounding of the 
armature or field coils may be detected. A ground on the 
machine is rather unusual. 

1 1 3 1 Re-pairs : 1 f a defect in insulation appears on the 
armature or on the outside of the field coil, it can often be 
repaired by raising the injured wire and applying fresh 
insulation. In the majority of cases, however, repairs 
require skilled labor and should not be attempted by an 
unskilled person. 

A simple method of making temporary repairs in an 
armature in case of a short circuit or open circuit of one of 
the coils is to cut out that coil by means of cutting the 
leads which connect the coil with the commutator bar and 
then short circuiting the bar thus cut out with the follow- 
ing bar. By this means an armature may be kept in 
commission until there is a convenient opportunity for 
replacing the damaged coil. 

1 132 Belts : The belts must be tight enough to run 
without slipping, but the tension should not be too great 
or the bearings will heat. A belt should be only just tight 
enough to drive the load without slipping. Belts should 
be run with, not against, the lapping. Joints should be 
dressed smooth so that there will be no jarring of the ma- 
chine as they pass over the pulley, and only belts made 
endless should be used. A wave motion or flopping is 
usually caused by a slip between certain portions of the 



ELECTRICAL MACHINERY 205 

belt and pulleys, resulting from grease spots or other 
causes. This fault may sometimes be corrected by in- 
creasing the tension, but a better remedy is to clean the belt. 
A lateral movement of the belt on the pulley is usually 
caused by unequal stretching of the edges of the belt. If 
the shafts are parallel, but the pulleys not directly opposite, 
the belt will tend to run more to one side or the other side 
of the large pulley. If the pulleys are opposite and the 
shafts not parallel, the belt will run to the side of the small 
pulley. Belts must be kept dry. Where belt dressing is 
used it should be applied sparingly. 

1 133 Bearings : All modern machines have self-oiling 
bearings, which should be filled to such a height that the 
rings supply sufficient oil to the shaft to keep it properly 
lubricated. If the bearings are too full, oil will be thrown 
out along the shaft. A warm bearing is usually due to one 
of the following causes: 

{a) Excessive belt tension. 

{h) Failure of rings to revolve with shaft. 

{c) Rough bearing surfaces. 

{d) Bent shaft. 

{e) Oil is not being properly supplied to the shaft. 

(/) Use of a poor-grade oil. 

{g) End thrust due to improper leveling. 

New oil should occasionally be added to the bearings to 
raise the level until the rings flush the shaft freely, care 
being taken not to overflow the bearings. From time to 
time, or whenever the bearings show signs of heating, the 



2o6 REMCO'S MANUAL 

plug at the bottom of the bearings should be removed and 
the oil drawn oflf and replaced by new. 

Use only the best quality of oil. Cheap oil will not be 
found to be economical in the long run. New oil should 
be run through a strainer if it appears to contain any 
foreign substance. 

If it is desired to use oil a second time, it should first be 
filtered, and, if warm, allowed to cool. 

II 34 Armature: Never support the weight of the 
armature by the commutator nor allow the commutator to 
rest on any blocking, nor pass a rope around it for the pur- 
'pose of lifting the armature. The commutator should not 
be subjected to any strain whatever. When handling the 
armature, always support it by a rope "sling" about the 
shaft or core. 

Be careful not to mar or scratch the shaft, as roughness 
may cause it to cut and heat the bearings while running. 
In placing the armature in the frame, care should be ex- 
ercised not to scratch the bearings or bend or break the oil 
rings. The rings may be held up with a wire hook while 
the armature is being put in the bearings. 

In small machines it is usually possible to remove the 
armature simply by taking off the pulley, removing the 
key and slipping oflF the pulley-end bearing. The armature 
can then be withdrawn, endways, without disturbing the 
field. It should be handled carefully to avoid injury. In 
larger machines it is first necessary to disconnect the field 
coils and remove the bolts that hold the halves of the field 



ELECTRICAL MACHINERY 207 

yoke together. Then the upper half of the field may be 
removed and the armature lifted out. 

The armatures of larger machines are frequently built 
on spiders, and it is therefore possible to move the shaft 
without disturbing the commutator or windings. The 
armature should be placed in a press and blocks placed in 
position bearing on the hub of the spider at the rear end of 
the armature. Pressure should then be applied to the 
commutator end, care being taken that the armature is 
properly lined up in the press to prevent slipping and con- 
sequent damage to the spider, commutator or windings. 

1 135 The Commutator : A commutator is the impor- 
tant part of a direct-current machine and requires careful 
and intelligent attention. If at any time a commutator 
begins to flash or spark, it should be given immediate at- 
tention, as any delay will only aggravate the trouble and 
produce others, such as the burning of insulation and 
melting of solder. The segments of a commutator, es- 
pecially in a new machine, may tend to become loose, and 
it will be necessary to then tighten up the bolts passing 
through the cast-iron rings at the ends of the commutator. 

Flat spots sometimes occur on commutators; these are 
usually caused by excessive wear, too much end play, bad 
belt splice, or a flash produced by short-circuit on the 
line. Commutators should be wiped off occasionally with 
a piece of clean canvas or cloth (never use waste), lightly 
covered with vaseline or some other lubricant applied 
sparingly, if slightly cut or roughened, it may be neces- 



2o8 REMCO'S MANUAL 

sary to use No. o-or No. oo sandpaper (never use emery 
cloth) applied midway between the brushes. A better 
method is to raise the brushes and use a block of wood 
hollowed out to fit the surface of the commutator in which 
the sandpaper can be held and the whole moved back and 
forth laterally over the surface. If the commutator be- 
comes quite rough and the mica insulation projects above 
the bars, a piece of ordinary sand-stone, having its surface 
ground to the approximate curvature of the commutator, 
may be held firmly against the surface of the commutator 
while the armature revolves slowly, thus grinding down the 
high spots. If the unevenness is quite serious, it may be 
necessary to turn off the commutator in a lathe; but lathe 
work on commutators should not be attempted by one un- 
accustomed to turning copper, as the work is very special 
and needs an experienced man, who should take off only 
the lightest cuts possible. It is necessary to remove all 
traces of a lathe tool by the use of fine sandpaper, the grit 
from which should be carefully wiped off with a cloth. 

After long usage and much wear, the commutator will 
sometimes run hot when carrying only the normal load of 
the machine; this usually indicates that it has been worn 
down as far as is safe, and the commutator should be re- 
placed by a new one. 

1 136 Collecting Rings: The collecting rings of an 
alternator, while not nearly as delicate or requiring as much 
attention as a commutator, should nevertheless be kept 
true and properly lubricated, the same as a commutator. 



ELECTRICAL MACHINERY 209 

1 1 7 Brushes : Modern machines, except induction 
motors which require no brushes, usually employ brushes 
made of carbon. Direct-current generators usually have 
their brushes set a little in advance, "forward lead," and 
motors which are not reversed, a little back, "backward 
lead," of the neutral point on the commutator. The 
proper position for brushes is that at which the machine 
will operate with least sparking. This position is usually 
indicated by marks on the frame and brush-holder yoke, 
and in good machines no change in the position of the 
bru hes is necessary from no load to full load. On some 
machines a slight shifting of the brushes is required when 
the direction of rotation is reversed, such machines having 
two marked positions for the yoke. The ends of all 
brushes should be fitted to the commutator so that they 
make contact over their whole surface; this should be done 
by putting each brush in its holder and grinding it with a 
piece of sandpaper placed between the brush and the 
commutator (keeping the paper pressed down close against 
the commutator as it is pulled back and forth), until the 
brush fits the curvature of the commutator surface. If 
the brushes are copper-plated, their edges should be slight- 
ly beveled so that the copper does not come in contact with 
the commutator. Be sure the brush properly fits its 
holder, it should be snug so as to be firmly supported, but 
it should not stick and should have a little play. 

If a brush is called upon to carry too much current, it 
will get red hot; the trouble will usually be found to be 



2IO REMCO'S MANUAL 

that the other brushes in the same h Ider are not making 
proper contact and are not carrying their share of current. 
1 138 Static Discharges : A belt will sometimes be 
found to be charged with static electricity, evidenced by 
sparks to nearby objects. This ordinarily does no harm 
and does not indicate anything is wrong with the machine, 
but it may in time weaken or puncture the insulation on 
the armature wires. To guard against this it is advisable 
to rig up a wire rake with its teeth projecting toward and 
within about an inch of the surface of the belt, connecting 
the rake by a wire to a good ground, such as a water pipe. 



FURNACES 

GENERAL DIRECTIONS FOR CARE AND OPERATION 

I2IO The Stove Manufacturers' Repair Association of 
230 Water Street, New York, will supply parts for almost 
any make of furnace. 

Keep fire brick clean and in good condition to prevent 
burning the fire-pot. 

Do not burn rubbish in the furnace; it will clinker your 
fire brick. 

To clean the furnace, remove back connection door and 
clean by hand with a brush or swab made of bagging 
attached to a wire. 

Take down and clean smoke flues when you do not get 
draft or heat. 

See that your cold-air box is clear and is feeding cold air 
to the furnace. Keep the damper drawn out its full 
length, except in very cold weather. 

As soon as you lay the furnace off for the summer, clean 
all its parts thoroughly and remove the soot and dust from 
air passages and pipes and from the cold-air box. Then 
close all dampers in the basement to prevent drafts 
through the furnace into the house. 

Take down flue pipes and clean off soot in June. 

211 



212 REMCO'S MANUAL 

Allow nothing that can burn to be stored on the top of 
the furnace or under the smoke pipe. 

Keep the window which feeds your cold-air box open 
when the furnace is in use. 

Keep this window closed when the furnace is not in use. 

Keep your ash-pit clean; you will burn your grate bars 
if you don't. 

Have your coal supply at the furnace door before you 
begin to fire or feed coal. Do not keep the furnace door 
open longer than necessary. 

DIRECTIONS FOR THE CARE AND USE OF THE HARVEY 

FURNACE 

Bjf the Harvejf Furnace Company, 649 Sixth Avenue, "New York 

I2I2 Pull out the damper when kindling or fixing the 
fire; it will not smoke when kindling if the lower door is 
kept closed and the damper open. 

Push in the damper as soon as well kindled; this will 
send the fire through the radiator, heating the entire fur- 
nace, and will save coal. 

Never fill the fire-pot more than level full. In mild 
weatherone-half or two-thirds full is enough; to have a fire 
with a very small amount of coal in the pot, use range coal. 

To get heat you must have* 

First : Pot only level full of clean coal. (Not ashes or 
cinders.) 

Second : Ash-pit perfectly clear from ashes. (So the 
grates will not burn out and allow the pit to heat.) 



FURNACES 213 



Third : Fire shining bright under the grate. (Which 
will heat the ash-pit.) 

If the fire will not remain bright under the grate after 
shaking, it is because there are too many clinkers. To 
remove ashes or clinkers, make a complete revolution of 
the grate, or a partial revolution, and poke out the clinkers, 
then shake the fire down until it is bright under the grate, 
making sure the dump grate is in position. 

Keep plenty of water in the pan. The air will be better 
and it will not shrink the wood-work of your house. Wash 
out the pan occasionally to keep it sweet. 

Always rake or shake the fire before putting on fresh coal. 

Never shut all the registers at once while you have a 
strong fire, as it would drive the hot air back into the cold- 
air box. 

To keep fire all night : Fill the pot full of clear coal 
(not ashes and cinders), close the damper, ash and shake 
doors, open the slide in feed door; also partly close the 
slide in the cold-air box; the fire will get low before morn- 
ing, and it will not heat so much cold air. 

To cool off the furnace when too hoi : Open the damper, 
and shut it all up tight below, then open the feed door as 
far as you can, without allowing gas to escape. If gas 
escapes from the upper door, it finds its way into the cold- 
air box and main door, and thence up-stairs through the 
registers. This furnace is perfectly gas tight, and gas 
cannot escape except through the door and by careless 
management. 



214 REMCO'S MANUAL 



Use white-ash coal, it is by far the best for a furnace. It 
will give more heat than red ash, will last longer, and will 
not clinker. If the draft is poor, use Lackawanna instead. 
Use egg size for large furnaces, range size for medium- 
sized furnaces, nut size for small furnaces. 

Any kind of furnace should be cleaned once a year, or 
it will not give satisfaction. The best time to have it done 
is in the spring. 

To dump the grate : Make a half revolution of the grate, 
then shake out the ashes, etc. 

The window or grating at the end of the cold-air box 
must always be open to give a free circulation of pure cold 
air into the box. Now pull the slide in the box until the 
lower or basement register gives heat. Let this be your 
guide in managing the cold air. 

Regulate the draft by the damper in the smoke pipe, but 
always have full draft on before opening the feed door. 

12 1 5 DIRECTIONS FOR THE USE OF AlOTT'S 
"COMET" 1889 FURNACE 

By J . L. Molt Iron Works, 84 Beekman Street, New York 

First : When kindling, open the check damper in the 
smoke pipe, and the draft slide in ash-pit door, and see that 
the handle of the dust damper over the slicing door is 
turned flat. Kindle as in an ordinary stove. When the 
fire is well started, add more coal and regulate by smoke- 
pipe damper and ash-pit door slide. 

Second : To fix the fire for the day, open the damper in 



FURNACES 215 



smoke pipe, close ash-pit door slide, open dust damper by 
turning handle upright, shake down well, remove the 
clinkers from the grate by means of the poker through the 
slicing door, add more coal, close dust damper and slicing 
door, and regulate as before by damper in smoke pipe and 
ash-pit door slide. 

Third : Regulating. To check the fire, close ash-pit 
door slide and damper in smoke pipe; this damper should 
be at least one-half inch less in diameter than the pipe. If 
this is not sufficient open wheel damper in feed door. 

Fourth : Coal. Use hard white-ash coal, stove size for 
Nos. 36, 40, 40-A and 44-A; for Nos. 48-A and 52-A, use 
egg size. 

Fifth : Cold-Air Box. In order to insure proper heat 
in the upper apartments, it is of great importance that 
there should be a good supply of cold air from the outside 
through the cold-air box; therefore the damper in the same 
should never be closed during the winter while the furnace 
is in use. The more cold air allowed to pass in, the more 
heat will be obtained. 

1220 DIRECTIONS FOR THE USE OF THE RICHARD- 
SON & BOYNTON COMPANY'S FURNACES 

By the Richardson Sr Boynion Company, 232 Water Street, 
New York 

Fire : Best fuel is white-ash Lehigh coal — small tgg 
size. Start fire as usual; keep smoke damper open and 
the ash-pit door slides open. When fire is well under way 



2i6 REMCO'S MANUAL 

add required amount of fuel, close up ash-pit door slides 
and check the smoke-pipe damper as much as the draft 
will allow, // draft is strong, check considerably. If draft 
is poor, check very little. 

Furnace should receive attention three times daily in 
cold weather; grate to be shaken morning and night. Put 
poker through feed door and overhaul the fire by breaking 
up clinker apt to form from poor coal; this more thorough- 
ly frees the inside of pot from ashes. Heat can only be 
obtained from good fresh fuel. 

Do not use ashes or siftings. No heat can be produced 
and much clinker is made when this is done. 

Dampers. Regulating damper in smoke pipe should 
always be open first, before fuel is put in furnace or grate 
shaken or ashes removed. The upper and lower doors 
should never he kept open at the same time. 

Cold- Air Boxes : Air boxes must be kept open; must 
not be obstructed either by the outer end being closed or 
covered or the slide in the box pushed in. This air supply 
should be regulated according to the weather and the wind. 
Slide in box can be pushed in when fire is banked for the 
night. 

Pure warm air can only be supplied by a supply of cold 
air from outside the building. If furnace does not obtain 
the necessary supply of air through the cold-air box, it will 
draw it from the registers ; consequently such rooms cannot 
be heated. 

Ashes: Should be removed from the ash-pit daily. 



FURNACES 217 



otherwise drafts will be obstructed and grates burned 
out. 

Dust Flue: See that the dust-flue damper is closed al- 
ways, except when shaking grate or removing ashes; other- 
wise draft or smoke pipe will be interfered with. 

Grates : The grate bar should be always kept flat side 
up, which is designated by the opening at the end of the 
bar thus ^; and when let go, the bars are flat and in 
proper position for use. Only remove shaker when it is in 
an upright position. Ash-pit must be kept free from ashes; 
otherwise the grates will he destroyed. 

A quick movement of the shaker handle right and left 
about 3 to 6 inches either way is sufficient to clear the ashes 
at any time. 1 n moderate weather shake but little and not 
often. In colder weather shake twice daily, always leaving 
grate in flat position as above. 

1225 DIRECTIONS FOR THE USE OF THE 
"THATCHER" TUBULAR FURNACE 
By the Thatcher Furnace Company, no Beekman Street, 
New York 

Coal : For Nos. 32, 36, 40 and 44, use stove size. For 
Nos. 48 and 52, use small egg size. For Nos. 56 and 60 
use large egg size. Never fill the fire-pot more than even full. 

To Make New Fire : Kindle as with any stove; close 
feed door, open bottom draft, open turn damper and close 
the lift damper, if any, in smoke pipe. 

Regulating : To check fire, close draft doors in front, 
and if smoke pipe has lift damper, raise it to suit draft or 



2i8 REMCO'S MANUAL 

the requirements. If draft is too strong to check furnace 
with hft damper open, then give additional check with 
turn damper. It is better not to check fire by opening the 
feed door, as it cools off furnace too quickly, and is liable 
to force gas into cellar. To increase the fire, reverse the 
above directions. 

When putting on coal, shut draft doors at bottom of 
furnace, close lift damper and open turn damper in smoke 
pipe; otherwise gas will escape into cellar when feed door 
is opened. Very fme coal or coal dust should not be used. 

To Remove Clinkers : Open the clinker door and with 
hook draw out the dump grate, which drops the clinker 
resting on same, then push in the draw grate and by means 
of the clinker hook carefully work out the clinker around 
sides of grate and pot, either by pushing it down into 
center or working it out from sides. It is quite desirable 
to work the matter into center, as large clinkers frequently 
form which will not work out between grates. When the 
space in center is filled up, draw slide again and drop it out, 
repeating this until you have removed all that can be 
reached, or until crust breaks. When crust falls, if it is 
matted together too closely, push the clinker hook through 
it to break it up. If crust has not fallen after all has been 
removed which can be reached with clinker hook, then 
shake the upper grate. The revolving grate can be shaken 
in mild weather when less heat is required. 

Cleaning Radiator : To preserve radiator and to insure 
a proper draft, the upper radiator should be cleaned every 



FURNACES 219 



spring. This is done from openings in the fire chamber, 
and also from smoke collar in radiator ring. 

To Prevent Gas : See that feed-door frame is properly 
fastened and cemented to furnace, and also that the smoke 
pipe fits tight to radiator collar. The feed-door frame and 
smoke pipe should be examined occasionally, and, if nec- 
essary, cemented, as the cement is apt to work out from 
jarring of door. 

Cold-Air Box : To insure heat and fill all pipes with 
warm air, it is important that the cold-air box should be 
almost equal in area to the warm-air pipes from furnace. 
Keep the box open, except when strong wind is blowing, 
then partially close to suit requirements. When wind 
fails, open box. It is well to have a door in box, and take 
air from cellar during windy weather, or at night especially. 

1230 DIRECTIONS FOR THE USE OF THE 
THATCHER FURNACES 

By the Thatcher Furnace Company, 1 1 o Beekman Street. 
New York 

Coal : For Nos. 208, 302, 306, 400 and 404 Meteor 
furnace, use stove size. For Nos. 408 and 502 Meteor, use 
small egg size. For No. 448 Winner furnace, use small 
egg size. For Nos. 132, 136, 140 and 144 Scorcher furnace, 
use stove size. See that coal is free from dust. 

Never fill the fire-pot more than even full. 

To Make New Fire : Kindle and regulate drafts as in 
ordinary stove. 



220 REMCO'S MANUAL 



Regulating : To check the fire, close drafts in front, and 
if smoke pipe has draw or patent damper opening into 
cellar, open it. When the draft in chimney is strong, it 
may be well to have an additional common turn damper in 
the pipe. To increase the fire, reverse the above directions. 

When putting on coal, shut all the drafts at bottom of 
furnace, and fix damper in smoke pipe so gas will escape 
up the chimney and not into the cellar. Very fine coal 
or coal dust should not be used. 

Clearing fire in Scorcher and Meteor furnaces. The best 
time to clean out clinkers is in the morning. Turn the 
crank from a vertical to a horizontal position and repeat 
until fresh fire begins to appear. Should a hard clinker 
catch between bars, do not try to break it, but turn bar 
back, which will probably let it drop out. See that shaker 
is in a vertical position before removing from bar. When 
shaking out ashes only during day, do not turn grate too 
far; give a short quick shake instead, as this will not drop 
out live fire. 

Directions for Cleaning Meteor Radiator : The soot and 
ashes in radiating ring should be cleaned out at least once 
a season, spring being the best time. To do this, remove 
the clean-out cover in front, insert a bent rod with scraper 
on end and draw the ashes to front, when they are lifted 
out. It will be difficult to remove the ashes from more 
than front half from front opening. The back section can 
be cleaned in the same manner, from smoke collar at back. 

Directions for Cleaning Scorcher Radiator : The radiator 



FURNACES 221 



of Scorcher has a division in center. The upper section 
can be cleaned from front clean-out cover only. The 
lower section can be cleaned from both back and front. 
Use a suitable rod with a scraper. 

Top radiating ring of Winner can be cleaned from smoke 
collar at back or clean-out opening in front. 

To Regulate at Night : Clean the fire, put on coal (as 
directed), and check the drafts. 

Cold-Air Box : To insure heat and fill the pipes with 
warm air, it is important that the cold-air box should be 
equal in area to warm-air pipes from furnace, and keep the 
box open. At night when furnace is checked, partially 
close it. It is quite important to have a door in air box 
underneath slide and of full area of^ox, so that air can be 
taken from cellar at night or when wind has shifted to 
opposite side of house. 

The feed-door frame should be tightly fitted and ce- 
mented to furnace. Remove ashes from ash-pit every day. 

1235 DIRECTIONS FOR THE USE OF THE 
BOYNTON HEATING FURNACES 

By the Boynton Furnace Company, 207 IValer Street, New York 

To Kindle Fire : Close draft regulator in smoke pipe; 
open the slide in ash-pit door; put on a small quantity 
of light, dry kindling wood. 

Light the fire on the top and when the wood is well 
kindled add more until a good body of wood fire is ob- 
tained. 



222 REMCO'S MANUAL 

Put on coal in small quantities at first; when the coal is 
well ignited and the fire burning brightly, close the slide in 
ash-pit door as the draft may require. 

To Check the Fire : Close the slide in ash-pit door; 
open the draft regulator in smoke pipe as much as the 
regulator will admit. 

To Remove Clinkers and Ashes from Shaking Slide Center 
Grate : Close the draft regulator in smoke pipe; open 
dust damper, pull out the slide grate and with the poker 
remove any clinkers that may have formed, after which 
close the ash-pit door and also the slide grate and shake 
until a bright fire is obtained. 

To Remove Clinkers and Ashes from Triangular Revolv- 
ing Grate : Close the draft regulator in smoke pipe; open 
the dust damper, and turn the crank applied to grates 
until a few live coals drop into the ash-pit, which is an 
indication that the ashes have been removed, after which 
remove the grate crank and close the dust damper. 

Ash-pit door and damper in the door should be kept 
closed when clearing ashes, and when opening the feed 
door to put in fuel. 

Dust damper should always be kept closed, except when 
shaking grate and removing ashes. 

Ashes: Remove the ashes regularly and often; it costs 
less than new grates. 

The cold-air box must never be obstructed or closed, 
but should be provided with a slide for regulating the 
supply of cold air according to the conditions of the 



FURNACES 223 



weather. To obtain a large volume of pure, warm air, the 
cold air must be obtained from the outside of the 
building. 

The evaporating pan should be thoroughly cleansed once 
a week and should be kept full of clean water. 

The proper kind of fuel is Lehigh white-ash coal, stove 
size, for the small furnaces, and egg for the medium and 
large furnaces. 

Furnaces should receive attention morning and evening 
in ordinary weather and at least once during the day in 
severe weather. 

Furnaces should be cleaned and put in order at the close 
of winter season. 

DIRECTIONS FOR THE CARE AND USE OF THE 
"YORK" FURNACES 

By Ahendroth Brothers, 109 Beekman Street, New York 

1240 Kind of Fuel : Our many years experience has 
taught us that for heating purposes, white-ash Lehigh coal, 
stove size or stove and egg size mixed, according to size of 
furnace, is best to use in all cases. We recommend for 
small furnaces, good white-ash stove coal; for medium- 
size furnaces, good white-ash stove coal and egg coal 
mixed; for large-size furnaces, good white-ash egg coal. 

Evaporating Pan : Should be filled with clean water, 
kept full, and cleaned thoroughly once a week. 

Cold-Air Box : Should be provided with a slide for 



224 REMCO'S MANUAL 

regulating the supply of cold air, and must never be ob- 
structed or closed. 

To Kindle Fire : Open damper and close draft regu- 
lator in smoke pipe; open slide in ash-pit door and put on 
a quantity of light dry kindling wood. Light fire on the 
top, when wood is well kindled, add, until a good fire is 
obtained. Put on coal in small quantities at first, and 
when well ignited and fire burning brightly, close the slide 
in ash-pit door as draft may require. 

To Check Fire : Close the slide in ash-pit door, open the 
draft regulator in smoke pipe as much as the draft will 
admit. 

To Remove Ashes and Clinkers : Close the draft regula- 
tor, open damper in smoke pipe, also dust damper, and re- 
move clinkers by use of sheer or poker, after which shake 
the grate until a bright fire is obtained. The dust damper 
must he closed at all other times. 

Ashes should be removed from ash-pit once every day, 
otherwise there will be imperfect circulation of air and 
grates will burn out. 

Furnaces should have attention morning and evening; 
in severe weather at least once during the day. 

At close of season, furnaces should be cleaned and put in 
good order. 

1245 The Stove Manufacturers' Repair Association of 
230 Water Street, New York, carry in stock fire-pots, 
water-backs and linings for the principal makes of ranges 



FURNACES 



225 



and furnaces and will supply parts for ranges, stoves and 
furnaces made by the following manufacturers: 



Abendroth Brothers 
Albany Foundry Company 
Barstow Stove Company 
Boynton Furnace Company 
Bramhall & Dean Company 
Buckwalter Stove Company 
Carton Furnace Company 
E. B. Colby & Company 
J. H.Cort &Son 
Abram Cox Stove Company 
W. M. Crane Company 
Danville Stove Manufacturing 

Company 
Ely & Ramsay Company 
Excelsior Stove Works 
Flovd, Wells & Company 
Graff & Company 
Grander & Company 
Hart & Crouse 
Har\ey Furnace Company 
International Heater Company 
Janes & Kirtland 
Keely Stove Company 
Kernan Furnace Company 
Leaf Stove Company 
James G. Lyon 
Magee Furnace Company 
March Brownback Stove Com- 
pany 



J. L. Mott Iron Works 
Mount Penn Stove Works 
Eugene Munsell & Company 
National Stove Works 
New York Stove Works 
Orr, Painter & Company 
J. F. Pease Furnace Company 
Peekskill Stove Works 
Perry Stove Company 
Phillipsburgh Stove Company 
Rathbone Sard & Company 
Reading Stove Works 
Richardson & Boynton Company 
Richmond Sto\e Company 
Roberts, Winner & Company 
P. Rollhaus 
Rossmore Company 
Russell, Wheeler & Son 
Schuylkill Valley Stove Company 
Scranton Stove Works 
Isaac A. Sheppard & Company 
Southard, Robertson & Company 
Stamford Foundry Company 
Syracuse Stove Works 
Thatcher Furnace Company 
Thomas, Roberts, Stevenson 

Company 
Union Stove Works 
Veager & Hunter Company 



In ordering for ranges and stoves give the number, date, 
and the letter on your stove, range or furnace. 
State whether grates are flat, duplex, triplex, etc. 



226 REMCO'S MANUAL 

State whether fire-box is on the right or left hand as you 
face the oven. 

State whether water-back is on the side, the back or all 
around. 

State whether it is cast iron or pipe. 

In ordering for furnace, state whether it is brick-set or 
portable. 

Make a rough sketch of any piece you cannot clearly 
describe. 



PUMPS 

1250 GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS FOR THEIR USE 

Protect pumps from coal dust and dirt. 
When not in use, oil them all over and then wrap them 
in cloth. 

Keep them neatly painted. 

DIRECTIONS FOR THE CARE OF STEAM PUMPS 
By Henry R. Worthington, 114 Liberty Street, New York 

See that the steam cylinders and working parts are well 
lubricated before turning on steam. 

Allow steam to blow through drips a few minutes in 
order to warm up cylinders. 

If your pump is provided with a pressure regulator, see 
that the valve on regulator pipe is open to the pressure 
on water end before starting. 

If your pump is required to start against full load, it will 
be necessary to start pump with waste delivery open until 
the pump cylinders are filled and water is flowing through 
waste delivery; then this waste delivery may be closed; 
work pump up to the required pressure and speed slowly. 

If your pump is provided with dash relief valves, adjust 
these valves so as to give pump full stroke. 

227 



228 REMCO'S MANUAL 

On large pumping engines, where each high-pressure 
cylinder is supplied with a throttle valve, each side should 
be worked up and down several times in order to work 
water out of cylinders; this may be done by opening valve 
on one side and allowing piston to go to end of stroke, then 
close valve and open the other end and allow No. 2 to go 
to end of stroke and close valve. By just working one 
side and stopping, and then the other side, several times, 
until the water is all worked out of steam end, you can then 
close the main valve on pump and open up the two throt- 
tling valves wide and run your pump with main throttle 
valve on pump. 

See that the packing in stuffmg boxes is kept in good 
condition and packed free and evenly and kept clear of 
grit. A drop of oil on piston rods once in a while will help 
to reduce friction. 

Keep stuffmg-box glands screwed up against packing, 
not too tight, and at right angles to motion of rod; tight- 
ening on one side a little more than the other side will 
cause piston rods to rub on gland and score. 

Keep stuffing boxes free from leaks, as stuffing boxes 
leaking will cause lots of annoyance at times when pump 
cannot be spared from service long enough to be packed. 

Keep slide valves and cylinders well lubricated and all 
rubbing parts oiled and free from dust and dirt. 

A steam pump is the easiest sort of engine to keep in 
proper working order. All that is needed is to give pump 
a little of the attention that is given to other pieces of 



PUMPS 229 

machinery in your plant. There is absolutely no reason 
for a steam pump working improperly any more than any 
other piece of machinery. The steam pump can be kept 
in good working order much easier, than a steam engine 
can, and it is owing to this fact that engineers get careless 
and do not give the attention to steam pumps that is 
necessary to keep them in uniform working order. 

See that the valves and plungers or pistons in water end 
are kept tight. A great deal of trouble from leaky valves 
is due to foreign matter getting into pump chamber with 
the water and lodging under the valves. 

' See that your suction line is perfectly tight, as the 
smallest leak will cause pump to work improperly. Re- 
member there is always a cause for steam pumps not work- 
ing properly, and that cause, nine times out of ten, will be 
found outside of the steam pump itself. Some of these 
causes will be pressure on the suction holding the valves 
off their seats until seated by the pressure on the plungers 
or pistons; pump cylinders getting filled with vapor in 
pumping hot water; failing to relieve pressure on top of 
discharge valves in starting; failing to keep water pistons 
and stuffmg boxes properly packed; failing to keep 
working parts lubricated; failing to open discharge valve 
in starting; failure of water supply to pump; failure to 
open regulator valve in starting. 

A pump, to do efficient and economical work, should be 
as carefully looked after as a steam engine. All working 
parts kept clean and, where necessary, well lubricated. 



230 REMCO'S MANUAL 

stuffing boxes carefully packed and the various valves 
periodically examined, cleaned and adjusted. 

A first-class lubricant that will not develop fatty acids 
under the action of steam should be used for the steam 
cylinder, and the best quality procurable is in the end the 
cheapest. The low-grade inferior oils or tallow should not 
be used, as they soon gum up and often cause a greal deal 
of trouble. 

1255 DIRECTIONS FOR THE CARE AND OPERATION 

OF THE 
RIDER COMPRESSION HOT-AIR AND GAS PUMPING 

ENGINES 

By the Rider Ericsson Engine Company, 3 1 IVarren Street, 
New York 

FIRING 

A damper must be put on every stove-pipe. 

If gas is used as fuel, do not apply the light until the 
gas has been turned on three seconds. The proper heat is 
obtained from blue flame, though sometimes it is neces- 
sary, where gas is deficient in heat, to have a little red in 
the flame. If engine runs too fast, shut off the gas until 
the proper speed is obtained. 

If coal is used, the fire should be lighted one-half to 
three-quarters of an hour before it is required to start the 
engine. Use anthracite coal of chestnut size if it can be 
obtained. Other kinds of fuel will answer, but this is 
preferable. 



SECTIONAL VIEW RIDER COMPRESSION ENGINE 



B. 
C. 
D. 
E. 
F 
G 
H 
II 
IJ 



DESCRIPTION. 

Compression Cylloder 

Power Cylinder 

Compression Pi$ton, 

Power Pistoa 

Cooler 

Heaief 

Telescope. 

Regenerator. 

Cranks. 

Connecting 

Rods 
Piston Packings. 
(Leather.) 



DESCRIPTION. 

Check Valve, placed at back 
of compression cylinder but 
shown at side on cut 
Pump Primer. 
Blow-off Cock. 
Knuckles. 

Heater Bolts. 
Regenerator Bon- 
net. 
Pump Valve Bon- 
net. 
Water Jacket, to 
protect packing 
from heat 
UU Pump 

Buckets; 
y PumpGlcind 



PP 
R 




Note. — In ordering extra parts for engines please give shop num- 
ber of engine, diameter of piston, and if the engine was 
bought through a third party, give name. 



231 



232 REMCO'S MANUAL 

When the engine is hot enough to have its full powers, 
the heater casting hanging over the fire marked "F," in 
sectional cut, should be a dull cherry red. If this color 
cannot be obtained, the draft is defective or the fuel de- 
ficient in heat. To ascertain whether the heater is red, 
insert small fire shovel in fire chamber so as to prevent the 
reflection of the flame on the heater, and this will allow 
you to see whether the heater is red or not. 

Keep a thin, bright fire when the engine is running. 
Keep the ash-pit clean. Do not allow your engine to 
stand still with a fire in it and the draft wide open. Close 
the lower and open the top door w^henever your engine 
stops, even for five minutes; and when through pumping, 
open top door. 

If the engine runs faster than desired, open the top door 
a little. 

GAS PIPE AND OPERATION OF BURNER 

In setting up one of these engines with a gas furnace, it 
is advisable to have gas-pipe sufficiently large, in order to 
keep the pressure of gas up to its proper point when it is 
delivered to the burners, otherwise the burners will not 
work satisfactorily. The proper size is one-half inch 
for five-inch engine; one-half inch for dx-inch engine; 
three-quarters inch for eight-inch engine; and three- 
quarters inch for ten-inch engine. These sizes will 
answer unless the pipes are long, when they should be 
increased. 



PUMPS 



233 



GAS PIPE AND OPERATION OF BURNER 

Connect gas-pipe to thread end of A. Put a cock in 
gas-pipe within one or two feet of engine, and regulate 





A — Position when hghting gas or turning off 
B — Position while gas is burning. 

supply of gas by opening this cock until the proper flame 
is obtained. If the directions concerning the position A 
are not obeyed, there will be a report like a small pistol 
shot, but no damage will be done. If position B is not 
kept when gas has been lighted, not enough heat will be 
gotten from the gas. The right heat is obtained from a 
blue flame, and engine should start in from ten to thirty 
minutes after lighting gas. A little observation of the 
flame will teach the attendant how to start the engine in 
the shortest time. 



OILING 

Never use lard or any gummy oil. An excellent mixture 
is a compound of paraffm and sperm oils, in the proportion 



234 REMCO'S MANUAL 

of two parts of the former to one of the latter. We have 
for sale an excellent oil, known as " Rider Engine Oil, 
No. 20," which we have found, after twenty years' use, to 
be the best for the engines, as well as the cheapest in the 
end. We can furnish it in cans of any size or by the barrel. 
We strongly recommend the use of our oil as being the best 
for our engines. 

Oil the engine every time it is used, but apply only just 
enough to the pistons to keep them always bright. Too 
much oil is injurious, as well as wasteful. 

Do not allow oil to accumulate in the piston or cylinder. 

Never allow the oil cups to get empty. Be sure that the 
end of the wick passes down the tube to the shaft or pin. 
A few drops of oil should be put into the oil hole at the 
lower end of the connecting rods. 

CLEANING 

The effect of neglect to keep the interior of the engine 
clean is to greatly increase the friction, whereby much of 
the power of the engine is lost, and consequent overheating 
must be resorted to to make the engine continue to work 
effectively. Continuance in this overheating will result 
in burning out the heater. This will never happen if the 
instructions in regard to cleaning are observed. 

When the engine is in need of cleaning it requires a 
heavier fire and longer time to get the engine in operation. 
It also will be apparent by the difficulty experienced in 
starting, as the hot piston will show a tendency to stick in 



PUMPS 235 

the bottom of the cyHnder. This may be seen when the 
engine is cold by noting whether the wheel can be turned 
freely with the air-cock open. If not, the engine should be 
cleaned. 

To clean the inside of the engine, disconnect the connect- 
ing rods, remove the wheel and leather packings; the 
pistons may then be drawn out and scraped thoroughly. 
In scraping the inside of the hot cylinder, be very careful 
not to allow any of the dirt to get down into the narrow 
part of the heater. This can be prevented by stuffmg 
waste or rags into the heater, and removing all scrapings 
with the rags after cleaning the cylinder. It is best to put 
in two or three layers of rags, making sure they touch the 
interior surface of the telescope, so that any dirt accident- 
ally falling off in removing the first layer will be caught on 
the second, and so on. 

In replacing the piston see that it is not turned around. 

The regenerator plates, which must be thoroughly 
cleaned of all grease, are contained in the passage be- 
tween the cylinders. The grease usually accumulates on 
the "cold" end. 

The compression piston seldom requires cleaning. 

As most of the noise about the engine is caused by neglect 
of them, we advise special attention to the connecting rods. 

It would be well to take the key E out, so that its action 
and the construction of the connecting rod may be fully 
understood. It will be seen that it is wedge-shaped, one 
side acting on the upper brass C, the other on the lower 



236 



REMCO'S MANUAL 



brass D, through the intervention of a rod B passing 
through the iron tube A, which connects the two brasses 

or ends of connecting rod. Re- 
place the key with the straight 
edge up and tap lightly till it 
bears up on both edges. Use no 
force in this operation. Next 
screw up the nut G on the small 
end of the key till it bears on 
the washer. This can probably 
be done with the fingers. Then 
screw up the nut F on the broad 
end with a wrench, which will 
slightly withdraw the key. Be 
particular to always adjust the 
keys in this manner, otherwise 
they will be too tight. 

Should it become necessary to 
remove the connecting rods from 
the pistons (to adjust the brasses), 
it can be done by unscrewing the 
tap bolts which hold the knuckle 
to the piston. A long socket 
wrench is furnished with each 
engine for this purpose. 




PUMP 



There is a small air-cock in bottom of pump. If the air 



PUMPS 237 

barrel should fill with water, it may be recharged with air 
by opening this cock (with water shut off) for a few 
moments while engine is in motion. Should the pump 
leathers or "buckets" swell, it will make the engine labor 
and sometimes prevent its working. In this case, take 
out pump rod and trim down buckets with sharp knife 
until the rod will sink to bottom of pump-tube by its own 
weight. 

It may be necessary to prime the pump for a few times 
at first until the valves get thoroughly seated and the 
leather soft (except when the water flows into the pump 
from main or other head). A priming cup is attached to 
top of pump for this purpose on engines pumping from 
wells or other places where water does not flow into the 
pump. 

Before starting engine the first time, the valves of pump 
should always be taken out and scraped clean, as, after 
being tested at the Works, the valves sometimes "seat" 
too tight. If this is not done, it may be impossible to 
draw water. Should a "Deep Well" pump ever fail to 
deliver the water, unless buckets are worn out, it will be 
on account of this. 

STARTING 

Start the engine as soon as it is hot enough to run. 
Standing at the fire door, pull down on the flywheel till the 
hot piston is raised a few inches; then reverse the motion 
till the spring of the air offers resistance, when the forward 



238 REMCO'S MANUAL 



motion can be easily made. When the pistons balance at 
the upper part of their stroke, they will come down with- 
out help till the hot piston is nearly at the bottom. A 
little air being now let out by opening the cock at bottom 
of cold cylinder, the crank on the hot end will stand verti- 
cally downwards. Shut the cock and pull the wheel past 
this point of the greatest compression, and the engine will 
start off at once if sufficiently hot. This is not necessary 
in starting the small sizes. 

STOPPING 

To stop the engine open brass cock in end of bed plate 
under compression cylinder. 

HEATER 

If the heater should be burned (or cracked), it becomes 
apparent through the air blowing through down on the 
fire. The heater should be renewed at once, for, if 
over-firing is persisted in, the "telescope" will be 
warped. 

To replace the heater, open the fire jacket and take off. 
Then remove heater, which is held in place by bolts 
(marked P on sectional cut), and make joint for new 
heater of asbestos and pasty red lead. Screw bolts up 
tight, and do not put fire into engine for five hours. The 
telescope is held in place by screws. In putting back these 
screws, be particular in observing that no air leaks through 
past them. 



PUMPS 239 

CHECK VALVE 

The supply or "check" valve projects from the back of 
the "compression" cylinder, and must always be kept in 
a vertical position with opening at bottom. It must be 
kept tight and free, in order that the air may be taken in 
through it to supply any leakage. Should a hissing noise 
be heard about it, the air is escaping through it. Take 
apart and clean with clean rag. 

WASTE PIPE ON HOT CYLINDER 

The use of this small pipe is to keep the piston packings 
moderately cool. The water need only be allowed to drip 
out slowly, so that the packings never approach a boiling 
temperature, as the leather will not suffer injury below the 
boiling heat of water. The small cock on the front of the 
engine regulates this waste. 

CAUTION 

In cold weather always open the cocks in bottom of 
compression cylinder and in bottom of pump. If this is 
not done the frost may crack those parts. If a hissing 
noise can be heard about the engine, it indicates an escape 
of air. The leak should be found and stopped immedi- 
ately, or a larger fire will be required, which will in time 
damage the heater. This is vitally important. 

Keep your engine wiped clean. Five minutes a day 
thus spent will not be wasted time. Avoid any "lost" 
motion in the connecting rod, as it is accompanied by 



240 REMCO'S MANUAL 

both noise and wear of the brasses. Do not think because 
the engine is harmless that it requires no attention. It 
needs a certain amount of good care and watchfulness. 
The fire must be attended to or your engine will stop. The 
engine must be oiled or the bearings will "cut" and be 
ruined. It must not be allowed to run too loosely or 
repairs will be required. 

1260 DIRECTIONS FOR THE CARE AND USE OF 
ERICSSON HOT-AIR AND GAS PUMP- 
ING ENGINES 

By the Rider Ericsson Engine Company, 3 1 Warren Street, 
New York 

FIRING 

Coal : The fire should be thin and bright ; too much 
coal should not be put on at once, but rather a small 
quantity and oftener. This will keep the fire at a uniform 
heat and the engine at a uniform speed. Do not overheat 
the bottom of the engine. This may be determined by 
looking through the fire door and shading the light of the 
fire from the bottom of the engine by a fire shovel or some- 
thing of that kind. This part of the engine should not be 
above a dull-red heat. 

Wood : Hard wood is better fuel than soft wood, be- 
cause it lasts longer. But any kind of wood answers the 
purpose well, and it is difficult to damage the machine by 
overheating with wood fuel. 



PUMPS 



241 



SPEED 

The best speed to run these at is 100 to 120 revolutions 
per minute for the five-inch and six-inch engines, and 
about 80 to 110 revolutions per minute for the eight-inch 
and ten-inch engines 

OILING 

All the working parts of these machines need a few drops 
of oil every time the engine is run. A little oil should be 




rylinder. 
Air Piston. 
Tiuisfci Pistoa. 
Heater. 
Furnace. 
Gas Burners, 
^ir Chamber 
Main Beam. 
Beam Centre Beufag 
Connecting Rod 
liell-Crank Link. 
Bell Crank. 
Bed Plate. 
Fly Wheel. 
Air Piston Links. 
Pump. Link. 
Pump Chaisbet. 
Pump Gland. 
Suction Valve 
Vacuum Chamber 
Suction Pipe. 
Pump Bottom. 
Legs. 
Gas Cock. 

CraDk-Shafl Bracket. 
Crank. 
Crank Pin. 
Heater Bolts. 
Transfer Pislon-Rod 
Crosshead. 



242 REMCO'S MANUAL 

poured on the inside of the cyHnder from the squirt can 
which is sent with the machine. Be careful not to use too 
much oil in this cylinder. If too much oil is used in the 
cylinder of these machines, or oil of an inferior quality, a 
thick, hard scale will be formed inside of the cylinder, 
which will stop the machine from working. This scale 
will have to be removed after it has once formed before the 
engine will work again. If proper oil is used, and not too 
much of it put into the cylinder, this operation will not 
have to be done for a very long time; but, on the contrary, 
if you are using a sperm or lard oil, this scale will form very 
quickly. A few drops of oil should also be put around the 
transfer piston rod where it works through the leather 
packing. 

Oil : Special oil for use on these engines can be ob- 
tained from us and we would advise our customers to send 
here for the oil they use. If, however, it is too far to send 
to us for this oil, a mixture of one gallon of sperm oil with 
two gallons of good paraifm oil will answer, if used spar- 
ingly. 

STARTING 

Start the engine as soon as it is hot enough to run. Be 
particular about this, otherwise the engine will be unduly 
heated, and perhaps damage done. While the engine is 
running, the heat developed by the fire is being utilized 
to heat the air in the machine; but while the engine is 
standing this is not going on, and consequently the danger 



PUMPS 243 

of overheating is much greater than when the engine is 
running. To start the engine turn the wheel by hand in 
such a direction that the top of the wheel will turn from 
the top of the cylinder. If the engine is hot enough to run, 
it will only be necessasy to turn it by hand about two 
revolutions, when it will go without any more assistance. 
The blow-off cock should be left open while the engine is being 
heated up, and the engine turned one or two revolutions before 
closing this cock, in order to expel any moisture, etc., that 
may have collected inside of the cylinder while the engine has 
been standing idle. Shut the cock when the main piston 
is at the top of its stroke. 

STOPPING 

To stop the engine, open the blow-off cock on the side 
of the cylinder, and unless the engine is very hot, it will 
stop after making three or four revolutions. This cock 
should be left open until it is desired to start the engine 
again. The engine should not be stopped for any length 
of time when the fire is burning brightly under it. If it 
becomes necessary to keep the engine standing, cover the 
fire with a little fresh- coal and leave the fire door partly 
open, so as to protect the bottom of the engine from be- 
coming unduly heated. The engine should be turned, 
after it has stopped, to such a position that the transfer 
piston will be at the top of its stroke, and left standing 
so until it is started again. 



244 REMCO'S MANUAL 

PACKING 

The packings of these engines are all made of leather. 
The packings in the engine proper consist of one large 
packing in the main or air piston, and one small cup 
leather packing on the transfer piston rod. When a new 
air piston packing is to be put on, the operation is as 
follows: The packing should be first well soaked in oil, 
and then thoroughly worked in the hands until it becomes 
very soft and pliable. Remove the air piston from the 
engine; take off the old packing and replace it by the new 
one, and be careful to screw all the bolts down securely. 
Care should be taken that the proper side of the leather is 
up. This is the flesh side of the leather. Now place the 
air piston at the top of the cylinder, and carefully work the 
edge of the leather down into the cylinder, being careful 
to avoid any puckers or unevenness, which would allow 
the air to escape. If the packings have been well oiled and 
carefully worked by the hand, this operation is quite an 
easy one, and only requires a little care to do it successfully. 
The packing on the transfer piston rod is made in the shape 
of a cup. It is pressed in a mold of the proper shape. The 
above directions will apply to these packings also, in rela- 
tion to oiling and softening. We keep these packings on 
hand, and can supply them at once. 

CLEANING 

When the engine shows signs of weakness it is usually 
the result of the interior of the cylinder being fouled by 



PUMPS 245 

too much oiling. Should the engine become gummed up 
by the use of too much oil, or oil of an inferior quality, the 
scale formed on the inside of the cylinder and on the 
transfer piston must be removed by scraping, as this scale 
becomes too hard to be removed in any other way. To 
do this both the air piston and transfer piston are first re- 
moved from the cylinder and the scale and gum scraped 
off, both from the inside of the cylinder and the outside 
of the transfer piston. Be careful to remove all this scale 
and to remove the dirt which falls into the bottom of the 
cylinder. Be careful, also, not to damage the cylinder or 
transfer piston by scraping into the iron. Care should be 
taken that the transfer piston is properly adjusted by the 
nuts at the top of the rod, so that it neither strikes the 
bottom of the cylinder when it is down, nor the air piston 
on its upward stroke. The adjustments are all made 
properly when it leaves our works, and if careful measure- 
ments are taken before removing these nuts, they may be 
put back in the same place without any difficulty. If these 
adjustments are not properly made and the rod is left too 
long, the transfer piston will strike the bottom of the 
cylinder; or, if this rod is too short, the two pistons will 
come together. In either case the engine is liable to be 
broken. 

FREEZING 

To prevent damage by freezing, all water should be 
drawn off in cold weather. Two cocks are provided for 



246 REMCO'S MANUAL 



this purpose — one on tlic pump and one on the water jacket 
• — and these cocks should be kept free from sediment, and 
in condition to use at all times, by cleaning them occasion- 
ally with a wire. The engine should be turned over two 
or three times by hand, after the water ceases to run out, to 
insure getting all the water out of the upper part of the 
pump. The suction and discharge pipes should always be 
provided with drain-cocks, in order that they may be 
drained in exposed places. 

LEAKS 

These engines must be air-tight, or they will not develop 
the maximum power. They are frequently run, however, 
with a leak in the air piston packing, but it is a bad practice 
to run them so, and when a leak develops, a new pack- 
ing should be put on at once. The transfer piston should 
also be perfectly air-tight ; that is, the piston itself. If for 
any reason, such as overheating or damag'e from any cause, 
it leaks air, the engine will not run, and a new one will have 
to he put in before the engine will develop its power. 

In conclusion, keep the engine clean ; wipe it off every 
time it is used and before it cools. 

1265 DIRECTIONS FOR THE CARE OF THE 
QUIMBY ELECTRIC PUMP 

By William E. Quimhy, Inc., 44 East 2yd Street, New York City 

Keep the motor dry and the commutator clean. 
Keep the oil cups on the motor full. 



PUMPS 247 

Put oil in the cups on the bearing and in the gear case 
and the stuffing boxes at least twice every week. 

The pump must be run at least twice a week to keep it 
in good order. 

If the stuffmg boxes leak, oil them, and if this does not 
stop the leak, the glands should be forced in a little by 
screwing up the nuts on the bolts above and below, with 
the fmgers. Do not use a wrench. Great care should be 
taken to screw these nuts up evenly and not to get the 
glands forced in too tight. Glands held unevenly or 
forced in too far bind on the shafts, and may hum out the 
motor. 

The pump should always turn easily by hand, and if it 
does not do so or if the motor sparks, open the switch and 
notify us at once. 



HOT-WATER SYSTEM HEATERS 

1270 The construction of the heater is so simple that 
no especial directions for its care are necessary. The ash- 
pit should be kept clean to prevent burning out the grates. 

If your hot water heater does not heat enough hot water, 
put a coil inside your boiler or furnace fire-box and connect 
your hot water tanks with it. This will probably give you 
all the hot water you need, if the work is properly done, 
and you may be able to get along without firing up the 
hot-water heater while you have steam heat on the house. 

You must have circulation if you are to have hot water. 

Hot-water tanks should be covered with asbestos. 
Covers will save enough fuel in a short time to make good 
the expense. 



248 



PLUMBING FIXTURES 

1275 BASINS 

If faucets are dripping, put in new washers at once. 

To clean the marble, scour it with pumice stone. 

To clean the nickel work, use solarine or a solution of 
one ounce of oxalic acid to one quart of water. Oxalic 
acid will burn your hands; use a brush and then wipe off 
with a cloth. 

To clear stoppage, use a force cup or fill the bowl with a 
few inches of water and then use your hand as a force cup. 
If this does not clear the line^ take off the trap screw and 
clean the trap with a wire. 

BATH TUBS 

1280 If faucets leak, put in new washers at once. 

To clean porcelain tubs, scour them with fels naphtha 
washing soap, or porcela. 

To clean metal tubs, scour with whiting powder. Paint 
will not hold on metal tubs. Use oil only on wood rims; 
varnish and shellac will discolor. 

To clear stoppages, use a force cup. 

TOILETS 

1285 Stop waste of water at once. This is usually 

249 



250 REMCO'S MANUAL 

caused by mud and sediment in the tank. Wash it out. 

To clean the bowl, use pure muriatic acid. Muriatic acid 
burns the hands. Apply it with a swab made of soft cloth 
attached to a stick. When you get the stains off, clean 
the fixture with a damp scrub cloth. To clean the nickel 
work use solarine or vinegar and silicon or a solution of 
one ounce of muriatic acid to one quart of water. 

To clear stoppage, use a force cup. 

WASH TUBS 

1290 Clean porcelain tubs with naphtha soap, washing 
soap, or porcela. 

Clean soap-stone tubs with hot water and washing soda. 
To clear pipes of grease, dissolve a can of potash in a tub 
of very hot water. Do not use the hand. Stir with a 
stick, then run it off when hot. 



RANGES 



REPAIR PARTS 

I2Q5 The Stove Manufacturers' Repair Association of 
230 Water Street, New York, carry in stock fire-pots, 
water-backs and linings for the principal makes of ranges 
and furnaces, and will supply parts for ranges, stoves and 
furnaces made by the following manufacturers: 



Abendroth Brothers 
Albany Foundry Company 
Barstow Stove Company 
Boynton Furnace Company 
Bramhall & Dean Company 
Buckwalter Stove Company 
Carton Furnace Company 
E. B. Colby & Company 
J. H. Cort & Son 
Abram Cox Stove Company 
W. M. Crane Company 
Danville Stove Manufacturing 

Company 
Ely & Ramsay Company 
Excelsior Stove Works 
Floyd, Wells & Company 
Graff & Company 
Grander & Company 
Hart & Crouse 
Harvey Furnace Company 



International Heater Company 
Janes & Kirtland 
James G. Lyon 
Keely Stove Company 
Kernan Furnace Company 
Leaf Stove Company 
Magee Furnace Company 
March Brownback Stove Com- 
pany 
J. L. Mott Iron Works 
Mount Pen Stove Works 
Eugene Munsell & Company 
National Stove Works 
New York Stove Works 
Orr, Painter & Company 
J. F. Pease Furnace Company 
Peekskill Stove Works 
Perry Stove Company 
Phillipsburgh Stove Company 
Rathbone, Sard & Company 

251 



i>52 



REMCO'S MANUAL 



Reading Stove Works Isaac A. Sheppard & Company 

Richardson & Boynton Company Southard, Robertson & Company 
Richmond Stove Company Stamford Foundry Company 

Roberts, Winner & Company Syracuse Stove Works 
P. RoUhaus Thatcher Furnace Company 

Rossmore Company Thomas, Roberts, Stevenson 

Russell Wheeler & Son Company 

Schuylkill Valley Stove Company Union Stove W^orks 
Scranton Stove Works Yeager & Hunter Company 

In ordering for ranges and stoves, give the number, date 
and letter on your stove, range or furnace. 

State whether grates are flat, duplex, triplex, etc. 

State whether fire-box is on the right or left hand as 
you face the oven. 

State whether water-back is on the side, the back or 
all-around. 

State whether it is cast iron or pipe. 

In ordering for furnace, state whether it is brick-set or 
portable. 

Make a rough sketch of any size you cannot clearly 
describe. 

EXPLANATION 

Order by nameoi piece as given here, and not by number. 
If in doubt, give a general description or drawing: 



I 


Top of Range 


6 


Front of Range 


2 


Cover 


7 


End Flue Strip 


3 


Short Cross Piece 


8 


Bottom Flue Strip 


4 


Top End Shelf 


9 


Roll or Oven Damper 


5 


Bracket for Top End Shelf 


10 


Back of Range 



RANGES 



253 




OUTLINE OF A RANGE 



12 


Flue Clean-out Plate 


25 


'3 


Automatic Oven Shelf 


26 


14 


Bottom of Range 




'5 


Leg 


27 


'7 


Bottom Grate 


28 


18 


Grate Rest 


29 


IQ 


Short Front Grate 


W 


20 


Left End 


3' 


21 


Long Side Grate 


32 


22 


End Fire Doors Track 


33 


23 


Broiler or Feeder Door 


34 


24 


Feeder Door Frame or Ex- 
pansion 


35 



Dust Damper 

End Fire Doors. Right or 

Left. Swing or Slide 

End Hearth Plate 

Middle, or T. Center 

Top Flue Strip 

Fire Plate 

Oven Slide 

Right or End Oven Plate 

Bottom Oven Plate 

Left, or Fire Oven Plate 

Top Oven Plate 



254 REMCO'S MANUAL 

STOVE REPAIRS — WHAT TO DO AND WHAT 
NOT TO DO! 

1300 Do give every number, date and letter in sight on 
all stoves, ranges, and furnaces. 

Describe all grates, if flat, duplex, triplex, etc., and if 
fire-box is on right hand or left hand as you face the oven, 
and if water-hack is on side, back, or all around, if it is cast 
iron or pipe, and if a furnace is brick-set or portable. 

Make a rough sketch of any piece you cannot clearly 
describe. 

IN WRITING RANGE-REPAIR ORDERS 

1305 Paper is plentiful and cheap — use it. 

Do not crowd items. Use separate lines for each article. 

Do not crowd postal cards too much. 

Do remember that there are numerous small pieces in all 
stoves that it is impossible for any foundry or repair dealer 
to keep in stock, and that some parts must be made to 
order. 

We tag, mark and tie up each set or article separately, 
thus avoiding errors. 

1310 GENERAL DIRECTIONS FOR THE CARE 
AND OPERATION OF COAL 
RANGES 

To polish coal ranges, use enameline. 

To clean, remove top covers and brush clean inside, then 
remove the plate in the oven and clean the bottom of the 
range. Clean all side flues; they are on the end farthest 



RANGES 255 



from the fire-box. Clear smoke pipes of soot. To remove 
grease, scrape with a case knife. 

Never allow the range to get red-hot on top. 

Keep the brick clean of clinkers. 

Do not allow the ash-pit to get full of ashes; it will burn 
out the grates. 

1315 GENERAL DIRECTIONS FOR THE CARE AND 
OPERATION OF GAS RANGES 

Gas ranges, if rented, are kept in repair by the gas 
company. 

To polish, use enameline. 

They are cleaned in the same way as coal ranges. 

New parts are most readily obtained from the Stove 
Manufacturers' Repair Association of 230 Water Street, 
New York, or from the Estate of A. Frolich, 287 Pearl 
Street, City. 

1320 DIRECTIONS FOR THE USE OF MOTT'S 
DEFIANCE RANGES 

By J. L. Mott Iron Works, 84 Beekman Street, New York 

To Kindle the Fire : Open the dampers in smoke 
pipes by turning the handles upright. See that the drum 
slide under warming shelf is closed. Draw out the damper 
handles over oven doors. Open the slide damper in draft 
door under fire-box. Make the fire in the usual way. 
After the coal is well ignited close the dampers over oven 
doors and regulate by pipe dampers and draft door slide. 

To Keep a Good Fire : Never have the coal higher than 



256 REMCO'S MANUAL 

the brick lining of fire-box, and do not allow it to collect on 
top of the ovens. Keep the fire well cleared of ashes, 
especially from against the water-back or back brick. 
When shaking, raking or dumping the grate, pull out the 
dampers under the oven doors — all the dust will then pass 
off in the flues. At all other times these dampers must be 
kept closed. 

TO BAKE OR ROAST 

Close dampers over oven doors and drum slide, and 
regulate by pipe dampers and draft slide. Should one 
oven operate more freely than the other, turn slightly the 
pipe damper over the one that works the best. If it is 
desired to use one oven only, to get a stronger and quicker 
heat, turn off the pipe damper tight over the opposite oven. 

TO BROIL 

Close drum slide, open pipe dampers, and dampers over 
ovens. Keep the covers on; use the broiler through the 
broiler door above the fire or the draft door under the fire. 

The tubes in bottom of oven should be taken out and 
cleaned at least every two months. 

1325 DIRECTIONS FOR BAKING OR ROASTING BY 
GAS IN AlOTT'S CLAIRMONT COMBINATION 
GAS AND COAL RANGE HAVING GAS 
BURNERS IN THE OVEN 

By J. L. Moit Iron Works, 84 Beehman Street, New York 
Close all dampers and slides in the range and pipe. 
Remove the strip from the bottom of the oven which 
covers the burners, 



RANGES 257 

Open the air mixer wheels at gas cocks so that the proper 
amount of air for combustion will be admitted to the 
burners. 

In starting oven burners, light the rear one first. 

In using the oven have the covers on top of the range 
in position, except when the upper gas burners are 
in use. 

Be careful in lighting to have a blue flame; if flame is 
red, extinguish and relight it. 

Close the oven doors -slowly, so that the oven burners 
will not be extinguished. 

In baking or roasting use pan somewhat smaller than 
oven, so that pan will not project over the flame of 
burners. 

Allow the gas to burn in the oven for twenty minutes 
before putting bread or meat in. 

When not using the gas oven attachment, replace the 
strip in the bottom of the oven, and close all air mixer 
wheels at the gas inlets. 

1330 DIRECTIONS FOR THE CARE AND USE 
OF THE BEEBE RANGES 
Nos. o — I — 2 — 3 — 4 

By Janes Sr Kirtland, 725 Sixth Avenue, New York 

To Kindle the Fire : Close throat-valve in the chimney, 
open the dampers C, C, as marked on stove, by drawing 
out the handles, and open lower ash-pit door. 

To Bake : Open valves B, B, and close the dampers C,C, 



258 REMCO'S MANUAL 

and the throat-valve in the chimney. Place the pans of 
bread, or whatever is to be baked, directly on the bottom 
of the ovens, and, should they be too hot, open the feed 
door, which will lessen the draft. 

The throat-valve in the chimney may be opened, except 
when baking and kindling the fire, and will relieve the kitchen 
of the steam and the fumes of cooking, and, by checking 
the draft, will prevent a waste of fuel. 

The fire-box two-thirds filled with coal, is sufficient for 
all ordinary cooking, and it should never be more than even 
full ; if too much coal is put in, and allowed to lie on the 
iron plates, over the ovens, it stops the draft, and prevents 
the range working satisfactorily. 

To Bake: There is a dust damper handle at left side of 
the grate, which, if drawn out while raking the fire, pre- 
vents the ashes flying about on the hearth. Also, while 
using the gridiron underneath, it will take the smoke up 
the chimney; at all other times it must be kept closed. 

To dump the grate pull out the damper at the right side 
of the grate. After grate has dropped, push back damper 
and then push grate up into place where it will catch auto- 
matically. 

To clean the flues, first unhang the oven doors, lift up 
and draw out the oven bottoms, and open the dust dampers 
under the grate, taking care to clean the flue which runs 
across the back of the range, connecting the two ovens in 
the rear. This should be done every week. In replacing 
the oven bottoms, be sure that the ends having the pieces 



RANGES 259 

of sheet iron riveted on the under side are put in at the 
back of the oven. 

With a proper gridiron, broiling can be conveniently 
done under the grate, while the range over the fire can be 
used, at the same time, for other purposes. 

The fire bricks should be replaced before they are entirely 
burned out. By attending to this in time, and by sending 
directly to Janes & Kirtland, considerable saving can be 
made, both in expense of repairs and in the quantity of 
coal used. 

NOS. 15 AND 16 BEEBE RANGES 

1335 To Kindle Fire : Close the oven dampers and 
open the direct draft dampers, close the fire door with slide 
and open the lower ash-pit door. 

To Bake : Close direct draft damper or dampers and 
open oven dampers and leave fire doors as above. If only 
one oven is to be used, open the damper of the one re- 
quired and keep other damper closed. 

Dust Damper : At lower right, hand of grate will be 
found a dust damper, which opens by pulling out. When 
raking fire or dumping grate, open this damper and the dust 
will be carried into the flue, but at all other times keep closed. 

Throat Valve : In all brick- set ranges there should be a 
sheet-iron throat piece to fill up chimney opening with a 
valve to carry away odors of cooking. When baking, this 
valve must be kept closed. 

Direct Draft Dampers : In all No. 15 and 16 ranges 



26o REMCO'S MANUAL 

made previous to 1894, the direct draft dampers were on 
each side of range, and opened by pulling out or toward 
you. In 1894 the damper was made to open directly from 
fire-box at back into flue by turning the handle at right- 
hand of smoke pipe on top of range, which closes by push- 
ing toward back of range, opens by turning forward. 

Oven Dampers : In all ranges made previous to 1894, 
the oven dampers were placed at the back of range, one 
at each side of smoke pipe and lettered to show when open 
or shut. In 1894 the dampers were placed under the top 
at each side of range, and they open by pushing in the rod, 
and close by pulling out. 

To Clean Range : Brush all dust and ashes from top of 
ovens into the fire-box. Clean out flues at each side of 
range under top. Take out oven bottoms and clean out 
all dust and dirt, being sure to clean out all dirt from under 
the flues which lead down from top of range. Ranges 
should be cleaned once a week. 

Brick Linings : It is very important to replace the 
brick linings as soon as they burn out, or the main oven 
plates of range will be injured. Knock clinkers off only 
when bricks are hot. 

Water-Back : To insure a good supply of hot water, 
clean all ashes from under water-back every night. 

BEEBE NO. 19 FRENCH RANGE 

1340 To Kindle Fire: Close the oven dampers, which 
are those with crooked handles at each side of range (turn 



RANGES 261 

down to close), and open the two direct draft dampers by 
pulling out. Close the fire door with slide, and open wide 
the bottom ash-pit door. 

To Bake : Close the two direct draft dampers by push- 
ing in, and open the two oven dampers by turning the 
handles up, and leave the fire doors as above. If only one 
oven is to be used, open the damper of one required and 
keep other damper shut. 

Dust Damper : At the lower right hand of grate will be 
found a dust damper which opens by pulling out. When 
dumping grate, or raking fire, open this damper and dust 
will be carried into flue, but at all other times keep closed. 

Throat Valve : In all brick-set ranges there should be a 
sheet-iron throat piece to fill up chimney opening, with a 
valve to carry away odors of cooking. When baking, this 
valve must be kept closed. 

To Clean Range : Brush all dust and ashes from top of 
ovens into the fire-box. Clean out flues at each side of 
range. Take out oven bottoms and clean out all dust and 
dirt, being sure to clean out all dirt from under the flues 
which lead down from top of range. The range should be 
cleaned once a week. 

Brick Linings : It is very important to replace the 
brick linings as soon as they burn out, or the main oven 
plates of range will be injured. Knock clinkers off only 
when bricks are hot. 

Heater-Back : To insure a good supply of hot water, 
clean all ashes from under water-back every night. 



REFRIGERATORS 

1345 To clean, use washing soda and hot water. 

To clear the drip pipe, use the ordinary cleaner sold at 
hardware stores; it is a rod to which is attached a bristle 
brush. Or empty the refrigerator and remove all loose 
fittings and pour into the ice compartment a solution of 
one pound of washing soda to every pail of water; have the 
water boiling hot. Scrape the waste pan under the 
refrigerator and remove the slime. To clear the main line 
remove the plug on the line near the basement sink. You 
will find most of the trouble at the bottom of the line. 

When refrigerators are not in use leave the doors open. 



GLASS, GLASSWARE AND GLOBES 

1350 All light fixtures should be completely equipped 
with globes and glassware before a tenant moves in. The 
tenant is responsible for any breakage while in possession 
of the premises. 

Broken glass in doors or windows and in mirrors should 
be replaced before a tenant moves in. The tenant is re- 
sponsible for any breakage of mirrors or of inside glass 
after moving in. The house is always responsible for 

262 



ROOFS 263 

breakage in outside windows or doors except when caused 
by the tenant. 

Before putting in glass be sure to scrape off all old putty 
and to paint the frame around the glass; if you do not do 
so the putty will fall off. 



ROOFS 

1355 Sweep roofs every week. Refuse stays wet and 
rusts the tin. 

Remove drying racks before you sweep. 

Never remove snow or ice from the roof itself. Keep 
your gutters, leader heads and leaders open; let the sun 
do the rest. 

To clear leader heads and leaders, sift salt into them 
freely and then use hot water. It is still better to make 
and use a strong brine of salt water and use while hot. 

To clear gutters, remove loose snow and salt them 
heavily. 

Paint roof drying racks, tanks and bulkheads every 
year in June. 

Roof tin should be' painted on both sides before being 
laid. 

ROOF TANKS 

1360 Cover all outside tank pipes carefully and heavily 
with hair felt, then wrap with burlap tied on with heavy 



264 REMCO'S MANUAL 

twine. Close in beneath the tanks with tongue and groove 
lumber, leaving a door of proper size. Make this boxing 
as nearly air-tight as possible. 

Paint the outside of all tanks every year. 

The roof beneath the tank should be made of the finest 
quality of tin and should be painted on both sides before 
being laid. 

The tank should be equipped with an overflow and a 
clean-out valve with drains attached which reach the open 
roof, and with a telltale which runs to some point in the 
basement where it can be seen very frequently by the man 
in charge. The discharge line should run up into the tank 
at least six inches to prevent sediment going through the 
mains. 

Clean your tank every month. 

ROOF DRYING RACKS 

1365 To properly protect the roof, the roof drying rack 
platforms should entirely cover that part of the roof used 
to approach the lines and to reach the dumbwaiter or 
elevator. Platforms should be made in sections to facili- 
tate cleaning the roof beneath them. All bearings having 
contact with the roof should have rubber washers under 
them. No bearing should cover more than one square 
foot of the roof. 

All iron should be painted in June of every year. 

Platforms should be at least eight inches above the rcof 
to provide for cleaning under them. 



HARDWARE 

1370. Keep hardware, locks, knobs, fastenings and 
fittings under lock and key and in a dry place in the 
house storeroom. 

Nickeled fittings should be kept wrapped in tissue 
paper and in a very dry place. 

Gas fixtures should be wrapped in cheese cloth and 
hung upon frames so as to swing clear of the floor. 

Besides an assortment of nails, screws and tacks, it 
will save much time to keep in stock: 

Iron. Hasps and staples, hooks and eyes, screw eyes, 
100 feet of small wire and a package of both large and 
small picture wire; awning pins and nuts. 

Brass. Screws, upholsterers' tacks and picture hooks. 
A spool of basin and bath chain. One dozen small door 
bolts. One dozen cupboard catches, one-half dozen 
washtub faucets. 

Copper. One hundred feet of small wire. 

Lead. Three or four square feet of sheet lead. 

Fittings. Sash lifts and fasteners. Loose and fixed 
pin hinges. One-half dozen sash weight pulleys. One 
hank of best quality sash cord. One-half dozen door 
knobs of the kind in use. One dozen door stops. One 

265 



266 REMCO'S MANUAL 

dozen toilet seat hinges. One dozen mortise lock key 
blanks. Two dozen Yale lock key blanks. 

Plumbing Fittings. Two or three of each of the small 
sizes of valves in use. One-half dozen radiator valves. 
Plugs, caps, unions, elbows and tees of the size used on 
the house lines. Twenty feet of each size of pipe in 
use on the house gas, water or heating lines. One dozen 
washtub stoppers. One dozen hand basin stoppers. 
One dozen bathtub stoppers. 



DOORS, TRIM AND MOLDINGS 

1380 Keep all doors, mantels, molding and other trim 
locked up in your storeroom and off the floor to prevent 
moisture and warping. Never lay doors flat; stand them 
on end and straight, to prevent warping. 

A door rack made of two strips of 2 x 4 lumber, notched 
and attached to the wall at heights of three and six feet, 
with a floor laid on 2 x 4 lumber, with one inch strips to 
form slides, will be found inexpensive and a time saver. 

Mark the size of the door or location from which the 
door was taken, on the door before storing it. 



DOORS, TRIM AND MOLDING 267 



Wncn ^ionsd un 
raclo, each door, 
to be t«JO<5ed,5im 
plainly t^Rarkad 
with &izc^ 

hcaiioti in 
wkich ilj^ 




<door5 
rLwde) 



2\4^ . . 

spiKed to 






HARDWOOD FLOORS 

1385 DIRECTIONS FOR THE CARE OF HARDWOOD 

FLOORS 

By the Buttle s Parquet Floor Company, 36 iVest ijth Street, 
New York 

Dusting : To remove dust from floors use a wool dus- 
ter. It is the best article for the purpose. A substi- 
tute may.be had by taking six or eight yards of new cheese- 
cloth brought together in a fluffy bunch; this will absorb 
the dust as a sponge does water. Do not use a feather 
duster; never wash the cheese-cloth, simply shake it out 
and the dust is gone. When necessary to wash it use it 
for some other purpose and get a new piece for the floor. 
Do not dust furniture after dusting the floor. Always 
dust floor last and you will have it clean and bright. 

Floor Enemies : Water should never he used in cleaning 
hardwood floors ; it will dull the most perfect fmish, and in 
time will cause the colors to change. Imperfect castors 
on furniture that must be moved about is certainly an 
enemy to a well-kept floor. We have the "colonial castor 
cups"; they will protect the fmish from injury. 

Floor Refinishing : Your floors should be polished with 

268 



HARDWOOD FLOORS 269 

t . 

a finish that is made to walk on. Use for waxed floors, 
" Buttle's Colonial " make of liquid wax. Rub on with a 
dry cloth, then polish with a heavy brush. For hardwood 
floors use Buttle's floor tonic. Rub on with a cloth till it 
drys; it will polish of itself. 

DIRECTIONS FOR REFINISHING HARDWOOD FLOORS 
By Paul Thorns, 1 238 Third Avenue, New York City 

1390 To polish hardwood floors clean well with turpen- 
tine, using cheese-cloth in applying it. Sandpaper worn 
spots well. To wash or remove stains use oxalic acid (do 
not get the acid on your hands or clothes; it will burn 
them). Then finish with a mixture of one-third wood 
alcohol to two-thirds of orange shellac. 



BRASSWORK 

1395 Store all fenders, fixtures and fittings in your 
storeroom. 

Iron fixtures should be covered with oil to prevent rust 
and should not be kept on the floor. Make a hanger of 
2x4 lumber and hang your gas fixtures from the ceiling 
of your storeroom and clear of the floor. 



AWNINGS AND SHADES 

AWNINGS 

1400 The house suppHes awnings for the front windows 
only. Awnings should be taken down about October 15th 
and labeled and stored in a dry place and should be re- 
paired in March and put up about April ist, or as soon 
thereafter as requested by the tenants. 

SHADES 

1405 The house supplies tenants but one set of shades. 
These are always of uniform color and are for outside 
use. Inside or dark shades are not supplied by the house. 

Shades in the main hall must always look fresh and must 
be replaced as soon as they are torn or show soil or wear. 

Before tenants move in, all torn, faded or soiled shades 
should be replaced. 

Equip every shade with a cord; never take hold of the 
shade itself; raise or lower it by its cord. 

When storing them wrap unused shades in newspaper to 
keep out dust and to prevent them fading. Keep them 
off the floor and away from any moisture. 



270 



FURNISHINGS-WALL PAPER 

1410 Do not allow the house furnishings to get shabby. 
In June (the dull month) of every year, have your main 
hall and house furniture done over or replaced and have 
your draperies, rugs and carpets cleaned. 

Also do any necessary work on the walls and ceilings of 
the main halls and vestibules during this month. 

In relaying stair carpets see that they are shifted to 
insure an even wear. 

As often as necessary to keep them looking fresh, have 
your lace and window or door curtains cleaned. 

Replace roller shades in your main hall if they become 
faded or torn, at once. 

Keep your sky-light glass clean. 

Keep the main hall lighting fixtures looking like new. 
If they need refmishing, do the work in June. 

Use wire or rubber door mats. They are clean and 
durable. 

Keep in the main hall an umbrella stand, a large um- 
brella and a mail box. 

WALL PAPER 

141 5 Wrap up, label and store in your work room 
all left-over wall paper. You will need it for repairs. 
Keep it dry and well covered to keep out dust. 

271 



METAL WORK 

1420 The fire-escapes, fences, railings, outside lighting 
fixtures and all outside ironwork should be painted in 
June of every year. 

Cornices and ornamental work should be painted as 
soon as it shows scale. It will rust rapidly if not protected 
by paint. 

The ironwork of roof sky-lights should be painted in 
June of every year. 

The first coat of paint on all metal work should be com- 
posed of red lead and linseed oil. 



MASON WORK 

1425 Keep stone, brick and terra cotta work well 
pointed up. It is not economy to neglect mason work. 
Do all necessary pointing in June of every year. One 
freeze in open joints will do damage you cannot repair. 



272 



LEADERS AND DRAINS 

LEADERS 

1430. Much damage is done by attempts to remove 
snow and ice from a roof. 

Keep the leader heads and leaders open and allow the 
sun to clear the roof. 

To clear frozen leader heads and leaders, sift salt into 
them freely and then use hot water. 

Even better results will be obtained from the use of a 
strong brine of salt water if used while hot. 

Wood alcohol will also be found to be very effective in 
clearing frozen leaders. 

It is a great mistake to attempt to chop or break ice 
away from leaders or from roofs; when it cannot be 
thawed it is best to allow it to remain until the sun and 
moderate weather do the work. Chopping is very apt 
to occasion bad leaks and expensive repairs. 

DRAINS 

1435. Drains are trapped with an "S" trap in the 
same manner as is a hand basin. 

Standing water in courts, areas and yards is an evidence 
of negligence. 

Drain traps should be opened and cleaned every month. 
They should then be flushed thoroughly to carry all 
loose trash and sediment through to the street sewer. 

273 



RECIPES AND FORMULAE 

WHITEWASH 

1440 The following is an United States Government 
receipe for making whitewash. It does not rub or wash 
off: 

"Take half a bushel of unslaked lime, slake it with 
boiling water, cover during process to keep in steam, strain 
the liquid through a fine sieve and add to it a peck of salt, 
previously dissolved in warm water, three pounds of 
ground rice boiled to a thin paste stirred in while hot, 
half a pound of Spanish whiting and one pound of clean 
glue dissolved. Add five gallons hot water to the mixture, 
stir well and let stand a few days covered from dust. It 
should be applied hot. The east end of the President's 
house at Washington is done with this mixture. It is used 
on all government lighthouses." 

One pint of whitewash will cover one square yard and is 
almost as serviceable as paint and is much cheaper than 
the cheapest paint. 

For cream, add yellow ochre. 

For pearl or lead, add lamp- or ivory-black. 

For fawn, add four pounds umber to one pound Indian 
red. 

274 



RECIPES AND FORMULAE 275 



For stone color, add four pounds raw umber to two 
pounds lampblack. 

ROOF PAINT 

1445 A good roof paint is a compound of one-third part 
of raw linseed oil, two-thirds part of "Foots Oil." Color 
this mixture with dry metallic. "Foots Oil" is the set- 
tlings of linseed oil. It can be procured from the Dean 
Linseed Oil Company or through any of the large dealers. 
Before being painted, a roof should be scraped and 
thoroughly cleaned. If this is not done, the old paint will 
scale. (Roof Paint Formula supplied by Thomas O'Calla- 
ghan, 238 Columbus Avenue.) 

1450 Pure red lead and good linseed oil is also a good 
roof or metal paint. It is claimed that this mixture is 
non-porous and elastic, and that, being non-porous, it will 
protect metals from rust, and being elastic, it will follow 
the contraction and expansion of metals without cracking, 
or leaving metal exposed to the influence of the atmosphere 
where the cracks occur. Exposure of tin to the atmos- 
phere causes rust at once. 

TO REMOVE STAINS FROM MARBLE. 
(Taken from " Record and Guide" — March 31, 1905, Page 26.) 
1455 To remove stains from marble mix quicklime 
with strong lye to the consistency of thick cream, and brush 
this on the marble. Leave for twelve hours and then wash 
off. If this is of no avail, mix four ounces of soft soap with 
four ounces of whiting, one ounce of soda (sodium hydrate), 



276 REMCO'S MANUAL 

and one-half ounce of sulphate copper in powder, and boil 
the whole together for fifteen minutes. Rub this mixture 
while still hot over the marble, using a bit of flannel on a 
stick for the purpose. Leave for twenty-four hours, then 
wash off and polish the marble. Oil stains may be removed 
by applying a paste of common clay and benzene. Iron 
rust and ink stains are treated with: Butter of anti- 
mony, one part; oxalic acid, two parts; soft water (rain 
water), 32 parts. Dissolve and add whiting or flour to the 
consistency of a thick paste. Apply evenly with a brush 
and leave for a few days. If the stains are still visible, 
repeat the operation. To restore the polish after any of 
these operations, use a bit of old felt hat wrapped around 
a bit of wood, and with it hot water and emery powder, 
rubbing the marble until an even surface is obtained. The 
emery powder should be in graded sizes, using the coarse 
first and finishing with the finest flower of emery, changing 
the felt with each change of powder. The flower will leave 
a comparatively fine gloss on the surface, which should be 
heightened with putty powder and fine, clean cotton rags, 
finishing with silk. No water should be used toward the 
last. 

TO REMOVE GREASE SPOTS FROM MARBLE 

1460 Apply a small quantity of whiting or fullers earth. 
Saturate with benzene; let it remain thirty-six hours. Or 
apply two parts of washing soda, one part of fine ground 
pumice stone and one part of chalk, all finely powdered and 



RECIPES AND FORMULAE 277 



made into a paste with water. Rub well over the marble 
and finally wash off with soap and water. 

To take oil stains from marble, use soft soap, one and 
one-half parts; fullers earth, three parts; potash, one and 
one-half parts. Use boiling water to mix. Apply to the 
grease spots and let it remain three hours. 

TO REMOVE STAINS FROM MARBLE 

1465 Use turpentine, two and one-half tablespoon- 
fuls; lye, one and one-half gills; oxgall, one and one-half 
ounces. Add sufficient pipe clay to make a paste. Apply 
the paste and let it remain several days, then wash off and 
dry. 

TO REMOVE INK STAINS FROM MARBLE 

1470 Dissolve one ounce of antimony trichloride and 
two ounces of oxalic acid in one quart of water. Add flour 
enough to make a paste; leave on the spot a few days until 
the spot is removed. 

If this is of no avail, take two parts of common soda, one 
part of pumice stone, one part of finely powdered chalk; 
sift it through a fine sieve and mix with water, then rub it 
well over the marble and the stains will be removed. Then 
wash the marble with soap and water. 



INDEX 

PARAGRAPH 

Abendroth — 

Sectional Heaters, information concerning 1066A 

Sectional hot water Heaters, information concerning 1079 

Bros. " York" furnaces, instructions for operation, etc.. . . 1240 

Accidents — 

to be reported to office 59' '37 

avoid, by removing any loose material overhead 1 23 

Insurance, information concerning 135 

rules for the prevention of 105-134 

names, etc., of witnesses to be obtained 138 

Accounting — 

janitors, instruction concerning 388-393 

Addresses — 

janitors should have those of owner, agent, superintendent.. . i 
janitors should have those of all employees of a property. . . .2 
janitors should have those of mechanics usually employed. .46 
janitors should have the summer addresses of tenants, etc. . .55 
janitors should have those of absent tenants to be kept in 

Record Book 352 

employees to have complete list of tenants and of their 
guests and help 725A 

Agents — 

peddlers, etc., not allowed in building 555, 734 

Agreements — 

to lease forms to be kept on hand 209 

Air-cocks — 

sundry information concerning 1095 

Alterations — 

tenants to make none without consent of owner 57 

refuse from, to be removed daily 242, 443 

279 



28o REMCO'S MANUAL 

PARAGRAPH 

Ambulance — 

when required, call Police Headquarters 93 

American Radiator Co. — 

suggestions regarding heating 292 

Animals — 

dead, report to office if not promptly removed 71 

pet, not allowed 514 

Ant — 

black, information concerning 493 

house, information concerning 490 

house, habits of 491 

pavement, information concerning 494 

means of eradication 495 

red, information concerning 465, 492 

Apartments — 

telephone office if it can assist in renting 207 

rules regulating admission to, when closed loo-ioi 

vacant, to be inspected daily by janitor 140 

Applicants for apartments — 

to be treated courteously 198 

name and address to be obtained 208 

Apartments, Vacant — 

soiled shades to be removed 245 

have light turned on to exhibit at night 200, 248 

keys tagged and ready for use 201, 249 

electric light not to be used in, but gas 320 

to be cleaned immediately after departure of tenant 233, 

240, 442 

necessary improvements to be noted in Record Book 373 

hall boy to have front door key for 407 

cleaning schedule to be posted in 420 

front door to be kept closed, back door locked.. . .243-244, 566 

storage prohibited in 239, 567 

list with Real Estate agents. 197 

to be kept clean 199, 233, 241 

cleaning in, to be done before tenants move in 217 



INDEX 281 

PARAGRAPH 

Apartments, Vacant — Continued. 

if necessary, and office approve, store goods of incoming 

tenants in 216 

not to be used as dressing-room by help 238 

janitor responsible for renting of ^ 8 

for rent, arrange to show them 202 

always have complete list on hand 206 

Areas — 

outside, not to be used for storage 634 

velocipedes and bicycles, not to be left in 513 

Armature — 

mformation concerning 1 134 

Ashes and garbage — 

sometimes removed by contract 274 

notices stating time collected to be posted, etc 417 

to be removed from premises daily . . .444 

to be sent down every morning between 7 and 8 A.M 522 

Ash cans and refuse not to be stored in dumbwaiters 524-525 

Assistant — 

janitor should appoint a first 18 

to study janitor's work in Manual 19 

Awnings — 

sundry instructions concerning 1400 



to be delivered through basement door 515 

Basement — 

close rear doors at 8 P.M 23, 607 

open rear doors at 6 A.M 22 

close front basement doors at 10 P.M 24 

open front basement doors at 6 A.M 22, 606 

close rear doors at 1 1 P.M. on Saturdays, etc 25 

use wire screens to keep cats out 87 

all openings to be closed at night .88 



282 REMCO'S MANUAL 

PARAGRAPH 

Basement — Continued. * 

to be ventilated 87 

to be kept clean and free from refuse, etc 117 

to be whitewashed annually if necessary 172 

to be inspected daily 142 

floors, holes in, to be repaired at once 112 

pipes, not to project above floor 1 27 

to be kept warm 300, 602 

glass broken in, to be replaced and windows made 

tight 301, 601 

toilet, information as to location to be posted 419 

general schedule to be posted in 422 

register of tenants to be posted in 423 

rules to be posted therein 422 

whitewashing, information concerning 506 

rules 585-608 

to be disinfected 598 

windows and doors to be properly fastened 599 

doors to have automatic closing devices 600 

Basins — 
directions for care of, etc 1275 

Bath-room doors — 
copy of house rules to be posted on inside of 416 

Bathtubs — 
directions for cleaning, etc h 1280 

Bearings — 
machinery, information concerning 1 133 

Bedbugs — 

remedy for 452, 463-465 

sundry instructions concerning 462-467 

"Beebe" — 
ranges, directions for care and use of i330-'335~'340 

Bells — 

house, to be repaired promptly 42 

elevator, to be repaired promptly 42 

dumbwaiter, to be repaired promptly 42 



INDEX 283 

PARAGRAPH 

Bells — Continued. 

dumbwaiter, inspected weekly 1 50 

to connect entrance door with janitor's apartment 82 

to connect main hall with janitor's apartment 85 

Belts — 

information concerning 11 32 

Bicycles — 
not to be carried on passenger elevator 513 

Bills — 

approved to show where work done 390 

not to be approved if damage done by workmen 39 1 

not to be approved if price excessive or work unsatisfactory . 392 
not to be approved from memory 393 

Bituminous coal — 
instruction regarding firing 1072 

Boiler Insurance 136 

have Police Department inspection made every June 1 58 

have insurance company make regular inspections i 59 

Boiler — 

high pressure, directions for operation 1054 

low pressure, directions for operation 1055 

high pressure, engineers license required for operation 177 

low pressure, defined 177 

Ideal Steam, directions for operation 1056-1059 

information concerning fuels, economies, etc 1060 

rules 1053-1054-1061 

names, etc., of makers, repairers, etc., to be in Record 

Book 45-46, 347-348 

inspect, clean and repair in June of every year i6o-i6i 

inspect, clean and repair connections, valves, etc., yearly. . 162 

Boilers, Steam — 

Ideal Steam directions, for use '055^ to* 1064 

Royal Sectional, information concerning 1065 

Abendroth Sectional, information concerning 1066A 

Boynton, information concerning 1066 

Gurney, information concerning 1067 



284 REMCO'S MANUAL 

PARAGRAPH 

Boilers, Steam — Continued. 

Mercer, information concerning 1068 

Thatcher Sectional, information concerning 1077 

Boilers, Water — ■ 

Comfort & Rossmore, information concerning'. 1078 

Abendroth, information concerning '079 

Ideal, information concerning 1080-1090 

Royal, information concerning 1091 

Thatcher, information concerning 1092 

Empire, information concerning 1093 

Mercer, information concerning 1094 

Brass — 

to be cleaned with solarine 329 

to be polished 563 

Brasswork — 
fenders, etc., information concerning 1395 

Breakdowns — 
inexcusable as result of neglect 41 

Brickwork — 
to be kept pointed and in good repair, etc 1425 

Brushes — 
electrical, information concerning 1 137 

Building Dept. — 
officials, right to enter property 74 

Bugs — 

Croton and roaches, information concerning 453 

bed, information concerning 452-462 

water, directions for exterminating 450 

Cables — 

elevators, list of makers in New York City 1052 

elevator, to be inspected monthly i 53 

Carpets — 

stair, not to remain loose 115 

stairs, directions for relaying 1410 



INDEX 285 

PARAGRAPH 

Cats — 

to be kept out of basement ; method 87 

Cesspools — 

etc., to be kept clear 641 

instructions for cleaning, etc 1435 

to be cleaned daily 1 43 

Children — 

not to play on roof or in basement 512,610 

not allowed to use sidewalk as playground 630 

not allowed to play in halls 5156 

not allowed in basement 592 

Cleaning — 

supplies, janitor's list of iqo 

sundry regulations for 322 

daily 336 

weekly 337 

monthly 338 

annual • 339 

to be done by hall boys. ... 730 

schedule to be posted in vacant apartments 420 

Closing — 

building at night, rules for 23-24-25 

Clothes Moths — 

information concerning 467 

remedy for 468-470-475 

Coal — 

always have one month's supply on hand 44 

bins to be filled before Sept. ist 44 

hole covers to be kept securely fastened from below.. .119, 624 

and firing, sundry instructions..- 107', '098 

bituminous, instructions concerning 1072 

ranges, general directions 13 10 

Cockroaches — 

information concerning 454 

habits 455 



286 REMCO'S MANUAL 



PARAGRAPH 

Cockroaches — Continued. 

natural enemies and parasites 456 

remedy for 457-46 1 

Collecting Rings — 

electrical, information concerning 1 136 

Collections — 

to be reported to office daily. . . 377 

instructions concerning 37^377 

Comfort Steam Boiler — 

information concerning 1078 

Commutator — 

electrical, information concerning 1 135 

Complaint Book — 

sundry instructions 257, 258, 363-366 

entries to be dated 365 

to be examined daily 366 

Complaints and Repairs — 

regulations concerning 251-260 

to be entered in Complaint Book 256 

office to be notified of 256 

requests by tenants to be attended to promptly 256 

Complaints — 

directions for keeping Complaint Book 257 

to be sent to office in writing promptly 258 

and requests entered in Order or Complaint Book 342, 364 

Contagious diseases to be reported to office at once 68 

Contract Service — 

repairs, information concerning 268-278 

Contractors — 

to do work promptly and well 270 

Cornices — 

instructions regarding painting of 1420 

Courts — 

velocipedes, bicycles, etc., not to be left in 513 

Croton bugs and roaches — 

information concerning , 453-461 



INDEX 287 

PARAGRAPH 

Damage to Property — 

to be reported to office 59-61-66-137 

particulars to be noted 355 

Dampers on boilers — 
information concerning 1070-1097 

Deliveries — 
to be made through main entrance when basement closed. ..26 

sundry regulations concerning 394-399 

from van to be made by van men 84 

Deposits — 

to be received subject to acceptance 211 

to be reported to office at once 376 

Direct-current electrical machinery — 
information concerning 1 1 1 2 

Discharges — 
electrical, information concerning 1138 

Disease — 
contagious, in house, report to office 68 

Dissatisfaction of tenants — 
report to office 63 

Disturbances — 

report to office 62 

to be prevented 73 

Dogs, cats, etc. — 
not allowed on premises 514 

Doors — 

open front and rear at 6 A.M 22 

main entrance at 8 A.M 22 

roof doors and sky-lights at 6 A.M 22 

close rear basement at 8 P.M., except on Saturdays, etc. . . .23 

close front basement at 10 P.M 24 

close front and rear basement at 1 1 P.M. Saturdays and be- 
fore holidays 25 

close main entrance, etc., at 1 o P.M . . 28 

main entrance to be closed at 1 1 P.M. if house has hall boy 

service 29 

roof and basement, to be closed every night 88 



28S REMCO'S MANUAL 

PARAGRAPH 

Doors — Continued, 
to elevator pit to be kept locked 130 

dumbwaiter, basement and roof to fit tight 302 

roof, to be repaired and painted annually 167 

trim and moldings, sundry instructions concerning 1380 

Draft — 

regulation of, for boilers. 1069 

Drains — 

sundry instructions concerning 1435 

to be cleared daily 143 

Dressing-room — 

for help to be in basement 183-186 

for help, what it should contain 185 

employees to have keys 186 

Drying racks — 

to be kept in good repair 1 22 

to be inspected weekly 149 

to be repaired and painted annually 167 

rules for use of dryers and drying racks to be posted 417 

directions for care of, etc 1365 

Dumbwaiter — 

breakdown, result of neglect, inexcusable 41 

to be inspected frequently 41 

bells to be repaired promptly 42 

to be inspected monthly to prevent accident 106 

keep line of travel to them clear 117 

inflammable materials not to be stored near 117 

shafts to be inspected daily 1 42 

see that it has a guard 129, looi 

ropes and guides to be inspected monthly 1 53 

ropes, how to determine wear i 54 

, cars to be scoured with soda 328 

to be overhauled and repaired annually 166 

cars, to have Car and Shaft Rules posted in 418 

register of tenants to be posted near 423 

sundry instructions concerning . 1000-1008 



INDEX 289 

PARAGRAPH 

Dumbwaiter — Continued. 

bells and tubes to be kept in order 1002 

register of tenants names to be near basement door of.. . . 1003 

to have roller at basement door 1004 

shaft to be disinfected 1006 

cars to be scoured once a week 1005 

machinery to be well oiled 1007 

machinery to be inspected monthly 1008 

car and shaft to be free from refuse 523-524 

Dynamo — 

information concerning 1 1 10 

Economy and fuel — 

in heating plants 1060 

Electric pumps — 

directions for care of Quimby pumps 1 265 

bell repairs 272 

light lamps supplied by lighting company 319 

light, janitor is responsible for waste of 9 

Electrical machinery — 

instructions regarding 1 105-1 138 

general information 1 106-1 107 

information concerning fuses 1 108 

information concerning meters 1 109 

information concerning dynamos 1 1 10 

information concerning motors 1 1 1 1 

information concerning direct current machines 1112 

information concerning field rheostat 1 1 13 

information concerning auto starter 1 1 14 

importance of general cleanliness 1115-1117 

information concerning switches 1 1 18 

information concerning name plate 1 1 19 

^.information concerning fire under\v'riters 1 120 

information concerning setting up machines 1121 

information concerning single generator 1 122 

information concerning generators in parallel 1 123 

information concerning direct current motors . 1 124 



290 REMCO'S MANUAL 

PARAGRAPH 

Electrical machinery — Continued. 

information concerning alternating current motors 1 124 

information concerning stopping d. c. motor 1125 

information concerning rotation 1 126 

information concerning care of machinery 1 127 

information concerning sparking 1 128 

information concerning excitation 1 1 29 

information concerning grounds 1 130 

information concerning repairs 1 1 3 1 

information concerning belts 1 132 

information concerning bearings 1 133 

information concerning armature 1 134 

information concerning commutator 1 135 

information concerning collecting rings 1 136 

information concerning brushes . 1 137 

information concerning static discharges 1138 

names, addresses, telephones, etc., of makers to be recorded . .45 
numbers of, to be entered in Record Book 45 

Elevator bells — 

to be repaired promptly .42 

cars to be inspected monthly 153 

breakdown, result of neglect, inexcusable 41 

breakdown, night and day work to be done when repairing .42 

cables to be inspected monthly 153-155 

plant to be cleaned and repaired annually 165 

to be inspected regularly 4' 

before being shut down for repairs tenants to have notice.. .q2 

doors to have locks, and keys to be provided.. . : 98 

to be inspected daily ' 05 

to be insured lo? 

not to be used when out of order 108 

how to shut down for repairs 125 

shafts, doors at bottom to be kept locked 130 

shafts to be inspected daily '42 

car not to be left when in motion lOQ 

machinery to be inspected daily ... 142 



INDEX 291 

PARAGRAPH 

Elevator bells — Continued. 

operator, when first engaged, to be instructed 124 

operator, not to be under 18 years old 178, 752 

Elevator repairs — 

instructions concerning 266 

to be made by night and day work 266 

Elevators — 

list of builders of, in New York City 1050, 105 1 

cables, etc., list of makers of, in New York City. . .- 1052 

(Passenger), sundry regulations and instructions for. .749-770 
(Freight), sundry regulations and instructions for.. .771-795 B 

(Passenger), velocipedes or bicycles not allowed in 513 

and dumbwaiter pits, trash to be removed daily. 589 

sundry, instructions for care of 1009- 101 4 

operating cable to be regulated daily 1010 

cables and devices to be inspected daily 101 1 

bearings oiled and pit to be inspected daily 1012-1013 

valve to be closed when elevator under repair 125 

pit doors to be kept locked 130 

insurance, information concerning 136 

repairs, sometimes made under annual contract 271 

when not in operation to be kept at basement floor 773 

Elevator Operators (Freight) — 

sundry regulations for 77 1 -795 B 

operator, to notify janitor in case of fire 771 

operator's hours of service 772 

operator not to permit noise 774 

operator not to overload car 775 

operator not to lose time on landings 776 

operator to answer bells promptly 777 

operator to be prompt, etc . .778 

operator to deliver storeroom goods 779 

operator not to allow peddlers, etc., to enter. 780 

operator not to receive parcels 781 

operator to use pan in delivering ice 782 



292 REMCO'S MANUAL 

PARAGRAPH 

Elevator Operators (Freight) — Continued. 

when to deliver coal, etc 783 

operator to notify new tenants of ash and garbage hours.. .784 

operator to have list of tenants 725A, 785 

operator to get into car first, to leave it last 788 

operator to shut down car if out of order 792 

operator to study instructions and rules 795'^ 

operator to pro\'ide service for tenants' help 795 ^ 

operator to report unsanitary toilets 786 

operator responsible for back hall lighting 787 

operator to sweep storeroom clean 7Q0 

operator to tag all storeroom articles 79 1 

operator to keep cellar surrounding car clean 793 

operator to close all sky-lights, etc 794 

operator to keep cats, etc., out of basement 795 

Elevator Operators (Passenger) — 

hours of service 749-75 1 

operators, to be over 18 years old 752 

operators to have list of tenants, etc 7-5^, 753 

operators not to carry servants with tenants, etc 754 

operators to occupy car first 755 

operators to leave car last 756 

operators not to allow others to run car 757 

operators to see all doors are shut 758 

operators to shut down car when out of order. 759 

operators not to leave car unless locked . . .760 

to stop car before opening door 761 

to read instructions for car and machinery 762 

to provide elevator service for servants 795 B, 763 

to allow drug deliveries by front entrance 764 

not to allow peddlers, etc., to enter 765 

to be polite and obliging 766 

to sand sidewalks when slippery 767 

to notify janitor when sidewalks need sweeping 768 

to notify janitor when ash and garbage cans are empty 769 

to be familiar with house rules, etc 770 



INDEX 293 

PARAGRAPH 

Elevators, Otis Hydraulic — 

sundry instructions loi 5 

how to pack i o 1 9 

how to pack piston 1020-102 1 

how to pack valves 1022 

how to pack piston rods 1023 

safety-devices, sundry instructions 1024 

(Otis), sundry instructions 1018-1019 

(Otis Electric), hand rope, sundry instructions 1025 

(Otis, Electric), care of hand rope when oiling 1026 

Hand Rope, oiling the elevator 1027 

Hand Rope motor and regulator 1028 

Hand Rope, operating the elevator 1029 

Hand Rope, general directions 1030 

Switch Device, sundry instructions 103 i 

Switch Device, cleaning and oiling 1032 

Switch Device, brake 1033 

Switch Device, motor switch 1034 

Switch Device, commutator and brushes 1035 

Switch Device, stuffmg boxes 1036 

Switch Device, limit switches 1037 

Switch Device, controller 1038 

Switch Device, operation 1040 

(Warner Electric), sundry information 1042 

motor 1044 

care of controller 1043 

brake adjustment 1045 

worm gear 1 046 

thrust bearings 1047 

drum, guides, etc 1048 

operation 1 049 

Emergencies — 
preparations necessary for fast work in 45 

Emergency — 

repairs to be ordered by janitor when necessary 262 

regulations 261-266 



294 REMCO'S AlANUAL 

PARAGRAPH 

Emergency — Continued, 
orders to be explained in janitor's weekly report 372 

Empire hot water heater — 
sundry information 1093 

Employees — 

janitor is responsible for conduct of 5 

should report for duty on time. 14, 176 

should not gossip about affairs of tenants 50 

make each responsible for his part of work 181 

must keep themselves neat " 38, 560, 706 

not to go off duty until relieved qq 

not tohave access to tenants' ap't's., without riuthority.ioo-ioi 

janitor should have addresses of 2 

janitor's instructions regarding 175 

rules to be observed in hiring • 1 79 

to be trained to show apartments during janitor's absence. . 204 

to furnish three references 1 79 

meal and relief hours to be fixed 182 

dressing-room, sundry instructions 183-185 

not to receive mail, parcels, etc 533~534 

sundry instructions for 700-725 

must not leave post without notice 701 

not to go off duty until relieved 702 

to be uniformed when on duty 703 

not to wear uniforms away from building 704 

uniforms to be cleaned monthly 705 

to bathe frequently 707 

to be personally cleanly 708 

to be polite and helpful 51-568 to 574, 709, 715 

not to allow books, etc., to lie around halls 710 

not to run errands during working hours 711 

not to receive parcels for tenants 712 

not to give information about tenants 713 

not to talk with tenants, except when necessary 714 

not to talk back to tenants 51,715 

not to gossip 716 



INDEX 295 

PARAGRAPH 

Employees — Continued. 

on reporting to get complete list of tenants, guests, and help . 725 A 

to stand when visitors pass ■ 717 

to open main hall doors for tenants, etc 718 

to know apartments for rent, rates, etc 71Q 

to get names and addresses of applicants for apartments.. .720 

not to keep undelivered mail in hall 721 

to air halls properly 722 

to announce visitors 723 

to deliver visitors' cards 724 

to write messages for tenants 725 

Engines, Rider (Hot Air) — 

directions for operation, etc 125 5-1 260 

Engineer's — 

license, how obtained 177 

Entrance — 

main, deliveries to be through it after basement closed 26 

main, to be closed at 10 P.M 28 

main, not to be used by servants, tradesmen, etc 516 

Ericsson Pumps — 
directions 125 5-1 260 

Excelsior — 
not to be stored on the premises 116, 438, 529, 587 

Faucets, etc. — 

to be tested before tenants move in 228 

not to be allowed to drip 307 

directions concerning 1275 

Fire — 

directions for banking 32-281 

bank hot water heater and heating plant at 10 P. M. 3 1-33-34 

in case of, report immediately to office 58 

escapes to be kept clear 121, 526, 635 

escapes to be painted in June of every year 1420 

escapes not to be obstructed 121 

Firing rules — ♦ 

for Ideal Steam Boiler 1055^-1056-1057-1058-1059, 1071 



296 REMCO'S MANUAL 

PARAGRAPH 

Firing rules — Continued, 
for Ideal Water Boiler 1081-1082-1083-1084-1085 

Floors — 

hardwood, water never to be used on 95~335 

hardwood, sundry instructions 1 385 

hardwood, how to refinish 1390 

basement, repair all holes at once 112 

main, cleaning of, should be completed by 8.30 A. M 561 

Flower-pots, etc. — 

not to be placed on window-sills 636 

Floy, Henry, A. I. E. E. — 

directions the operation of electrical machinery 1 105-1 138 

Flues — 

things worth knowing about 295, i loo-i loi 

to be cleaned and repaired annually 164 

cleaning information , '073, '099 

sliding damper, instructions concerning 1074 

Forms — 
sundry, to be kept on hand 538 

Formulae and recipes — 
sundry 1440-1470 

Fuel tickets — 

(cancelled), to be returned with weekly report 374, 503 

sold by management 501-535 

not to be sold for cash by janitor 502 

tenants', sundry instructions concerning 500-503 

Fuel and Economy 1060, 1086 

Furniture — 

cloth-covered, how to protect against moths 480 

and woodwork in main hall to be dusted daily 564 

to be delivered through basement door 515 

van deliveries to storeroom to be made by van men 84 

Furnishings — 
sundry instructions 1410 

Furnace — 
nothing combustible to be stored near 591 



INDEX 297 

PARAGRAPH 

Fu rn ace — Con t in ued . 
names, addresses, etc., cf makers and repairers 

to be in Record Book. 45~46, 347-348 

general directions 1 2 1 o 

Mott " Comet " 1 889, directions 1 2 1 5 

Richardson & Boynton, directions 1 220 

Thatcher, tubular, directions 1 225 

Boynton, directions 1 23 5 

Harvey, directions 1 2 1 2 

York, directions 1 240 

to be cleaned and repaired annually 163 

where to get supplies for 1 295 

Furs — 
how to protect against moths 485 

Fuses — 
electrical, information concerning 1 108 

Garbage — 

tenant to be notified of hour for collection 225 

notices stating time to be collected to be posted, etc 417 

not to be burned on premises 439, 603 

to be removed daily .444, 590 

cans to be taken indoors as soon as emptied 733 

and ashes, regulations 274, 590 

to be sent down to basement daily 521 

Gas — 

janitor is responsible for waste of 9 

care to be used when thawing out 134 

to be kept on in vacant apartments 200, 234, 248 

ranges repaired by Gas Company, when rented 276 

ranges may be rented from Gas Company 277 

ranges, general directions for using 13 1 5 

house, turn down at meter 315 

tips, larger than necessary not to be used 317 

switches, use where economical , . .318 

fixtures to be cleaned with crude oil 331 



298 REMCO'S MANUAL 

PARAGRAPH 

Gas — Continued. 

fixtures in main halls to be kept in good condition 1410 

Generator — 

electrical, information concerning 1 1 10 

in parallel, information concerning 1 1 23 

Glass — 

broken, to be replaced at once 620 

glassware and globes, sundry instructions 1350 

Globes — 

glassware, etc., sundry instructions 1350 

Gossip — 

to be discouraged among employees 50 

Grounds — 

electrical, information concerning 1 130 

Guests — 

of tenants, names to be known to employees 395 

Gurney Steam — 

boilers, directions • 1067 

Halls — 

not to be blocked 215, 527-1530 

main, should have messenger call 79 

main, to have bell to janitor's apartments 85 

baby carriages not allowed in 513 

main, rules 537~5^9 

to be well aired 7^^ 

back, to contain back hall rules 421 

back, rules 570-584 

back, to be swept daily 57^ 

back, storage in, prohibited 5^0 

Hall boys — 

to have names of tenants' guests 56, 725A, 747 

sundry regulations for 720-748 

to notify janitor in case of fire 7^6 

hours 727-728-729 

duties 730 



INDEX 299 

PARAGRAPH 

Hall boys — Continued. 

to see that slippery pavements are sanded 731 

to see that pavements are swept 732 

to see that empty garbage cans are removed promptly 733 

not to allow agents in the house 734 

not to operate elevator unless ordered to do so 735 

responsible for vestibule lights, etc 736 

to lock outside doors, etc., at 1 1 P.M 737 

to close all outside doors when going oflF duty 29, 738 

to deliver mail promptly 739 

not to accept tenants' parcels 740 

not to accept tenants' telegrams 741 

to keep themselves neat and clean 742 

to know house rules 743 

to notify management of applications for apartments 744 

to keep in stock literature describing property 745 

to be able at all times to show apartments 746 

to keep list of tenants' guests and employees 56, 747 

to know at which door papers, etc., are delivered 748 

Hall — 

help to know apartments for rent 407, 719, 746 

Main, rules 537-5^9 

Main, to contain sundry forms 538, 745 

Main, eating and drinking in, prohibited 565 

Main, kept clean always 562 

Main, to have messenger call 79 

Main, to contain sundry information 410-41 5. 539 

Hardware — 
sundry instructions 1370 

Hardwood floors — 

water not to be used on 95, 335 

directions for care of 1 385 

how to refinish 1390 

Hart & Grouse Co. — * 
boilers, directions 1065 



300 REMCO'S MANUAL 

PARAGRAPH 

Hartford Steam Boiler Ins. Co. — 

Boiler Room Rules, high pressure 1054 

Boiler Room Rules, low pressure. 1055 

Harvey Furnace — 

directions 1 2 1 2 

Health Board — 

right to enter property 74 

employees to facilitate work of its inspectors 74 

Heat — 

when to be supplied 33, 280-283-2QO 

lack of, bad management 43 

regulations concerning 279, 285-286 

basement to be kept warm 300 

Heaters — 

hot water, bank fire at 10 P. M 34~305 

hot water, names, addresses, etc., of makers, re- 
pairers, etc., to be in Record Book 45-46, 347-348 

Abendroth Sectional, directions 1066A 

Royal, directions 1091 

Empire, directions 1093 

to be cleaned and repaired annually 163 

general instructions for 279-294 

plant to be tested 284, 287-288-289 

plant to be cleaned and repaired annually 161-162 

steam, information about radiator air valves 1062 

plant, causes of unsatisfactory results 297 

plant, sufficient draft to be supplied for proper combustion . 293 

plant, soot causes waste of heat 294 

suggestions by American Radiator Co 291-292 

hot water, information about 1270 

end of the season 1090 

Help — 
instructions regarding dressing-rooms, lockers, etc., 

184-185-186 

terfants', should be in by 1 1.30 P. M 531 

make each responsible for his part of the work 181 



INDEX 301 

PARAGRAPH 

Help — Continued, 

janitor should have addresses of, in Record Book 2 

janitor's instructions regarding ly^ 

High pressure boilers — 
sundry instructions 1053 

Hot Air Pumps — 
directions for care and operation of 1255 

Hot Water Heaters — 

Abendroth Sectional, information concerning 1079 

names, addresses, etc., of makers and repairers 

to be in Record Book 45-46, 347-348 

directions for banking fire 32 

system, information concerning 1 270 

Hot Water — 

to be supplied at all hours 30 

lack of, bad management 43 

House notices — 

sundry information concerning 408-424 

rules 510-536 

rules, copy to be given to each new tenant 227 

service 511 

service, janitor should have schedule hours for each position. . 14 

service, elevators, sundry regulations for 77' "795 B 

service, janitor responsible for 4 

service, public will judge janitor by character of 36 

service, give best in order to keep tenants 54 

service, complete from 8 A.M. to 7 P.M 22 

service, hours for 22, 511, 557, 605 

service, schedule for hours to be posted in basement 422 

service, hours for 511 

Houses — 
without hall service, sundry instructions 558 

Ice — 

to be removed promptly from steps and sidewalks 110 

on steps and sidewalks, to be sprinkled with sand, etc 1 1 1 

boxes, directions for care of 1345 



302 REMCO'S MANUAL 



PARAGRAPH 

Ideal — 

Steam Boilers, directions for use 1055A-1064 

Water Boilers, directions for use 1080-1087 

Information — 

about owner not to be given 76 

concerning electrical machinery 1 105-1 138 

Inflammable — 

material not to be stored, but burned or moved 438-440 

Injury — 
accidents causing, to be reported to office at once 137 

Inspections — 

elevators, dumbwaiters, when to be made 41 

by some city officials, permitted 74 

by private individuals, not permitted 75 

elevators to be inspected daily; dumbwaiters monthly. 105-106 

janitor's daily. 1 39-144 

janitor's weekly i45~' 5^ 

janitor's monthly i 51-155 

janitor's yearly 156-174 

Instructions — 

janitor's regarding help 175 

general, for janitors 1-104 

for care of plant and property, to be studied 96 

Insurance — 

janitor should insure his effects 35 

Accident 135-138 

Boiler, Elevator and Liability 136 

Inventories — 
of furniture, tools, etc., to be kept in Record Book 343 

I ronwork — 

and metal trimmings, sundry instructions 1420 

directions for care of fixtures not in use 1395 

Janitor — 

general instructions for 1-828 

instructions for the prevention of accidents 105-138 



INDEX 303 

PARAGRAni 

Janitor — Continued. 

instructions when tenants move in 212-228 

instructions when tenants move out 229-250 

should be able to reach agent or superintendent quickly i 

what his responsibility to management includes 3-9 

should know addresses and telephones for use after office hours, i 

should enter house address of all help in Record Book 2 

is responsible to management for house service 4 

is responsible to management for work of employees 5 

is responsible to management for condition of plant 6 

is responsible to management for care of property 7 

is responsible to management for renting of apartments 8 

is responsible to management for waste of steam, electricitv, 

etc 9 

should systematize his work 10 

should insist on having proper tools 11 

should have a place for everything 12 

should fix a time for each part.of the day's work 13 

should schedule hours for each position 14 

should make each employee responsible for his work 15 

should not leave premises unless necessary 16 

should notify superintendent or agent before leaving 17 

should appoint a first assistant 18 

should have assistant study his work in Manual 19 

should notify each employee who is in charge when janitor 

is away 20 

should study Manual carefully 21 

should insure his effects 35 

will be judged by the character of service maintained 36 

should always be polite, prompt and obliging 37 

should keep himself and other employees neat 38 

is responsible for breakdown in elevator or dumbwaiter ser- 
vice 4« 

should have bell from his apartment to front entrance door. 82 

not to order repairs or supplies 260 

responsible for lack of heat or water, etc 43 



304 REMCO'S MANUAL 

PARAGRAPH 

Janitor — Continued. 

instructions for emergency repairs 262-278 

should have coal bins filled before Sept. ist, etc 44 

always have at least a month's supply of coal 44 

should have names, 'phone numbers and addresses of all me- 
chanics 264 

should be able to work fast in an emergency, etc 43 

not to use money collected by him for expenses 377 

to get receipted bill for all purchases 389 

Janitor's — 

inspections, daily 139-144 

instructions for opening and closing entrances, lighting, 

etc 22-29 

inspections, weekly '45~' 5^ 

instructions regarding hot water supply 30-31-32 

inspections, monthly 151-155 

instructions as to steam heating, etc 33~34 

instructions as to care of uniforms, etc 39-40 

inspections, annual 1 56-174 

instructions as to elevator and dumbwaiter bell repairs 42 

help 175-182 

repairs and complaints 252-278 

heating instructions 279-3 1 2 

lighting instructions 313-321 

tools and supplies 187-192 

keys 400-407 

cleaning supplies 190 

cleaning instructions 322-339 

mail, telegram and parcel deliveries 394-399 

repair supplies 191-192-1370 

renting instructions 193-21 1 

records and reports 340-374 

Record Book 341-356 

Order Book 357-362 

Complaint Book. 363-366 

Accounting 375~393 



INDEX 305 

PARAGRAPH 

Janitor's — Continued. 

house notices 408-424 

care of storerooms 425-435 

disposition of refuse 436-444 

whitewashing work 504-509 

instructions for removing vermin 446-495 

fuel deliveries. . 500-503 

House Rules 5 10-536 

Main Hall Rules 537~569 

Back Hall Rules 570-584 

Basement Rules 585-608 

Roof Rules 600-622 

Outside Rules 623-64 1 

Employees Rules 700-725A 

instructions for hall boys 726-748 

instructions for elevator operators 749-770 

instructions for service elevator operators 77'~795B 

instructions for telephone operators 796-827 

Key blanks — 
etc., to be kept on hand 405 

Keyboard — 
to be provided 406 

Keys — 

to vacant apartments to be tagged 201 

sundry instructions concerning 400-407 

to be supplied to incoming tenants 220, 401 

receipt to be taken 221, 402 

to be surrendered by outgoing tenants 235, 403 

of vacant apartments to be tagged on keyboard 249, 404 

Kitchen — 

cleaning regulations 333-335 

door to have garbage and ash hours posted 417 

Lamps (Electric) — 

supplied by Electric Light Co 319 

to be replaced when burning dim 319 



3o6 REMCO'S MANUAL 

PARAGRAPH 

Laundries — 

to be inspected weekly 1 48 

Laundry and Drying Days — . 

tenants to be notified of 226 

notices regulating use to be posted 417 

and drying day, register of, to be posted 593 

Leaders — 

sundry instructions 1430 

Leaks — 

in closed apartments to be reported to office loi 

Lease — 

copy of, should be in janitor's Record Book 345 

Liability Insurance — 

information concerning 136 

License — 

. required for high pressure steam plant 177 

engineer's, how obtained 1 77 

Light - 

to be on in vacant apartments 314 

waste of, not to be permitted 313 

Lighting, House — 

under janitor's care 321 

Lights — 

sundry regulations 23, 24, 27, 313, 584 

useless, to be cut out 316 

Loss by theft — 

to be reported to the office 60 

Machinery — 
names, phones, etc., of repairers and makers of, to be in 

Record Book 45' ^^6 

numbers of, to be kept in Record Book 45 

instructions for care of, covers various types 97 

electrical, information concerning 1 105-1 138 

when not in use to be oiled and covered 94 

moving, to have permanent guard 1 26 



INDEX 307 

PARAGRAPH 

Machinery — Continued, 
elevator, to be inspected daily 142 

Mail Delivery — 

regulations 394, 396, 397, 721, 739 

Main Hall — 

rugs to be taken up in rough weather 104 

furnishings, decorations, etc., for care of 1410 

ru les 413-414-415,537-567 

light fixtures to be kept in good condition, etc 1410 

should have messenger call 79 

should have large umbrella, umbrella stand, and mail box. 1410 

Manual — • 

first assistant should study janitor's work in 19 

janitor should study carefully 21 

Marble — 

to remove stains '455; '460; '4^5> '47^* 

to be scoured with sapolio 325 

Mason Work — 

instructions concerning 1 425 

Mats — 

should be of wire or rubber, clean and durable 1410 

Mercer Hot Water Boilers — 

directions 1094 

Mercer Steam Boilers — 

directions 1 068 

Messenger Call — 

to be in main hall 79 

Meter — 

water, to be read 311 

electrical, information concerning 1 109 

Mice — 

to be trapped 451 

Moldings — 

trim, etc., directions for care of 1 380 

Moths — 
clothes, sundry information 467, 468, 470, 475 



3o8 REMCO'S MANUAL 

PARAGRAPH 

Motors — 
electrical, information concerning mi 

Mott's "Comet " 1889 Furnace — 

directions 121 5 

Moving — 

of tenants, arrange not to block service 102 

instructions concerning incoming tenants 212 

approval of office to be obtained before tenants move in. . .214 

Names — 

'phones, etc., of all mechanics to be in Record Book. . . .45-46 
Neatness — 

janitor and other employees should keep neat and clean. . . .38 
Neighbors — 

if objectionable, report to office 69 

Newspaper Delivery — 

regulations 394-398 

Nickel — 

to be cleaned with solarine 330 

Night Firing — 

sundry instructions 1057 

Noise — 

unnecessary, not to be permitted on premises 52, 575 

annoying tenants, to be reported to office 72 

to be reported when a nuisance 72 

Notices — 

house, sundry information concerning 408-425 

Objectionable Neighbors — 

or tenants to be reported to office 69 

Odors — 

annoying tenants, to be reported to office 72 

Operation — 

and care of electrical machinery 1 105-1 138 



INDEX 309 

PARAGRAPH 

Operator — 

passenger elevator, sundry regulations 749-770 

service elevator, sundry regulations 771 -795 B 

telephone, sundry regulations 796-824 

Order Book — 

stubs to show complaints and requests 342 

sundry instructions 357 

instructions about 3 58 

Orders — 

to be dated 361 

should describe clearly what is wanted 362 

emergency, explain in Weekly Report 372 

Otis Elevator Co. — 

elevator instructions 1015, 1018-1019 

Overtime — 

employees should be paid for 99 

Owner — 

information about, not to be given 76 

Paint — 

roof, recipe for 1 445 

Painting — 

sign, repaint when necessary 70 

Paper — 

etc., not to be stored near dumbwaiter 117 

Parasites — 

sundry information 446-495 

Parcel Delivery — 

regulations 394*399, 7 '2, 740 

Peddlers — 

not permitted in building 78, 765 

Pipes — 

projecting above basement floor to be guarded 127 

water, to be protected from freezing 312 

Pistons — 

elevator, how to pack them 1020-102 1-1023 



3IO REMCO'S MANUAL 

PARAGRAPH 

Plant — 

janitor responsible for its condition 6 

bank hot water heater and steam plant at lo P.M 3 • > 33 

and property, instructions to be studied 96. 97 

heating, to be tested shortly before heating season 284 

heating, cause of unsatisfactory results 297, 298 

repairs, extensive, to be noted in Record Book • • -353 

repairs, new, to be noted when installed 354 

Plants — 
etc., not to be placed on window-sills 1 20 

Plumbing — 

to be protected against freezing 312 

of vacant apartments, traps to have attention, etc... .247, 250 
directions for faucets, bath tubs, toilets and wash tubs 

1275, 1280, 1285, '290 

Police — 

Headquarters, call when ambulance needed 93 

Department grants engineers' licenses 177 

Premises — 

janitor not to leave unless necessary 16 

janitor not to leave without notice 17 

Property — 

janitor responsible for its care 7 

descriptions to be kept on hand 203 

Pumps — 

to be repaired and cleaned annually 163 

record numbers in Record Book 45 

steam, general directions 1250 

Rider, Hot Air and Gas, directions 1 255-1 260 

Quimby Electric, directions 1265 

Worthington, directions 1 250 



Quimby — 

Electric pump, instructions 1265 



INDEX 311 

PARAGRAPH 

Racks — 

drying, to be kept in good repair 122 

drying, to be repaired and painted annually 167 

drying, sundry instructions 1365 

Radiators — 

and valves to be examined 289 

how to control 1062 

valves, information '075) 'OQ^ 

air vent valves on 1088 

Railings — 
to be painted in June of every year 1420 

Ranges, gas — 

repaired by gas company, when rented 276 

rented by gas company 277 

to be polished with enameline 324 

where to get supplies for '. . . 1245, 1295 

how to write repair orders for 1300-1305 

Coal, general directions for care and operation 13 10 

Gas, general directions for care and operation 13 1 5 

Mott's Defiance, directions 1320 

Mott's Clairmont, directions 1325 

Beebe, 0-1-2-3-4, directions 1330 

Beebe, 15,16 1335 

French, 19 1340 

Rats — 
to be trapped 451 

Recipes — 

and formulae, sundry 1 440-1 470 

whitewash 507-508-509, 1 440 

how to refinish hardwood floors 1 385-1 390 

roof paint 1445 

to remove stains from marble 1455-1465 

to remove grease from marble 1460 

to remove ink from marble 1470 

to exterminate vermin 446-490 



312 REMCO'S MANUAL 

PARAGRAPH 

Receipts — 
deposit, instructions concerning 211 

Record Book to contain — 
day and night addresses, and 'phone numbers of impor- 
tance 1-2, 45 

numbers of all machinery in use 45, 347 

summer addresses of tenants 55 

names of witnesses of accidents 138 

all names, addresses, and 'phones of help 180 

date of tenants' arrival 213 

all complaints and requests 256-257 

date of departure and new addresses of tenants 23 1 

all names and addresses, etc., of mechanics 265 

particulars of all contract service repairs 269 

reading of water meter 311 

sundry instructions 341 

inventories of furniture, tools, etc 343 

dates, etc., of extensive repairs to plant 353 

chart of location of valves 344 

time of workmen when on day's work basis 356 

'phone numbers and addresses of repair men 45, 347-348 

out of town addresses of absent tenants 352 

names, etc., of any one damaging property 355 

all office instructions 349 

dates of arrival of new tenants 350 

dates of departure of tenants 351 

References — 

to be gotten from applicants for apartments 210 

employees, obtain at least three from each 179 

Refuse — 

around building to be removed immediately 123 

any found on daily inspection to be removed at once *• '44 

to be removed from roof promptly 437 

sundry regulations 436-444 

inflammable, not to be stored on premises 438 

not to be thrown around buildings by tenants 520 



INDEX 313 



PARAGRAPH 

Refuse — Continued. 

to be removed from vacant apartments immediately 442 

kinds of, that City will not remove, instiuctions 443 

to be sent down to basement 521 

from alterations to be removed daily 443 

in basement to be kept away from dumbwaiter, etc. . .441, 588 

Refrigerators 

to be scoured with soda 327 

general instructions 1345 

Remedies — 
for exterminating vermin, etc 430, 457, 468 

Renting — 

janitor is responsible for 8 

have forms of agreement to lease on hand 209 

instructions regarding references 210 

instructions regarding deposit receipts, etc 211 

janitor's, general instructions 193 

have list of apartments to rent on hand 206 

forward names, etc., of applicants to office 208 

season, repair work to be done outside of, when possible.. .259 

get all help possible in 196 

keep agent's cards, plans, etc., on hand 203 

employees to be trained to show apartments in janitor's 
absence 204 

Repair supplies — 
janitor's 191, 192, 1370 

Repairs — 

not to be promised to tenants by janitor 47 

janitor should have addresses, etc., of mechanics 46 

janitor should have number of all his machines 45, 347 

workmen to report to janitor before commencing work. . •254 

Repairs and complaints — 

regulations 231 

to be done to satisfaction of tenants 252 

if delayed notify office 258 

if unsatisfactory report to office 267 



314 REMCO'S MANUAL 

PARAGRAPH 

Repairs and complaints — Continued. 

not to be made during renting season 259 

not to be ordered by janitor 260 

instructions concerning emergency repairs. ... 261 , 264, 265, 267 
to elevators to be made by day and night work 266 

Repairs — 

contract service, regulations 268, 269 

see that contractors do work promptly and well 270 

extensive, to property, to be noted in Record Book 353 

by day's work, time of workmen to be in Record Book. . . .356 

requested, to be entered in Order Book 359 

to electrical machinery 1131 

orders, how to write 1305 

new 'phone numbers and addresses to be recorded 45, 347 

Report — 

to office summer addresses of tenants 55 

at once, in case of fire 58 

at once, in case of accident 59 

at once, loss by theft 60 

at once, any damage to property 61, 66 

at once, any disturbance beyond your control 62 

at once, any cause of dissatisfaction to tenants 63 

at once, when any tenant is about to vacate 64 

to oifice when any tenant is trying to sub-let 65 

to office if street crossings not cleaned promptly 67 

to office at once, any contagious disease on premises 68 

to office if tenants or neighbors objectionable 69 

to office if renting sign needs to be painted 70 

to office if any dead animals on street or premises 71 

to office if any noise, odors, or smoke annoying tenants. . . .72 

to office at once, accident causing damage or injury 137 

to office if repair work is unsatisfactory 267 

to office if supplies are unsatisfactory 267 

to office, dailv, all collections 377 

Reports — 
weekly, sundry instructions 367, 368 



INDEX 315 

PARAGRAPH 

Reports — Continued, 
weekly, should contain all necessary information 369 

Rheostat — 
field, information concerning 1 1 13 

Richardson & Boynton's Furnace — 
directions 1220 

Rider Pumps — 
directions 1255 

Riser Lines — 
see they are run properly 287 

Roaches — 

information concerning 453 

various remedies 458-461 

Roof — 

put rubber treads on stairway 114 

to be inspected weekly 1 49 

to be repaired and painted annually 1 67 

repairs 273 

doors, to be repaired and painted annually 167 

doors, roof rules to be posted near 424 

doors to be closed at i o P.M 28 

doors to be opened at 8 A.M .^ . 22 

refuse not allowed to remain on 437 

all openings to be closed at night 88 

rules 609-622 

racks to be kept in repair 611 

racks to be inspected weekly 149 

repair under water tank annually 170 

register of drying days for apartments to be posted 612 

to be kept clean 614 

doors to be kept closed 615 

bulkheads to be painted 619 

to be kept clear 62 1 

sundry instructions i355 

tanks, sundry instructions 13^0 

racks, directions for care of, etc 1365 



3i6 REMCO'S MANUAL 

PARAGRAPH 

Roof — Continued, 
paint, recipe for 1445 

Rugs — 

Main Hall, taken up in stormy weather 104 

Main Hall, to be taken up when tenants are moving 104 

etc., not to be hung from windows 639 

Rules — 

House, tenants to be furnished with copy of 227 

House, copy in Record Book 345 

House, copy to be framed and hung in main hall 414 

House 5 10-536 

^^ain Hall 41 3, 414, 41 5, 537-569 

Back Hall $70-583 

Passenger elevator 749-770 

Freight elevator 77i~79$B 

Outside 623-641 

Basement 422, 585-608 

Roof 424, 609-622 

Employees 700-725A 

Hall boys 726-748 

Elevator Operators 749-795 B 

Telephone Operators 796-824 

Prevention of Accidents 105-134 

For care and operation of steam boilers 1061 

For boiler room (high pressure) 1053 

For boiler room (low pressure) 1055 

For firing boilers 1056-1059 

Safety-Valve — 

to be tried monthly 103, 132, 1 52 

Servants — 

not to use main entrance 516, 551 

male, not to room on servants' room floor 517 

Service — 

janitor should schedule hours for each position 14 

complete, hours for 22, 557, 605 



INDEX 317 

PARAGRAPH 

Service — Continued. 

elevators, sundry regulations for 771 -795 B 

Public will judge janitor by character of 36 

give best, in order to keep tenants 54 

house hours 511 

schedule of hours for, to be posted in basement 422 

Shades — 

soiled, in vacant apartments, to be removed 245 

in vacant apartments to be drawn half-way 246 

outside, all to be of color approved by owner 532, 625 

sundry instructions concerning ^ : . . 1405 

Shafts — 

etc., to be whitewashed by janitor 505 

kalsomine annually 1 73 

elevator, doors at bottom to be kept locked 130 

dumbwaiter to be inspected daily 142 

elevator, to be inspected daily 142 

all inside, to be inspected daily . ... 142 

Sidewalks — 

not to be blocked . . .215,629 

etc., cleaned daily 626 

ice to be removed 627 

slippery, to be kept sanded 628 

to be swept after coal deliveries 640 

Sign — 

report when painting is necessary 70 

renting, to be kept clean 81 , 638 

Signs — 

not permitted without authority of owner 80, 637 

etc., not to be allowed to become loose 133 

Sinks — 

to be scoured with potash 326 

Sky-lights — 

to be opened at 8 A.M 22 

glass to be kept clean 1410 

glass to be repaired and painted annually 168-174 



3i8 REMCO'S MANUAL 

PARAGRAPH 

Sky-lights — Continued. 

to be painted as soon as scale appears 1420 

Smoke — 

report when a nuisance 72 

Smoking — 

on premises by tradesmen to be discouraged 77 

Snow and Ice — 

to be removed from walk and steps no 

Solicitors — 

not to be admitted to building 78 

Sparking — 

^electrical), information concerning 1 128 

Speaking Tubes — 

to be inspected weekly i 50 

Stair — 

work, repair all loose and defective 113 

basement, put rubber treads on 114 

carpets, not to be allowed to get loose 115 

rails, all to be secure 1 28 

Stairway — 

if not safe, close until repaired * 113 

Starter — 

auto, electrical, information concerning 1 1 14 

Steam — 

janitor responsible for waste of •. q 

heat, when to be supplied • • -33 

heat, plant; bank fire at 10 P.M 33 

Boiler, rules 1053-1064 

boilers, information concerning fuels, economies, etc 1060 

high pressure, license required 177 

Boiler, Boy nton ^ 1 066 

Boiler, Gurney 1067 

Boiler, Mercer 1 068 

Boiler, Thatcher 1 077 

Boiler, Comfort and Rossmore ... 1078 

Heater, Royal Sectional 1065 



INDEX 319 

PARAGRAPH 

Steam — Continued. 

Heating, information concerning radiator valves 1063 

Steam Pumps — 

general instructions 1 250 

Stacks — 

and pipes to be kept in good condition 622 

Stonework — , 

to be kept pointed and in good repair 1425 

Storage — 

of highly inflammable material not to be permitted 116 

see storeroom regulations 425-435 

Storeroom — 

deliveries to be made by janitor 83 

tenants', to be whitewashed 223 

goods of departing tenants not to be left in 232 

sundry regulations 425-435. 576 

screen openings to keep animals out 427 

general, only for trunks and baggage 435, 595 

to be clean when vacant 429 

do not use cheap padlocks for 430 

to be whitewashed before delivery to tenant 428, 5Q4 

in basement, whitewash annually if necessary 172 

Excelsior, straw, etc., not to be stored in 433 

to be kept locked 426, 596 

keys of, to be tagged and lcx:ked up 43 1 

fasten staples of, so they cannot be drawn out • . .432 

articles placed in to be tagged 224 

Stove — 

Manufacturers' Repair Asso'tion, information concerning. 1245 
repairs, information concerning '-245, 1295, 1300 

Streets — 

and crossings, report to office when not clean 67, 63 1 

Sub-letting — 

permitted only with approval of owner 536 

to be reported to office at once ()5 



320 REMCO'S MANUAL 

PARAGRAPH 

Sulphur — 

remedy for vermin 466 

Sunday Work — 

ashes and garbage and necessary cleaning 89 

Supplies — 

if unsatisfactory, not to be accepted 267 

cleaning, to be kept on hand. List iQo 

cleaning, to be procured on the 5th of each month 188 

requested, note in Order Book 360 

repair, list of those to be kept on hand 191, 1Q2 

not to be ordered by janitor 260 

if unsatisfactory, report to oifice 267 

Superintendent — 

janitor should know how to reach him quickly i 

Switches — 

electrical, information concerning 1 1 18 

System — 

janitor's work should be systematized ,' 10 

have a place for everything 12 

fix a time for each part of the day's work 13 

Tank — 

Hot water, before banking fire, see that it is full 32-34 

Tanks — 

water, when to be cleaned 306 

water, to be inspected daily ... 141 

roof, to be repaired and painted annually i6q 

to be filled before water shut off 90-91 

roof, overflow to be examined and adjusted annually 169 

roof, to be repaired beneath, annually 170 

check valve to be installed to insure supply 308 

roof, see that pipes are protected against freezing 171 

to have telltale 310 

to have overflow 1 360 

to have clean-out connection 1360 

roof, sundry instructions 1360 



INDEX 



321 



PARAGRAPH 



741 



Telegrams — 

not to be accepted by help 

Telegraph — 

or telephone connections to be directed by management. ..518 

call should be in Main Hall 79 

delivery, regulations 394, 396, 741 

Telephone — 

accounting each month 381 

bills rendered first of each month 386 

charges cash, except to tenants and employees 383 

collect money due before tenant moves out 236, 384 

charges against house, tickets to be signed 387 

list of supplies to be kept on hand for 825, 826 



Operator 
Operator 
Operator 
Operator 
Operator 
Operator 
Operator 
Operator 
Operator 
Operator 
Operator 
Operator 
Operator 
Operator 
Operator 
Operator 
Operator 
Operator 
Operator 
Operator 
Operator 
Operator 
Operator 



sundry regulations 380, 750, 796-824 

hours of duty 796 

in case of fire to notify janitor 797 

to be polite 798 

to speak plainly 799 

to keep quiet 800 

to enter connections, etc 801 

to have lists of tenants, etc 725A, 802 

to learn special switches 803 

to ring gently .- 804 

to write messages when received 805 

to set clock by " Central " 806 

to understand 'phone system 807 

to turn buzzer on if running elevator 808 

to notify Central of wrong calls 809 

to record particulars of calls ..••811 

to make charge tickets of calls 812 

to get cash from strangers for calls 813 

to turn over all cash tickets daily 815 

scale of charges 816-824 

time calls 821 

to verify amount of long-distance calls 822,823 

to be familiar with rules 827 



322 REMCO'S MANUAL 

PARAGRAPH 

Telephone — Continued' 

calls after 6 P.M. charged at day rates 824 

supplies to be kept on hand 825 

emergency 'phone numbers to be displayed 826 

record, janitor responsible for 379 

regulations 378, 796-824 

sheets, sundry regulations 382 

Telltale — 

for tank 310 

Tenant — 

moving, report to office 64 

sub-letting, report to office 65,371 

moving in, or out, report to office in weekly report 370 

to keep his premises in good condition 51Q 

not to permit refuse to be thrown around building 520 

not to be promised repairs by janitor 47 

janitor should make friends of 48 

janitor should not dispute with, report to office 51 

information not to be given concerning 49, 7'3 

employees should not gossip about affairs of 50 

if objectionable report to office 69 

to be treated courteously 51 

try to keep 53 

summer and out of town addresses to be entered in Record 

Book 55> 352 

not permitted to move in until approval of office obtained ..214 

guests, receive mail for them 56 

not to make alterations without consent of owner 57 

arrival to be noted in Record Book 212,213,350 

references to be approved 214 

incomings to be treated courteously 218 

incoming, to be notified regarding gas 219 

incoming, to be furnished with keys 220 

incoming, storeroom to be whitewashed 223 

incoming, to be furnished with house rules 227 

incoming, to be notified of laundry or drying days 226 



INDEX 323 

PARAGRAPH 

Tenant — Continued. 

moving out, regulations 229 

moving out, to be treated with courtesy 230 

moving out, new address to be noted 23 1 , 35 1 

addresses of, when absent, to be in Record Book 352 

moving out, to leave no goods on storage 232 

moving out, to pay all telephone charges due 236 

complaints and requests to be attended to promptly 256 

guests; names to be known 395 

fuel, sundry information 500 

help and employees to be shown consideration 568, 571 , 583 

help and employees to have elevator service $69, 572, 581 

help, visitors to leave at certain hours 582 

help to have assistance of employees 569-574 

Thatcher Sectional — 

Hot Water Boiler, directions 1092 

Furnaces, directions 1225 

Steam Boiler, directions 1077-1078 

Tiling — 

directions for cleaning 332 

Tenement House Commission — 
officials have right to enter property 74 

Theft — 

loss by, to be reported to office at once 60 

Toilets — 

flush not to be allowed to run continually 307 

to be inspected weekly 147 

to be cleaned daily 579, 597 

to be provided for delivery men 608 

directions regarding care of 1285 

Tools — 

janitor should have proper 11 

janitor's list of '. 187, 189 

list to be entered in Record Book 343 

Tradesmen's — 

deliveries to be made through basement 552 



324 REMCO'S MANUAL 

PARAGRAPH 

Trapping — 

remedy for vermin, etc 461 

Trim — 

doors, etc., directions for care of 1380 

Tubs — 

laundry, directions for care of, etc 1 290 

Uniforms — 

to be cleaned every month 39, 705 

new, to be supplied twice a year 39 

not to be worn away from building 40, 703, 704 

Vacant — 

apartments, not to be used for storage 239 

apartments, to be kept clean at all times 241 

apartments, to be cleaned daily while repairs under way. . .242 

apartments, ru'es for care of plumbing fixtures in 247, 250 

apartments, light to be kept turned on in order to 

exhibit 248, 314 

apartments, keys to be tagged and kept on keyboard. .201, 249 

apartments, regulations concerning 205, 237 

apartments to be cleaned before tenants move in 217,228 

apartments, notify office if tenant fails to have light turned 

off 234 

apartments, not to be used by help 238-565 

Valve — 

safety, to be tried monthly 103, 132 

of elevator to be closed when under repair 125 

Valves — 

all to be located 309 

etc., chart of, to be in Record Book 344 

elevator, how to pack them 1022 

air, information concerning 1063, 1076 

radiator, information concerning loy^; 1076, 1088 

on cellar mains 1089 



INDEX 325 

PARAGRAPH 

Van — 

deliveries to be made by van men 84 

Ventilation — 

of halls, rules for 22 

basement, to be kept sweet 87 

Vermin — 

exterminating 275 

sundry regulations 446-495 

supply of contractor's post cards to be kept on hand . .447 

contracts to include rats, etc 448 

if contractor slow, notify office 449 

information concerning ants 490 

information concerning bedbugs 462-463-466 

information concerning roaches 453-461 

information concerning clothes moths 467-485 

Visitors — 

to be announced 723 

cards to be delivered 724 

Voltmeter — 

information concerning 1 109 



Walks — 

and steps, snow and ice to be removed from 110 

and steps, use sand or sawdust on 1 1 1 

Wall Paper — 

sundry instructions 1415 

all left over to be labeled and stored 86 

Wash Tubs — 

directions regarding 1 290 

Waste — 

janitor responsible for any occurring 9, 282 

of gas and electricity to be stopped 313 

of water, janitor is responsible for 9 

to be stopped 282 



326 REMCO'S MANUAL 

PARAGRAPH 

Water — 

janitor is responsible for waste of 9-307 

hot, to be supplied at all hours 30 

before cutting off, fill tanks and notify all tenants 90, Qi 

never to be used on hardwood floors 95 

regulations 303 

hot, when to be supplied 304 

tank, to be inspected daily J41 

tank, sundry information concerning 1360 

check valve to be provided to insure supply 308 

supply, locate all cut-off valves 309 

meter to be read periodically 311 

pipes, protect from freezing 312 

tank equipped with overflow, etc 616 

tank to be emptied and scoured 617 

tank to have telltale 618 

to have clean-out connection 616 

system heaters, hot, directions 1 270 

Whitewashing — 

work by janitor, sundry instructions 504-509 

recipe, U. S. Government, etc 507, 14^10 

information concerning 508, 509 

Window — 

sills to be kept clear of pots and plants 1 20, 527, 528 

Windows — 
to be cleaned with Bon Ami 323 

Work — 

systematize it 10 

have proper tools to do it with 11 

janitor should fix a time for each part 13 

each employee responsible for his part of the 15 

first assistant should study janitor's work in Manual 19 

limitation of, on Sunday 89 

when engaged in, do not obstruct passageways, etc 118 

by mechanics, time consumed to be noted in Record 

Book 356 



INDEX 327 

PARAGRAPH 

Workmen — 

to be allowed to proceed with work when they arrive 253 

to report to janitor before proceeding 254 

Worthington — 
Steam Pump, instructions 1 250 

York Furnaces — 
instructions 1 240 



THE END 



OCT 2h%mi 



